all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manual | photos | label |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 |
|
User Manual | Users Manual | 4.68 MiB | ||||
1 |
|
Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 841.95 KiB | ||||
1 |
|
External Photos | External Photos | 345.26 KiB | ||||
1 |
|
Labels and Locations | ID Label/Location Info | 379.73 KiB | ||||
1 |
|
Agent Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 33.01 KiB | ||||
1 | Operational Description | |||||||
1 |
|
FAA Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 41.24 KiB | ||||
1 | Test Report | |||||||
1 |
|
Long Term Confidentiality Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 72.35 KiB | ||||
1 | Test Report | |||||||
1 | Test Setup Photos |
1 | User Manual | Users Manual | 4.68 MiB |
P NGT-9000 Lynx P MultiLink Surveillance System Model: NGT-9000, NGT-9000+, NGT-9000D, and NGT-9000D+
Part Number: 9029000-20000 (Panel Mount) Model: NGT-9000R, NGT-9000R+, NGT-9000RD, and NGT-9000RD+
Part Number: 9029000-40000 (Remote Mount) Installation Manual contains installation This manual instructions and recommended flightline maintenance information for the Lynx NGT-9000 MultiLink Surveillance System, Configuration Module, and Directional Antenna. Guidelines for external equipment necessary for installation are included. This information is supplemented and kept current by revisions, service letters and service bulletins. This technology is controlled under the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and may not be exported to a Foreign Person, either in the U.S. or abroad, without proper authorization by the U.S. Department of Commerce. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) August 29, 2019 P P Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Foreword This manual provides information intended for use by persons who, in accordance with current regulatory requirements, are qualified to install this equipment. Installation requirements may vary, depending on the particularities of each aircraft, and this manual is intended as a guideline for that purpose. This manual assumes familiarity with the setup and operation of the aircraft systems that interface with the Lynx NGT-9000. If further information is required, please contact:
Aviation Communications & Surveillance Systems 19810 North 7th Avenue Phoenix, AZ. 85027-4741, USA Attn: Customer Order Administration Phone: +1 (623) 445-7040 Fax: +1(623) 445-7004 E-mail: acss.orderadmin@L3Harris.com Web: https://www.l3commercialaviation.com/avionics If the Lynx is showing failed conditions or if troubleshooting support is needed, you may contact the 24/7 Customer Support at the below number. If a warranty exchange or repair is needed, direction will be given on this. Telephone: (623) 445-6999, or Email: crc.acss@L3Harris.com To submit your P.O. for new purchases, enablement codes, to inquire about lead times or for out-of-box failures, please contact the L3 ACSS Order Admin Team:
Telephone: (623) 445-7040, or Email: ACSS.Orderadmin@L3Harris.com Should Lynx customers need to send their unit in for a warranty exchange or repair, contact the L3 ACSS Repair Center at:
Telephone: (623) 445-7030, or Email: ACSS.PHXRepair@L3Harris.com We welcome your comments concerning this manual. Although every effort has been made to keep it free of errors, some may occur. When reporting a specific problem, please describe it briefly and include the manual part number, the paragraph/figure/table number, and the page number. Send your comments to the address or email above:
Copyright 2015, 2019 ACSS PP Refer to the following for additional copyright information http://www.l3aviationproducts.com/open-source/
http://www.l3aviationproducts.com/open-source-software-report/
Trademarks Lynx PPPP is a registered trademark of ACSS Jeppesen is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc. The NGT-9000 is covered by one or more of the following patents: 9,285,472 and 8,736,465. Other patents pending. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page A Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual About This Manual SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION This section provides the following information: unit configurations, unit functionality, items required but not supplied with the unit, equipment specifications, interfaces, and installation approval/limitations. SECTION 2 - INSTALLATION This section contains instructions to locate, assemble and install the Lynx NGT-9000 MultiLink Surveillance System as well as information for unpacking equipment, and inspection procedure for in-shipment damage. SECTION 3 INSTALLATION CHECKOUT This section contains instructions for post installation setup, post installation and return to service checkout. SECTION 4 MAINTENANCE This section contains general flightline maintenance procedures. It includes periodic maintenance, troubleshooting and instructions for the return of defective components. APPENDIX A SIGNAL AND CABLE CHARACTERISTICS This appendix defines the electrical characteristics of all input and output signals. APPENDIX B ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM This appendix provides the environmental qualification test data. APPENDIX C EQUIPMENT COMPATIBILITY AND DIAGRAMS This appendix provides specific information on compatible multi-functional displays. APPENDIX D TSO AND FAILURE CLASSIFICATION INFORMATION This appendix provides TSO and Failure Classification information for the Lynx NGT-9000 and NGT-9000R. APPENDIX E LYNX EVENT QUESTIONNAIRE This appendix provides a customer form that may be filled out and returned along with a returned unit to ACSS. Descriptions for Warnings, Cautions, and Notes are used throughout the manual to highlight important information. A WARNING is used to give notice to or call one's attention to beforehand especially of danger (such as a warning to a Flight Crew person or a warning to a mechanic before performing a dangerous task). A CAUTION is a statement that expresses the need for heightened awareness to conditions that can cause damage to equipment. A NOTE is used to point out a procedure, event, or practice that it is desirable to highlight. This manual contains information that is considered relevant only at the time of distribution with the ACSS product for which it is shipped. Information in this manual is subject to change without notice. Disclaimer 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page i Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual References To get an up-to-date listing of all ACSS technical publications and service literature go to http://support.acsscustomerservices.com. Contact Customer Service [(623) 445-7070] to determine availability of technical publications and directives. Service Literature Description SB9029000-1 Service Bulletin to inform customers of Software Release 1.2 for the panel-
mount models of the NGT-9000. SB9029000-2 Service Bulletin to inform customers of Software Release 2.0. SB9029000-3 SB9029000-4 Service Bulletin to inform customers that due to variability in 14 VDC aircraft power sources, Hardware MOD A may be required to ensure consistent power up operation. (Compliance is optional.) To inform customers of a TAS antenna calibration error causing the bearing calibration performed by the NGT to become corrupted and fail. MOD B is recommended. SB9029000-5 Service Bulletin to inform customers of Software Release 2.1. SB9029000-6 Service Bulletin to inform customers of Software Release 3.0. SB9029000-7 Service Bulletin to inform customers of Software Release 3.1. SB9029000-8 Service Bulletin to inform customers of Software Release 3.2. SB9029000-9 Service Bulletin to inform customers of Software Release 3.2.1. SB9029000-10 Service Bulletin to inform customers of Software Release 3.2.2. 8210400-001 Service Bulletin to update power amplifier component and change the label with new FCC identification. MOD C is optional. SL-300 SL-303 SL-304 SL-306 SL-308 SL-310 Service Letter to alert dealers and end customers of a requirement for the aircraft owner or owner proxy to sign and return the attached database end user license agreement (EULA). Service Letter to provide information on availability of coax pigtail assemblies to ease installation and reduce installation time To inform customers of the approval of deviations to the Lynx NGT-9000. To provide notification to installers concerning connector engagement issues causing intermittent operation of the NGT-9000. To provide information about audio noise being heard in the audio system. The FAA has released new guidance streamlining the installation of TSO authorized ADS B out systems meeting certain conditions. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page ii Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Service Literature Description SL-313 SL-317 SL-318 SL-319 SL-326 To inform customers of ForeFlight app compatibility with PIM-9000 and provide instructions to configure the PIM-9000 for its use. (Cancelled) To inform customers that Release 2.1 requires the 68DC, 71DC, and 72DC databases be obtained from Jeppesen. To inform installers that Avionics equipment that does not meet the ARINC 735B standard should not be connected to the suppression bus of the Panel Mount NGT-9000. To provide customers with a list of GPS Antennas that are approved for use with the NGT-9000/-9000R. To provide customers with information on recent activity involving the repositioning and activation of additional SBAS/WAAS satellites that has resulted in a sequencing issue that can degrade Lynx GPS satellite accuracy calculations. See SW3.1 for resolution. SL-336 To inform customers that technical manuals, software, databases, and STCs for the Lynx Series product line are to be obtained from ACSS. PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION 0040-17000-01 Pilots Guide for the NGT-9000 0040-17250-01 Pilots Guide for the CP-2500 0040-17251-01 Installation Manual for the CP-2500 009-11501-001 User Guide for the WX-500 009-11500-001 Installation Manual for the WX-500 0031-17001-01 AML STC SA02444AK for the NGT-9000/-9000R 0031-17003-01 AML STC SR02471AK for the NGT-9000/-9000R (for rotorwing) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page iii Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual List of Effective Pages Revision History Revision A ........................................................ January 15, 2015 Revision B ....................................................... February 60, 2015 Revision C ........................................................... March 12, 2015 Revision D ............................................................. June 10, 2015 Revision E .............................................................. July 24, 2015 Revision F .................................................... September 15, 2015 Revision G ................................................... November 23, 2015 Revision H ............................................................... June 8, 2016 Revision J ....................................................... November 7, 2016 Revision K ................................................... November 30, 2016 Revision L ........................................................... March 20, 2017 Revision M ............................................................. July 13, 2017 Revision N .......................................................... March 15, 2018 Revision P .............................................................. June 19, 2018 Revision R .................................................... September 10, 2018 Revision T ................................................................ May 2, 2019 Revision U ............................................................. June 10, 2019 Revision V ............................................................. June 20, 2019 Revision W......................................................... August 29, 2019 Total number of pages in this publication consists of the following:
Title page A Page i thru xviii 1-1 thru 1-50 2-1 thru 2-34 3-1 thru 3-54 4-1 thru 4-52 A-1 thru A-24 B-1 thru B-4 C-1 thru C-12 D-1 thru D-14 E-1 thru E-2 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page iv Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Record of Temporary Revisions Instructions on each page of a temporary revision tell you where to put the pages in your manual. Remove the temporary revision pages only when discard instructions are given. For each temporary revision, put the applicable data in the record columns on this page. TEMPORARY REVISION NUMBER TEMPORARY REVISION DATE TEMPORARY REVISION STATUS DATE PUT IN MANUAL BY*
DATE REMOVED FROM MANUAL BY*
01 April 26, 2019 Inactive April 26, 2019 A May 2, 2019 A
*The initial A in this column indicates ACSS has done this task. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page v Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Revision Highlights Revision W is a republication. This republication completely replaces the existing book. Discard all previous revisions of this manual. Update company logo. Update references. Pg. A: Update email addresses to (L3Harris.com). Pg. 1-19, 1-22, 1-25: Incorporate Modification C (Update FCC Identifier for MOD C and later). Pg. 2-10: Add recommended lamp statement to Traffic Alert bulletin in para. 2.3.5. Pg. 3-20: Add note concerning hyphen in foreign tail numbers (para 3.7.1). Pg. 3-40: Add notes concerning foreign tail numbers (para. 3.11). Pg. 4-3: Add new paragraph with website information for fault and installation support. Pg. C-3: Add note for RS-422 baud rate setting. Pg. E-1 and E-2: Incorporate new Appendix E for customer questionnaire. Revision V History:
Pages 1-33 thru 1-36: Updated grounding clip description and added Grounding Clip, P/N 9002463-001 to Table 1-11 thru Table 1-14. Page 1-37: Added new Table 1-15 for Remote Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-03 for OEM Specific Installations. Page 2-3: Added information for Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-03. Page 2-21: Updated Paragraphs 2.3.7.2.1.4 and 2.3.7.2.2.4, and Figure 2-12 to include information for the new Grounding Clip, P/N 9002463-001. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page vi Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table of Contents Page Paragraph Foreword ....................................................................................................................................................... A About This Manual ......................................................................................................................................... i References ..................................................................................................................................................... ii List of Effective Pages ................................................................................................................................... iv Record of Temporary Revisions ................................................................................................................... v Revision Highlights ........................................................................................................................................ vi Table of Contents ......................................................................................................................................... vii List of Illustrations ........................................................................................................................................ xii List of Tables ............................................................................................................................................... xiv Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Symbols ...................................................................................................... xv Section 1 General Information Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 1.2 Functional Description ................................................................................................................ 1-4 1.2.1 Software Release Summary ....................................................................................................... 1-4 1.2.2 Transponder Functional Overview ............................................................................................. 1-5 1.2.3 GPS Functional Overview .......................................................................................................... 1-5 1.2.4 Lightning Detection (optional) ..................................................................................................... 1-5 1.2.5 ADS-B System Overview............................................................................................................ 1-5 1.2.6 Traffic Display Functional Overview ........................................................................................... 1-6 1.2.7 FIS-B System Overview ............................................................................................................. 1-6 1.2.8 Traffic Awareness System (option) Overview ............................................................................ 1-6 1.2.9 ADS-B Traffic Advisory System Overview (optional) ................................................................. 1-7 1.2.10 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (option) Overview ............................................... 1-7 1.2.11 Terrain Awareness and Warning System Overview (optional)................................................... 1-7 1.2.12 TerrainVisionTM ............................................................................................................................ 1-7 1.2.13 Discrete Inputs and Outputs Functional Overview ..................................................................... 1-8 1.3 Equipment Descriptions............................................................................................................ 1-10 1.3.1 Panel mount NGT-9000............................................................................................................ 1-10 1.3.2 Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R ............................................................................................. 1-11 1.3.3 Model and Feature Options ...................................................................................................... 1-11 1.3.4 Detachable Configuration Module (DCM) ................................................................................ 1-11 1.3.5 Function Activation Code.......................................................................................................... 1-12 1.4 Interfaces .................................................................................................................................. 1-13 1.4.1 ADS-B Out Fail ......................................................................................................................... 1-15 1.4.2 AHRS Input ............................................................................................................................... 1-15 1.4.3 Altitude Encoder Input .............................................................................................................. 1-15 1.4.4 Audio Out .................................................................................................................................. 1-15 1.4.5 Standby Mode .......................................................................................................................... 1-15 1.4.6 Audio Mute In and Out.............................................................................................................. 1-15 1.4.7 Audio Acknowledge .................................................................................................................. 1-15 1.4.8 RF Suppression Input/output .................................................................................................... 1-15 1.4.9 Traffic Alert ............................................................................................................................... 1-16 1.4.10 TAWS Caution and Warning Alert ............................................................................................ 1-16 1.4.11 WiFi Interface ........................................................................................................................... 1-16 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page vii Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table of Contents (continued) Page Paragraph General Information (continued) 1.4.12 WOW Input ............................................................................................................................... 1-16 1.4.13 Maintenance Interface .............................................................................................................. 1-16 1.4.14 GPS Antenna ............................................................................................................................ 1-16 1.4.15 L-Band (978/1030/1090 MHz) Antenna .................................................................................... 1-16 1.4.16 Directional Antenna .................................................................................................................. 1-17 1.4.17 Traffic Display ........................................................................................................................... 1-17 1.4.18 Weather Display ....................................................................................................................... 1-17 1.4.19 Lightning Detection (WX-500) .................................................................................................. 1-17 1.4.20 Control Panel ............................................................................................................................ 1-17 1.5 Installation Considerations ....................................................................................................... 1-18 Specifications ........................................................................................................................... 1-19 1.6 TSO Information ....................................................................................................................... 1-25 1.7 1.8 Modifications ............................................................................................................................. 1-25 1.8.1 NVIS Compatible Filter MOD ................................................................................................... 1-26 Software Revisions ................................................................................................................... 1-26 1.9 Equipment Required Not Supplied ........................................................................................... 1-29 1.10 1.10.1 Installation Kits for the Panel mount NGT-9000 ....................................................................... 1-33 1.10.2 Installation Kits for the Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R ........................................................ 1-35 1.10.3 PIM-9000 Installation Kit........................................................................................................... 1-38 1.10.4 Antenna Cables ........................................................................................................................ 1-38 1.11 Equipment Interfaces ................................................................................................................ 1-41 1.11.1 Directional Antenna .................................................................................................................. 1-41 1.11.2 GPS Antenna ............................................................................................................................ 1-43 1.11.3 L-Band Antenna ........................................................................................................................ 1-44 1.11.4 Traffic Displays ......................................................................................................................... 1-45 1.11.5 Weather Display ....................................................................................................................... 1-46 1.11.6 WIFI Module (PIM-9000) .......................................................................................................... 1-46 1.11.7 Applications (APPS) ................................................................................................................. 1-47 1.11.8 WX-500 (Stormscope) .............................................................................................................. 1-47 1.11.9 Control Panel ............................................................................................................................ 1-48 1.12 Obtaining Software ................................................................................................................... 1-49 1.12.1 Obtaining Databases from Jeppesen ....................................................................................... 1-49 1.13 Installation Procedure for LynxMSS USB Driver ...................................................................... 1-50 Installation Approval and Limitations ........................................................................................ 1-51 1.14 Section 2 Installation Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 2-1 2.1 2.2 Unpacking and Inspecting .......................................................................................................... 2-1 2.2.1 Transport and Storage Considerations ...................................................................................... 2-1 2.3 Installation Procedures ............................................................................................................... 2-2 2.3.1 Panel Mount Location ................................................................................................................. 2-2 2.3.2 Remote Mount Location ............................................................................................................. 2-3 2.3.3 Electrical Connections ................................................................................................................ 2-8 2.3.4 Compatible Equipment Installation Information .......................................................................... 2-9 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page viii Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table of Contents (continued) Page Paragraph Installation (continued) 2.3.5 Discrete Inputs and Output Connections .................................................................................. 2-10 2.3.6 Installation Guidelines for the DCM .......................................................................................... 2-16 2.3.7 P1 Mating Connector Assembly ............................................................................................... 2-17 2.3.8 Panel mount NGT-9000 Installation ......................................................................................... 2-21 2.3.9 Remote Mounted Lynx NGT-9000 Installation ......................................................................... 2-24 2.3.10 CP-2500 Installation Guidelines ............................................................................................... 2-25 2.3.11 Antenna Installation Guidelines ................................................................................................ 2-26 Section 3 Installation Checkout Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 3-1 3.1 3.2 Basic Operation .......................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.2.1 Panel Mount NGT-9000.............................................................................................................. 3-1 3.2.2 Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R ............................................................................................... 3-3 3.3 MPC (MAT) Operation .............................................................................................................. 3-10 3.4 Installation Procedure for LynxMSS USB Driver ...................................................................... 3-11 3.4.1 Enable MPC to NGT-9000 Communication via USB Connection ............................................ 3-14 3.4.2 Enable MPC to NGT-9000 Communication via WiFi Connection ............................................ 3-16 Maintenance Mode ................................................................................................................... 3-17 3.5 Verify Software Version ............................................................................................................ 3-17 3.6 3.7 Select Configuration Options .................................................................................................... 3-19 3.7.1 Aircraft Specific Options ........................................................................................................... 3-20 I/O Options AHRS and Altitude ............................................................................................. 3-25 3.7.2 3.7.3 I/O Options Misc .................................................................................................................... 3-26 3.7.4 Backup ...................................................................................................................................... 3-29 3.8 Calibration Setup ...................................................................................................................... 3-30 3.8.1 Audio Calibration and Test ....................................................................................................... 3-30 3.8.2 Screen Calibration .................................................................................................................... 3-30 3.8.3 TAS/TCAS Antenna Calibration ............................................................................................... 3-31 3.8.4 Ambient Light Sensor ............................................................................................................... 3-31 3.8.5 Viewing and Downloading Fault Log ........................................................................................ 3-31 3.8.6 Clear Fault Log ......................................................................................................................... 3-32 3.9 Interface Check ........................................................................................................................ 3-32 Live Data - Discrete Inputs, Altitude, and Heading .................................................................. 3-33 3.9.1 Live Data - GPS ........................................................................................................................ 3-34 3.9.2 Live Data ADS-B ................................................................................................................... 3-35 3.9.3 3.9.4 Live Data Simulate ................................................................................................................ 3-36 3.9.5 Stormscope .............................................................................................................................. 3-37 3.9.6 Configuration Check Complete ................................................................................................ 3-37 3.10 Setup PIM-9000 WiFi module .................................................................................................. 3-38 3.10.1 Set WiFi SSID ........................................................................................................................... 3-38 3.10.2 Set WiFi Module APP Support ................................................................................................. 3-39 3.11 Installation Checkout ................................................................................................................ 3-40 3.11.1 Functional Checks .................................................................................................................... 3-40 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page ix Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table of Contents (continued) Paragraph Installation Checkout (continued) Page 3.11.2 Ground Checks ......................................................................................................................... 3-46 3.11.3 Electromagnetic Interference (E.M.I.) Check ........................................................................... 3-52 3.11.4 Panel mount NGT-9000 Display Check ................................................................................... 3-53 3.11.5 Flight Test ................................................................................................................................. 3-53 3.11.6 Installation Checkout Complete ................................................................................................ 3-53 Section 4 Maintenance 4.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 4-1 4.2 Continued Airworthiness............................................................................................................. 4-1 4.3 Periodic Maintenance ................................................................................................................. 4-1 4.3.1 Screen Calibration ...................................................................................................................... 4-2 4.3.2 Directional Antenna (NY156 and NY164)................................................................................... 4-3 4.4 Fault Isolation ............................................................................................................................. 4-3 4.4.1 Panel Mount NGT-9000.............................................................................................................. 4-3 4.4.2 System Status Messages ......................................................................................................... 4-12 4.4.3 Remote Mount NGT-9000R ..................................................................................................... 4-20 4.4.4 Antenna Coax Ohm Check ....................................................................................................... 4-26 4.4.5 WX-500 Stormscope ................................................................................................................ 4-26 Using the Maintenance PC ....................................................................................................... 4-30 4.5 Load Software .......................................................................................................................... 4-31 4.5.1 4.5.2 Load Databases ....................................................................................................................... 4-32 4.5.3 View or Retrieve Data ............................................................................................................... 4-34 4.5.4 Configuration Restore............................................................................................................... 4-45 4.5.5 Service ...................................................................................................................................... 4-46 4.6 Return to Service ...................................................................................................................... 4-47 4.6.1 Panel Mount NGT-9000............................................................................................................ 4-47 4.6.2 Remote Mount NGT-9000R ..................................................................................................... 4-47 4.6.3 Lynx NGT-9000 Functional Check Procedure ......................................................................... 4-47 4.6.4 Detachable Configuration Module ............................................................................................ 4-48 4.6.5 Directional Antenna (NY156 and NY164)................................................................................. 4-49 4.6.6 L-Band (UAT/1090) Antenna .................................................................................................... 4-49 4.6.7 GPS Antenna ............................................................................................................................ 4-49 Disposition of Failed Items ....................................................................................................... 4-50 4.7 Appendix A Interface Signal Name & Cable Characteristics Introduction .................................................................................................................................A-1 A.1 Input and Output Interfaces ........................................................................................................A-1 A.2 A.2.1 Input Power ................................................................................................................................A-1 A.2.2 RF Suppression Bus ...................................................................................................................A-1 A.2.3 Audio Output ...............................................................................................................................A-1 A.2.4 Gillham Input (Altitude Input) ......................................................................................................A-1 A.2.5 RS-232 Interface ........................................................................................................................A-2 A.2.6 RS-422 Interface ........................................................................................................................A-3 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page x Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table of Contents (continued) Page Paragraph Appendix A (continued) A.2.7 ARINC 429 Input ........................................................................................................................A-4 A.2.8 ARINC 429 Output ......................................................................................................................A-5 A.2.9 Discrete Input .............................................................................................................................A-7 A.2.10 Discrete Output ...........................................................................................................................A-7 A.2.11 I2C Serial Bus (Detachable Configuration Module) ....................................................................A-8 A.2.12 Antenna Connections .................................................................................................................A-8 Pin Definition Summary ..............................................................................................................A-9 A.3 A.4
[J1 connector] ...........................................................................................................................A-11 Appendix B Environmental Qualification Form B.1 B.2 B.3 Introduction .................................................................................................................................B-1 Lynx NGT-9000 Environmental Qualification Form ....................................................................B-1 NY156 & NY164 Environmental Qualification Form ...................................................................B-4 Appendix C Equipment Compatibility and Diagrams introduction ................................................................................................................................ C-1 C.1 Traffic Displays .......................................................................................................................... C-1 C.2 C.3 Weather Displays ...................................................................................................................... C-2 Control Panel ............................................................................................................................. C-7 C.4 C.5 GPS Splitter & Coupler .............................................................................................................. C-9 C.6 WX-500 (STORMSCOPE)....................................................................................................... C-10 C.7 WIFI Module (PIM-9000) ......................................................................................................... C-12 Appendix D TSO and Failure Classification Information D.1 D.2 D.3 D.4 Non-TSO Functions ................................................................................................................... D-1 Panel mount NGT-9000............................................................................................................. D-1 Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R .............................................................................................. D-7 Failure Classification ............................................................................................................... D-12 Appendix E LYNX Event Questionnaire E.1 General .......................................................................................................................................E-1 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page xi Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual List of Illustrations Page Figure Figure 1-1: Panel mount NGT-9000 ........................................................................................................... 1-1 Figure 1-2: Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R ............................................................................................ 1-3 Figure 1-3: Example of Own Aircraft UAT, 1090ES, and TAS/TCAS Traffic ............................................. 1-9 Figure 1-4: System Block Diagram .......................................................................................................... 1-14 Figure 2-1: Outline Dimensions for Panel Mount NGT-9000 ..................................................................... 2-4 Figure 2-2: Outline Dimensions for Panel Mount Mounting Rack NGT-9000 ............................................ 2-5 Figure 2-3: Outline Dimensions for Remote Mount NGT-9000R ............................................................... 2-6 Figure 2-4: Outline Dimensions for Remote Mount Mounting Tray NGT-9000R ....................................... 2-7 Figure 2-5: PIM-9000 ................................................................................................................................. 2-9 Figure 2-6: Interconnect Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................. 2-11 Figure 2-7: Mating Connector (P1) and Pin Assignments ....................................................................... 2-15 Figure 2-8: Outline Dimensions for the Detachable Configuration Module (9230-17003-01) ................. 2-16 Figure 2-9: P1 Mating Connector Assembly ............................................................................................ 2-17 Figure 2-10: Example of P1 Mating Connector and Wiring Harness ....................................................... 2-18 Figure 2-11: Example of Assembled RF Cable........................................................................................ 2-19 Figure 2-12: Connector Assembly ........................................................................................................... 2-21 Figure 2-13: Panel Assembly ................................................................................................................... 2-22 Figure 2-14: Panel Installation ................................................................................................................. 2-23 Figure 2-15: Remote Assembly ............................................................................................................... 2-25 Figure 2-16: Example of Antenna Mounting Locations ............................................................................ 2-26 Figure 2-17: Directional Antenna Mounting Location ............................................................................... 2-30 Figure 2-18: NY156 / NY164 Directional Antenna Outline Dimensions ................................................... 2-31 Figure 2-19: Antenna Mounting Holes ..................................................................................................... 2-33 Figure 2-20: Directional Antenna Installation ........................................................................................... 2-33 Figure 3-1: Transponder/Traffic Screens ................................................................................................... 3-2 Figure 3-2: CP-2500 Normal Mode ............................................................................................................ 3-4 Figure 3-3: Maintenance Application Tool Main Page Connect via USB .......................................... 3-14 Figure 3-4: MPC (MAT) Main Screen ................................................................................................... 3-14 Figure 3-5: MPC (MAT) Restart Unit ..................................................................................................... 3-15 Figure 3-6: Maintenance Application Tool Main Page Connect Via WiFi .......................................... 3-16 Figure 3-7: Activate Maintenance Mode Window .................................................................................... 3-17 Figure 3-8: Maintenance Mode Screens .................................................................................................. 3-17 Figure 3-9: MPC (MAT) Check Versions .............................................................................................. 3-18 Figure 3-10: MPC (MAT) Aircraft Specific Options ................................................................................ 3-20 Figure 3-11: MPC (MAT) I/O Options AHRS and Altitude ................................................................. 3-25 Figure 3-12: MPC (MAT) I/O Options Misc ........................................................................................ 3-26 Figure 3-13: MPC (MAT) Configuration - Backup ................................................................................. 3-29 Figure 3-14: MPC (MAT) Setup - Calibration ........................................................................................ 3-30 Figure 3-15: MPC (MAT) Info Fault Log ............................................................................................. 3-32 Figure 3-16: MPC (MAT) Live Data Inputs......................................................................................... 3-33 Figure 3-17: MPC (MAT) Live Data - GPS ............................................................................................ 3-34 Figure 3-18: MPC (MAT) Live Data ADS-B ....................................................................................... 3-35 Figure 3-19: MPC (MAT) Live Data - Simulate ..................................................................................... 3-36 Figure 3-20: MPC (MAT) Stormscope System Data & Fault Data...................................................... 3-37 Figure 3-21: Setup WiFi SSID .................................................................................................................. 3-38 Figure 3-22: Set WiFi APP Support ......................................................................................................... 3-39 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page xii Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual List of Illustrations (continued) Page Figure Figure 3-23: Examples of Start-up Screens ............................................................................................. 3-41 Figure 3-24: Example of Normal Operation ............................................................................................. 3-41 Figure 3-25: Example of Flight ID Input Screen ....................................................................................... 3-42 Figure 3-26: Example of System Test Results......................................................................................... 3-42 Figure 3-27: Options Screen ................................................................................................................ 3-43 Figure 3-28: Lightning Screen .................................................................................................................. 3-45 Figure 3-29: MPC (MAT) Ground Test .................................................................................................. 3-47 Figure 4-1: Activate Maintenance Mode Window ...................................................................................... 4-2 Figure 4-2: Maintenance Mode Screens .................................................................................................... 4-2 Figure 4-3: WX-500 Settings Screen ....................................................................................................... 4-27 Figure 4-4: Tests Screen .......................................................................................................................... 4-28 Figure 4-5: Noise Monitor ......................................................................................................................... 4-29 Figure 4-6: Test Strikes ............................................................................................................................ 4-30 Figure 4-7: MPC (MAT) Update Software ............................................................................................. 4-32 Figure 4-8: MPC (MAT) Update Database ............................................................................................ 4-34 Figure 4-9: MPC (MAT) Information ...................................................................................................... 4-35 Figure 4-10: MPC (MAT) Versions ........................................................................................................ 4-36 Figure 4-11: MPC (MAT) Configuration Restore ................................................................................ 4-46 Figure 4-12: MPC (MAT) Service .......................................................................................................... 4-47 Figure C-1: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Aspen EFD1000 & EFD500 ............................................... C-3 Figure C-2: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Garmin GMX200 and MX-20 ............................................. C-3 Figure C-3: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Garmin GNS 430 / 430W / 530 / 530W ............................. C-4 Figure C-4: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Garmin G500/600 .............................................................. C-4 Figure C-5: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Garmin GTN 650/750......................................................... C-4 Figure C-6: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Avidyne IFD-4xx / 5xx ........................................................ C-5 Figure C-7: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Bendix/King KMD 550/850 ................................................. C-5 Figure C-8: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Genesys IDU-450 / IDU-680 .............................................. C-6 Figure C-9: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Avidyne EX5000 ................................................................ C-6 Figure C-10: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for CP-2500 ........................................................................... C-7 Figure C-11: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for CP-2500 with Dual NGT-9000 ......................................... C-8 Figure C-12: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for RMS-555 .......................................................................... C-8 Figure C-13: GPS Splitter Connection Diagram ....................................................................................... C-9 Figure C-14: GPS Coupler Connection Diagram ...................................................................................... C-9 Figure C-15: Interconnect Wiring Diagrams for WX-500 (RS-232)......................................................... C-10 Figure C-16: Interconnect Wiring Diagrams for WX-500 (RS-422)......................................................... C-11 Figure C-17: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for PIM-9000 ....................................................................... C-12 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page xiii Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual List of Tables Page Table Table 1-1: System Components Panel mount NGT-9000 ......................................................................... 1-1 Table 1-2: System Components Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R........................................................... 1-3 Table 1-3: Enablement Certificate Part Numbers .................................................................................... 1-12 Table 1-4: Built-in Interfaces .................................................................................................................... 1-13 Table 1-5: Specifications for Panel Mount NGT-9000 ............................................................................. 1-19 Table 1-6: Specifications for Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R ............................................................... 1-22 Table 1-7: Specifications for Detachable Configuration Module .............................................................. 1-25 Table 1-8: Hardware Modifications .......................................................................................................... 1-25 Table 1-9: Software Revisions ................................................................................................................. 1-26 Table 1-10: Equipment List ...................................................................................................................... 1-29 Table 1-11: Panel Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17000-01 for Straight RF Connector ....................... 1-33 Table 1-12: Panel Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17000-02 for Right Angle RF Connector ................. 1-34 Table 1-13: Remote Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-01 for Straight RF Connector .................... 1-35 Table 1-14: Remote Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-02 for Right Angle RF Connector .............. 1-36 Table 1-15: Remote Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-03 for OEM Specific Installations .............. 1-37 Table 1-16: PIM-9000 Installation Kit P/N 9060-17001-01 ...................................................................... 1-38 Table 1-17: Coaxial Cable Specifications ................................................................................................ 1-38 Table 1-18: Pre-Fabricated Coaxial Cable Assemblies ........................................................................... 1-39 Table 1-19: Directional Antenna SIGMA and DELTA Port Cable Vendors ............................................. 1-39 Table 1-20: Cable to Connector Reference ............................................................................................. 1-40 Table 1-21: Directional Antenna Model Options and Specifications ........................................................ 1-41 Table 1-22: Directional Antenna Installation Kit 817-10009-xxx .............................................................. 1-42 Table 1-23: Airframe Installation Kits ....................................................................................................... 1-42 Table 1-24: GPS Antennas ...................................................................................................................... 1-43 Table 1-25: GPS Antenna Accessories ................................................................................................... 1-44 Table 1-26: L-Band Antennas .................................................................................................................. 1-44 Table 1-27: Traffic Displays ..................................................................................................................... 1-45 Table 1-28: FIS-B WX Displays ............................................................................................................... 1-46 Table 1-29: PIM-9000 WiFi Module ......................................................................................................... 1-46 Table 1-30: APPS for PED ....................................................................................................................... 1-47 Table 1-31: WX-500 (Stormscope) .......................................................................................................... 1-47 Table 1-32: Control Panel ........................................................................................................................ 1-48 Table 1-33: Database Part Numbers ....................................................................................................... 1-50 Table 3-1: Aircraft Broadcast Category Description ................................................................................ 3-22 Table 3-2: Class B TAWS Alert Description ............................................................................................. 3-24 Table 4-1: Troubleshooting The Panel Mount NGT-9000 .......................................................................... 4-4 Table 4-2: System Status Messages ....................................................................................................... 4-12 Table 4-3: Troubleshooting The Remote Mount NGT-9000R .................................................................. 4-20 Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages ..................................................................................................... 4-36 Table A-1: Connector (P1) Pin Assignments ............................................................................................ A-9 Table D-1: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000D .................................................................... D-1 Table D-2: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000RD .................................................................. D-7 Table D-3: Failure Classification ............................................................................................................. D-12 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page xiv Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Symbols ITEM DEFINITION C F 1090ES AC Ack ACSS ADF ADS-B ADS-R AHRS AIRB AIRMET AML amp APP ARINC APS ASA ASSAP ATAS ATC ATCRBS ATM AWG BCD BDC BIT BNR Cal CAWS CAZ CCW CD CDTI CFIT CFR CW dB dBm dc DCM DB dens DL DISC DME DO-
Com or COM CONUS Degrees Degrees Celsius Degrees Fahrenheit 1090 megahertz extended squitter Advisory Circular Acknowledge Aviation Communications & Surveillance Systems Automatic Direction Finder Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Rebroadcast Attitude & Heading Reference System Basic Airborne Situation Awareness Airmen's Meteorological Information Approved Model List Ampere Applications Aeronautical Radio, Incorporated Aviation Products Sector Aircraft Surveillance Applications Airborne Surveillance and Separation Assurance Processing ADS-B Traffic Advisory System Air Traffic Control Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System Air Traffic Management American Wire Gauge Binary Coded Decimal Built In Test Binary Calibration Caution And Warning System Collision Airspace Zone Counter Clock Wise Compact Disc Cockpit Display of Traffic Information Controlled Flight Into Terrain Code of Federal Regulations Communication Continental United States Clock Wise Decibel Decibels referenced to one Milli-watt Direct Current Detachable Configuration Module Database Antenna Diversity, Extended Squitter, Enhanced Surveillance, Surveillance Identifier Code
(DO-181E, section 1.4.4: optional features designations) Data Loading Discrete Distance Measuring Equipment RTCA Document Number Prefix (i.e., DO-160) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page xv Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Symbols ITEM DTIF EFD EHS EGNOS EMI ESDS EULA EVAcq FAA FAR FAQ FCC FIS-B fl FMS FPGA FSS Ft FW g GAGAN GHz GPS GNSS HFOM H/W or HW hPa Hz ICAO i.e. IAW in. ID in Hg JSF Kg kHz Kts I/O lb. LLC LRU Lynx MAT m Max MFD MHz mb DEFINITION Display Traffic Information File Electronic Flight Display Enhanced Surveillance European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service Electro-Magnetic Interference Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive End User License Agreement Enhanced Visual Acquisition Application Federal Aviation Administration Federal Aviation Regulations Frequently Asked Questions Federal Communications Commission Flight Information Services - Broadcast Foot-Lambert Flight Management System Field Programmable Gate-Array Flight Service Station Feet Firmware Gravitational Acceleration GPS-Aided GEO Augmented Navigation Giga Hertz Global Positioning System Global Navigation Satellite System Horizontal Figure of Merit Hardware Hectopascal Hertz International Civil Aviation Organization That is In Accordance With Inches Identification Inches of Mercury Jeppesen Security File Kilogram Kilohertz Knots Input / Output pounds Limited Liability Company Line Replaceable Unit Maintenance Application Tool (term replaced by MPC (MAT)) Meter Maximum Multi-Functional Display Megahertz Millibars 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page xvi Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Symbols ITEM MCP METAR MOPS MPC MPC (MAT) mm MSAS MSG MSS mW N/A NACp NACv NAR NAS NC NEXRAD NGT NIC No. NOTAM NVM NVIS OEM Orig PAZ PC P/N PBIT PED PFD RAM RAIM RBA RMA RMS RF RTCA Rx SAE S/N SATCOM SIGMET S/W or SW SBAS Sec SPI DEFINITION Mode Control Panel Meteorological Aerodrome Reports Minimum Operational Performance Standards Maintenance Personal Computer Maintenance Personal Computer (Maintenance Application Tool) Millimeter MTSAT Satellite-based Augmentation System Message MultiLink Surveillance System milliwatt Not Applicable Navigation Accuracy Category for position Navigation Accuracy Category for velocity Non Altitude Reporting National Airspace System Not Connected Next Generation Radar Reflectivity Not an abbreviation Navigation Integrity Category Number Notice to Airmen Non-Volatile Memory Night Vision Imaging System Original Equipment Manufacturer Original Protected Airspace Zone Personal Computer Part Number Periodic Built-In Test Personal Electronic Device Primary Flight Display Random Access Memory Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring Risk-Based Authentication Return Material Authorization Radio Management System or Root Mean Square Radio Frequency RTCA, Inc. Receive Society of Automotive Engineers Serial Number Satellite Communications Significant Meteorological Information Software Satellite Based Augmentation systems Seconds Special Position Identification 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page xvii Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Symbols ITEM STC STAB STIF SUA SURF TA TAF TAS TAWS TCAS TFR TIS-B TSAA TSO TAWS UAT USB UTC Vdc VFR VHF VOR VSWR W WAAS WiFi WOW Wx DEFINITION Supplemental Type Certification Stabilization Standard TCAS Intruder File Special Use airspace Basic Surface application Traffic Advisory Terminal Area Forecasts Traffic Advisory System Terrain Awareness and Warning System Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Temporary Flight Restrictions Traffic Information Service Broadcast Traffic Situational Awareness with Alerts (i.e. ATAS) Technical Standard Order Terrain Awareness and Warning System Universal Access Transceiver Universal Serial Bus Coordinated Universal Time Volts Direct Current Visual Flight Rules Very High Frequency VHF Omni-directional Voltage Standing Wave Ratio Watts Wide Area Augmentation System Wireless Fidelity Weight On Wheels Weather 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Page xviii Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Section 1 General Information INTRODUCTION 1.1 This section includes descriptions, specifications, TSO information, equipment required but not supplied, and installation approval and limitations for the Lynx MultiLink Surveillance System Lynx NGT-9000 family (Release 1, Release 2, and Release 3). Available models of the panel mount NGT-9000 are detailed in Table 1-1 and an example of the unit is shown in Figure 1-1. Available models of the remote mount NGT-9000R are detailed in Table 1-2 and an example of the unit is shown in Figure 1-2. Figure 1-1: Panel mount NGT-9000 Table 1-1: System Components Panel mount NGT-9000 COMPONENT MODELS (1) (2) H/W PART NO. S/W PART NO. (3) MultiLink Surveillance System NGT-9000 NGT-9000+
NGT-9000D NGT-9000D+
9029000-20000 Release 1 9020010-001 9020010-002 9020010-003 Release 2 9020010-004 9020010-005 Release 3 9020010-006 9020010-007 9020010-008 9020010-009 9020010-010 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-1: System Components Panel mount NGT-9000 COMPONENT MODELS (1) (2) H/W PART NO. S/W PART NO. (3) Detachable Configuration Module DCM 9230-17003-01 WiFi Module PIM-9000 9230-17005-01 Enablement Certificate (4), for activating TAS, TCAS, Diversity, TAWS, or Terrain Display Only (i.e. Terrain Vision) See Table 1-3 Directional Antenna (optional) See Table 1-21 GPS Antenna L-Band Antenna See Table 1-24 See Table 1-26
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
Notes:
(1) The + at the end of the model number indicates Active Traffic Interrogation (TAS or TCAS) functionality. The D at the end of the model number indicates Diversity functionality.
(2) Models NGT-9000D, +, and D+ require a function activation code that is set up during installation. See paragraph 1.3.5.
(3) Details on software releases are located in paragraph 1.9. [Release 1 is SW Release 1.0, 1.1, 1.2. Release 2 is SW Release 2.0, 2.1. Release 3 is SW Release 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2].
(4) For Release 3.2 and later, the ATAS option is always available and no longer requires an enablement certificate. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-2 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 1-2: Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R Table 1-2: System Components Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R COMPONENT MODELS (1) (2) H/W PART NO. S/W PART NO. (3) MultiLink Surveillance System NGT-9000R NGT-9000R+
NGT-9000RD NGT-9000RD+
9029000-40000 Release 1 9020010-002 9020010-003 Release 2 9020010-004 9020010-005 Release 3 9020010-006 9020010-007 9020010-008 9020010-009 9020010-010 Detachable Configuration Module DCM 9230-17003-01 WiFi Module PIM-9000 9230-17005-01 Enablement Certificate (4), for activating TAS, TCAS, Diversity, or TAWS See Table 1-3 Directional Antenna (optional) GPS Antenna L-Band Antenna See Table 1-21 See Table 1-24 See Table 1-26
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
CP-2500 Control Panel Notes:
(1) The + at the end of the model number indicates Active Traffic Interrogation (TAS or TCAS) See Table 1-32 9080-17250-( )
- -
functionality. The D at the end of the model number indicates Diversity functionality.
(2) Models NGT-9000RD, R+, and RD+ require a function activation code that is set up during installation. See paragraph1.3.5.
(3) Details on software releases are located in paragraph 1.9. [Release 1 is SW Release 1.0, 1.1, 1.2. Release 2 is SW Release 2.0, 2.1. Release 3 is SW Release 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2].
(4) For Release 3.2 and later, the ATAS option is always available and no longer requires an enablement certificate. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-3 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The Lynx MultiLink Surveillance System (also referred to in this manual as the Lynx NGT-9000) is a Mode S Level 2 dens Class 1 Transponder providing Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast
(ADS-B) out on 1090 MHz with an integrated GPS receiver. The unit also receives ADS-B data via 978 MHz and 1090 MHz. Some models support optional Active Traffic (TAS or TCAS) and/or antenna Diversity functionality. Maintenance and configuration setup is accomplished via the USB port located on the front of the unit or by an optional WiFi connection. 1.2.1 Software Release Summary Release 2.0 provides the optional functions of ATAS (ADS-B Traffic Advisory System) and Class B TAWS (Terrain Awareness and Warning System). Release 2.1 provides the optional function of Lightning Detection, a discrete switch option for setting the transponder to Standby, additional display interfaces, and an option to display terrain without audio and visual alerting. Release 3.0 provides the optional function of Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) that would be used in place of the TAS function. Note This is a TCAS I system that will be referenced as TCAS throughout the manual. Release 3.1 improves SBAS GNSS satellite tracking and HFOM reporting. Release 3.2 incorporates a new ARINC 429 Control Panel interface and an option for dual ARINC 429 Control Panels. Allow ATAS to be enabled without enablement code. See Service Bulletin SB9029000-8 for other resolved issues. New RS-232 Control Panel feature for Reply Rate (not used by the CP-2500). An upgrade to Release 3.2 requires certain configuration options be selected for the dual Control Panel feature. If the configuration settings are not made, the unit reverts to Release 3.0/3.1 behavior but with Release 3.2 fixes. The NGT-9000R cannot meet both Release 3.0/3.1 and Release 3.2 ARINC 429 Output capabilities because the single ARINC 429 output is used for either Display (CDTI) output associated with Release 3.0/3.1 or Control Panel feedback associated with Release 3.2. In addition updates to the MPC (MAT) include removing selection of NY-164 and changing the save button function into a save all button. Release 3.2.1 is a minor software update to fix GPS Epoch Rollover issue that results in the panel mount versions of the NGT-9000 System (HW Part No. 9029000-20000) with Software Release Versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1, and 3.2 not providing the full TSO-C157a FIS-B functionality during the period of 6 April 2019 thru 31 December 2019. See SB9029000-9. Release 3.2.2 is a minor software update that will reduce Traffic Fail message messages and correct ground velocity computations. See SB9029000-10. This updated includes an update to the MPC (MAT) software. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-4 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.2.2 Transponder Functional Overview The unit receives Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interrogations on 1030 MHz and replies on 1090 MHz. The unit is equipped with IDENT capability that activates the Special Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds. Ground stations and airborne TCAS can interrogate Mode S Transponders individually using a 24-bit ICAO Mode S address, which is unique to the particular aircraft. In addition, ground stations may interrogate the unit for its transponder data capability and the aircraft's Flight ID. 1.2.3 GPS Functional Overview The GPS function utilizes signals from Global Positioning System (GPS) satellite constellation and Satellite-Based Augmentation Systems (SBAS) such as the USA Wide Area Augmentation System
(WAAS), European EGNOS, Indian GAGAN, and the Japanese MSAS. Currently it supports WAAS and WAAS compatible SBAS systems. The internal GPS function provides position, velocity, time, and integrity (NIC, NACp, etc.) information to the ADS-B functions and meets the requirements of 14 CFR 91.227. 1.2.4 Lightning Detection (optional) Release 2.1 and later. The WX-500 Stormscope is a Weather Mapping System that provides lightning discharge information. This information is shown on the right application screen of the NGT-9000 Panel Mount unit. 1.2.5 ADS-B System Overview The ADS-B system has the following capabilities:
UAT In (978MHz) - Receive ADS-B, ADS-R, TIS-B, and FIS-B data The Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) improves situational awareness and flight safety by providing real time traffic information. The ADS-B In function is used to receive ground station supported TIS-B and ADS-R traffic, and direct communication with ADS-B out equipped aircraft. The ADS-B Out (1090MHz) function is used to periodically broadcast (without interrogation) information about the aircraft that includes aircraft identification, position, altitude, velocity and other aircraft status information. The Automatic Dependent Surveillance Re-broadcast (ADS-R) is a ground based broadcast service that repeats ADS-B messages from one link (1090ES or UAT) to the other link for aircraft with ADS-B In. Traffic Information Service Broadcast (TIS-B) is a ground based broadcast service that provides secondary surveillance radar (SSR) derived traffic data (ATC transponder equipped aircraft not equipped with ADS-B Out capability) to ADS-B In equipped aircraft. 1090ES In (1090MHz) - Receive ADS-B, ADS-R and TIS-B 1090ES Out (1090MHz) - Transmit ADS-B 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-5 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.2.6 Traffic Display Functional Overview The Lynx NGT-9000 monitors the airspace around the aircraft using ADS-B In (and TAS/TCAS if equipped) to show other aircraft on the screen. When within range of a participating ground station TIS-B and ADS-R traffic services are also shown on the screen. Traffic is identified on the screen using corresponding traffic symbols. The unit also provides TAS, TCAS, and ATAS traffic advisories when TAS, TCAS, and/or ATAS configurations are enabled. A voice audio output announces relative altitude and traffic alerts. The unit has multiple transmit/receive ARINC 429, RS-422, and RS-232 data ports used to transmit data to traffic, weather, and PED displays. The unit provides the transponder code, reply symbol, and mode of operation to the display. 1.2.7 FIS-B System Overview The Flight Information Services - Broadcast (FIS-B) function provides pilots with a cockpit display of certain aviation weather and aeronautical information for awareness of own aircraft location with respect to reported weather, including hazardous meteorological conditions (CONUS/ NEXRAD /AIRMETS/
SIGMETS/ NOTAMS/ METARS, etc.), TFR, and TAF (FIS-B products). CONUS and Regional NEXRAD may not always contain complete data. The data is refreshed every 15 minutes and it is likely to be updated in a future cycle. NOTE FIS-B is advisory information only and is intended to enhance pilot decision-making during strategic flight planning. FIS-B augments traditional sources of this information such as ATC and Flight Service Station (FSS). FIS-B information is provided over the ADS-B Services network on the 978 MHz UAT link when in ground station coverage. 1.2.8 Traffic Awareness System (option) Overview The Traffic Awareness System (TAS) option is an active system that operates as an aircraft-to-aircraft interrogation device. The unit interrogates transponders in the surrounding airspace similar to ground based radar. When replies to these active interrogations are received, the responding aircrafts range, altitude, and closure rates are computed to plot traffic location and predict collision threats. The unit alerts the flight crew to nearby transponder-equipped aircraft and assists the pilot in the visual acquisition of aircraft that may represent a danger. Traffic information, out to a selected range, is graphically displayed on the unit or alternate display. See Figure 1-3 for an example of own aircraft traffic (UAT, 1090ES, TIS-
B, and TAS). The system display shows the relative position of traffic using text, shapes and colors. The effective active-mode surveillance range is 35 nmi and track 35 ATCRBS intruders simultaneously with the target bearing relative to the nose of own aircraft. The tracking of targets is in a cylindrical volume centered on own aircraft that has, at a maximum, a radius of 35 nmi and extends 10,000 ft. above and 10,000 ft. below own aircraft. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-6 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.2.9 ADS-B Traffic Advisory System Overview (optional) Release 2.0 and later. The ADS-B Traffic Advisory System (ATAS) [previously referred to as TSAA]
function provides traffic advisories using ADS-B In information via aural announcements over the cockpit speakers or headset and visually via the display or a cockpit lamp. ATAS and TAS/TCAS may operate at the same time with traffic information being correlated by the unit. The system display shows the relative position of traffic using text, shapes and colors. The dimensions of Collision Airspace Zone (CAZ) are 500 ft. horizontal radius and +/- 200 relative altitude. The dimension of the Protected Airspace Zone (PAZ) is dependent on closure rate. The PAZ dimension decreases as closure rate decreases with a minimum 500 ft. horizontal radius and +/- 300 ft. (Sensitivity A) or +/- 500 ft. (Sensitivity B) relative altitude. The effective active-mode surveillance range is 40 nmi and track 60 ATCRBS intruders simultaneously with the target bearing relative to the nose of own aircraft. The tracking of targets is in a cylindrical volume centered on own aircraft that has, at a maximum, a radius of 20 nmi and extends 10,000 ft. above and 10,000 ft. below own aircraft. 1.2.10 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (option) Overview Release 3.0 and later. The Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS I) option is an active system that operates as an aircraft-to-aircraft interrogation device. The unit interrogates transponders in the surrounding airspace similar to ground based radar. When replies to these active interrogations are received, the responding aircrafts range, altitude, and closure rates are computed to plot traffic location and predict collision threats. The unit alerts the flight crew to nearby transponder-equipped aircraft and assists the pilot in the visual acquisition of aircraft that may represent a danger. Traffic information, out to a selected range, is graphically displayed on the unit or alternate display. The system display shows the relative position of traffic using text, shapes and colors. The effective active-mode surveillance range is 35 nmi and track 35 ATCRBS intruders simultaneously with the target bearing relative to the nose of own aircraft. The tracking of targets is in a cylindrical volume centered on own aircraft that has, at a maximum, a radius of 35 nmi and extends 10,000 ft. above and 10,000 ft. below own aircraft. 1.2.11 Terrain Awareness and Warning System Overview (optional) Release 2.0 and later. The Class B Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) function continuously monitors the aircrafts position, altitude, speed, track, and phase of flight and compares the information to an internal terrain, obstacle, and runway database. If TAWS predicts a potential Controlled Flight Into Terrain (CFIT) situation, the system alerts the pilot visually on the Lynx NGT-9000 display, aural announcements over the cockpit speakers or headset, or via cockpit lamps (caution and warning). The Remote Mount NGT-9000R does not have a TAWS display available (audio and lamps only). 1.2.12 TerrainVisionTM Release 2.1 and later. This optional function provides a terrain display (TERR Advisory) similar to the TAWS display but without visual or audio alerts. This function is not available for the Remote Mount NGT-9000R. TerrainVisionTM is not considered a Class B TAWS. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-7 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.2.13 Discrete Inputs and Outputs Functional Overview The Lynx NGT-9000 has discrete inputs and outputs available that can be interfaced to indicator lamps and cockpit switches. The discretes are optional except as noted in the instructions found in the installation section. Input and output discretes are normally open and are set to ground when active, unless otherwise indicated.
(Discrete Input 1) The IDENT switch activates the IDENT pulse, which highlights the aircrafts symbol on the ATCs radar screen and is identified on the Lynx NGT-9000 or external display /
control panel when active.
(Discrete Input 2) The Audio Mute input is used to mute all audio outputs coming from the Lynx NGT-9000. Audio mute can be connected to other Caution and Warning Systems (CAWS) if required (i.e. TAWS) that needs to mute the traffic system for a higher priority audio annunciation.
(Discrete Input 3) The On-Ground input (i.e. WOW) is used to signal the Lynx NGT-9000 that the aircraft is on ground. The input can be connected to a squat switch, airspeed monitor, or a collective switch. This discrete can be set in the DCM settings to either ground on ground, open on ground, or not used.
(Discrete Input 4) The Audio Acknowledge input is used to cancel the audio from a TAWS or Traffic Aural. This discrete is used only when the optional TAWS, TAS/TCAS, or ATAS functionality is configured.
(Discrete Input 5) Release 3.2 and later. The Control Panel Select input is used to select ARINC 429 interfaced Control Panel #1 or #2. This input must be connected to the control panel LRU that performs this selection.
(Discrete Input 6) The Standby Mode input is used to place the units transponder into Standby. It is intended for use when dual transponders are installed on the aircraft.
(Discrete Output 1) The TAWS Caution lamp (amber) is used to indicate a terrain caution advisory is present.
(Discrete Output 2) The TAWS Warning lamp (red) is used to indicate a terrain warning is present.
(Discrete Output 3) The Traffic Alert lamp (amber) is used to indicate a TAS/TCAS, or ATAS Traffic Advisory (TA).
(Discrete Output 5) The Audio Mute can be connected to other CAWS alerting systems, if required, that need to mute the traffic system (i.e. TAS/TCAS) for a higher priority audio annunciation (i.e. TAWS). This output will be active when the Audio Mute Input (Discrete Input 2) is active.
(Discrete Output 6) The ADS-B Out Fail lamp (amber) is used to indicate that ADS-B out is not providing ADS-B output data. The lamp has multiple visual cues used to identify operational status. Refer to the installation checkout section for details. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-8 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 1-3: Example of Own Aircraft UAT, 1090ES, and TAS/TCAS Traffic 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-9 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Flight ID or aircraft Tail Number Transponder and Traffic Mode of Operation 1.3 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS 1.3.1 Panel mount NGT-9000 The panel mount NGT-9000 includes a Detachable Configuration Module (DCM). The unit is equipped with a main sub-D connector (J1) and RF connectors. A USB port is available to establish communication between the unit and a maintenance computer for installation and maintenance activities. A panel-mounted rack is required for installation. Additional third party components are necessary to complete the installation. Refer to paragraph 1.5 for component requirements and installation considerations. Details on these components are provided in paragraph 1.11. The unit has a bezel containing a multifunction touch screen that is designed to fit into a MARK width panel. LED backlighting is controlled by the auto-dimming functionality provided by the ambient light sensor or by using the pilot adjustable brightness control. The multifunction touch screen has full operational control providing the means to select screen views and interface with transponder, traffic, weather, and TAWS information. The following information is available for display and control:
ADS-B Status VFR Select and Squawk Code Input Audio Acknowledge (available when Class B TAWS, TAS, TCAS, or ATAS is enabled) ATAS Mode (optional) Weather (FIS-B graphic) Weather (FIS-B graphical winds and temps aloft) Weather (FIS-B textual data) Traffic TAS Mode (optional - model specific) TCAS Mode (optional - model specific) TAWS (optional) TerrainVisionTM (optional) Lightning Detection (optional) IDENT 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-10 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.3.2 Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R The remote mount NGT-9000R includes a Detachable Configuration Module (DCM). The unit is equipped with a main sub-D connector (J1) and RF connectors. A USB port is available to establish communication between the unit and a maintenance computer for installation and maintenance activities. A mounting tray is required for installation. Additional third party components are necessary to complete the installation. Refer to paragraph 1.5 for component requirements and installation considerations. Details on these components are provided in paragraph 1.11. The remote mount NGT-9000R provides the same functionality as the panel mount in regards to the available outputs for display of traffic and weather data, but is controlled using a Control Panel. The CP-2500 Control Panel transmits and receives information via RS-232. Refer to Appendix A for details. Release 3.2 or later. An ARINC 429 interface is available to transmit and receive information to a compatible Control Panel (such as the RMS-555). In addition, the ARINC 429 interface can be configured for dual Control Panels (used one at a time). Note - that this A429 control panel interface does not include necessary TCAS traffic or TAWS control information. Refer to Appendix A for details. 1.3.3 Model and Feature Options The Diversity option is a specific model of the Lynx NGT-9000 that offers enhanced traffic awareness receiving data via 1090MHz using the ADS-B service. The TAS and TCAS options have a specific model of the Lynx NGT-9000 that provides additional traffic awareness when ADS-B equipped aircraft are not in the area providing Traffic Alert (TA) warnings to the flight crew. See paragraph 1.2.8 for TAS functionality or 1.2.10 for TCAS functionality. The Diversity and TAS and TCAS options require a function activation code that is entered using the MPC (MAT) during installation. Models with Diversity require the installation of an additional L-
Band antenna. The TAS and TCAS options require the installation of a directional antenna. If the TAS or TCAS option is enabled on a Lynx NGT-9000 model with Diversity (D+ or RD+), the TAS/TCAS directional antenna is used as the diversity antenna. See paragraph 1.2.9 and 1.2.11 for an overview of this feature. The ATAS, Class B TAWS, and Terrain Advisory (no audio or visual alerts) features are configuration options that require a function activation code that is entered using the MPC (MAT) during installation. For Release 3.2 and later, the ATAS option is always available and no longer requires an enablement certificate. See paragraph 1.2.9 and 1.2.11 for an overview of these features. 1.3.4 Detachable Configuration Module (DCM) The DCM part number 9230-17003-01 is part of the Lynx NGT-9000 and is used for the storage of configuration data. The DCM is permanently installed with the wire harness and interfaces to the unit via a 4-wire interface from the DCM. The configuration settings are stored in the units non-volatile memory and are entered via commands sent over the maintenance interface to configure such items as input / output interface options, aircraft specific options (including TAS, TCAS, Diversity, ATAS, and TAWS) and installation calibration parameters. When the configuration data is set, Lynx NGT-9000 units may be swapped and the configuration remains with the aircraft. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-11 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.3.5 Function Activation Code Table 1-3 provides the list of enable certificates for each function available from ACSS. Function activation codes are required if installing and activating TAS, TCAS, Diversity, and TAWS options. The Function activation is a 10-digit code that is entered during installation using the MPC (MAT) to install either of these options. The function activation may be purchased and shipped with the unit. If the function activation code is not included, contact ACSS After Market Customer Service to obtain the code. Be sure to have the Mode S ID (e.g. ICAO) available for the service representative. The function activation is associated with the aircraft ICAO address and will only work for that aircraft ID. Table 1-3: Enablement Certificate Part Numbers DESCRIPTION Enablement Certificate, NGT-9000, TAS Enablement Certificate, NGT-9000, Diversity Enablement Certificate, NGT-9000, ATAS (1) Enablement Certificate, NGT-9000, Class B TAWS (TAWS for fixed wing aircraft only) Enablement Certificate, NGT-9000, TCAS I and ATAS (1) Enablement Certificate, NGT-9000, Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) (i.e. Terrain Vision) PART NUMBER 0035-17001-01 0035-17002-01 0035-17004-01 0035-17005-01 0035-17006-01 0035-17010-01 Enablement Certificate, NGT-9000, TAS Ground Filtering Altitude 0035-17011-01 Note:
(1) For Release 3.2 and later, the ATAS option is always available and no longer requires an enablement certificate. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-12 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual INTERFACES 1.4 The unit supports a number of built-in interfaces as described in Table 1-4. A system block diagram is provided in Figure 1-4. Additional information on these interfaces is detailed below. Refer to Appendix A for interface options and Appendix C for interconnect diagrams. Table 1-4: Built-in Interfaces Interface (No.) ARINC 429 Input (4) ARINC 429 Output (1) Discrete Inputs (17) Discrete Output (9) RS-232 Unidirectional (1) RS-232 Input-Output (2) RS-422 Input (1) RS-422 Output (1) Function Receive ADC and AHRS data. Release 3.2 Optional Transponder Control Panel interface (Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R). Transmit to a traffic display. Release 3.2 Optional Transponder Control Panel interface (Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R). Receive Gillham Altitude Encoder, IDENT Command, Audio Mute, In Air / On Ground (WOW) status, Audio Acknowledge, and Standby Mode TAWS Alert (caution / warning), Traffic Advisory (TAS / ATAS /
TCAS), Audio Mute indicator, and Transmit ADS-B Out Fail Altitude Encoder port Wi-Fi accessory port Receive Lightning data (panel mount NGT-9000) CP-2500 Control Panel interface (Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R) GPS Position Output (see WAAS/GPS Output) Receive Lightning data (panel mount NGT-9000) External display port GPS Position Output (see WAAS/GPS Output) WAAS/GPS Output Certified 5 Hz, RS-422/RS-232 and WiFi Class Beta 1 GPS output. Qualified for LNAV approaches only per TSO-C129d Table 1-1.
(Configuration setting listed as L-3 Protocol 1) RF Suppression Input-Output (1) Provides on aircraft suppression of the L-band equipment Analog Audio Output (1) I2C Port (1) GPS Antenna Port Connects to Audio Panel un-muted input Detachable configuration module Connect to a top mount antenna providing GPS data to support ADS-B functionality Connects to the bottom mount antenna. Provides UAT 978 MHz input, 1030/1090 MHz extended squitter input/output to support ADS-B/ATAC Transponder functionality Connects to a top mounted antenna (L-Band or Directional) providing optional TAS, TCAS or Diversity functionality Maintenance Interface L-Band Antenna Port Extra Antenna Ports USB Note: Not all interfaces are used. Some are spares, reserved for future use, or optional. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-13 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Note - This diagram has release 1, 2, and 3 information. Review the interface information in this section for specific details. Figure 1-4: System Block Diagram 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-14 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.4.1 ADS-B Out Fail The ADS-B Out Fail is a discrete output that provides an indication of when there is a loss of ADS-B Out. The discrete output is a ground/open type and is able to sink 250mA. 1.4.2 AHRS Input An optional ARINC 429 input is provided to interface to an AHRS (heading) system in order to provide data for Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) and ADS-B data. Note - If interfaced with a WX-500 that has a synchro heading input, which may be used as the heading
(AHRS) input. 1.4.3 Altitude Encoder Input Pressure altitude input is required on either an RS-232 input port, 11 Wire Gillham Input Port or ARINC 429 Input Port. 1.4.4 Audio Out One audio out discrete outputs is available that can output a 40 mW signal to equipment with a load of 600 Ohms. 1.4.5 Standby Mode An optional Standby Mode discrete input is available to place the units transponder into Standby. The discrete input is a ground/open type with the GND position setting the unit to standby. 1.4.6 Audio Mute In and Out The Audio Mute In is used to mute all audio outputs coming from the Lynx NGT-9000 and is required if a CAWS alerting system (i.e. an external TAWS) is installed. The Audio Mute Out is an indication
(lamp) that the unit is being muted. The Audio Mute Out can be connected to other CAWS alerting systems if required (i.e. TAS or TCAS) that need to mute the traffic system for a higher priority audio annunciation (i.e. when TAWS is installed). 1.4.7 Audio Acknowledge Available with Release 2.0 and later, the Audio Acknowledge is used to cancel the audio from a TAWS or Traffic Aural. It is used only when the optional TAWS, TAS, TCAS, or ATAS functionality is configured. 1.4.8 RF Suppression Input/output The mutual suppression input/output meets the hardware characteristics as defined in ARINC 735B Attachment 8 and is used to provide suppression of L-band equipment on the aircraft. The transponder uses the signal as an input to inhibit decoding of receiver signals when other equipment on the aircraft is transmitting. When the transponder transmits, it asserts a positive voltage on the output to provide the suppression to other systems on the airplane. Avionics equipment that does not meet the ARINC 735B standard should not be connected to the Lynx NGT-9000 suppression bus input/output 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-15 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.4.9 Traffic Alert Traffic Alert is a discrete output that provides an indication (lamp) of a TAS, TCAS, or ATAS Traffic Advisory. The TAS, TCAS, and ATAS are configuration options that are set during installation. The TAS traffic advisory requires the Lynx NGT-9000 models with the TAS option (+, D+, R+, or RD+). The ATAS traffic advisory is an option that can be used by any model of the Lynx NGT-9000 with Release 2.0 and later. The TCAS traffic advisory is an option that can be used by any model of the Lynx NGT-9000 with Release 3.0 and later. 1.4.10 TAWS Caution and Warning Alert Available with Release 2.0 and later, the TAWS Alerts are discrete outputs that provide an indication
(lamp) of a terrain or obstacle Caution or Warning Alert. Available with Release 2.1 and later, TerrainVisionTM is a Terrain Advisory with no audio or visual alerting is available for panel mount NGT-9000. 1.4.11 WiFi Interface The unit uses a RS-232 bus to interface with the PIM-9000 RS-232. This interface provides traffic and weather information on a personal electronic device via a software application (APP). 1.4.12 WOW Input The WOW input discrete is optional. The input signals the On Ground status to the unit via squat switch, Airspeed monitor, or a collective switch. Do not connect this to a gear switch or a manual pilot switch input. An internal algorithmic override that uses ground speed and altitude inputs may override this input and change the air/ground state (ex. a WOW "in-air" state could be changed back to on ground if the Aircraft is sitting on the ground). This is expected behavior. If simulated in-air test is required, use the ground test mode. 1.4.13 Maintenance Interface The unit can interface to a maintenance computer using either the WiFi interface or the USB port located on the front of the unit. This interface is used for installation setup and fault isolation and is only available while on ground. 1.4.14 GPS Antenna Antenna performance is critical to the operation of the Unit. The unit requires that the GPS Antenna meet performance requirements specified in TSO-190. Refer to paragraph 1.11.2. 1.4.15 L-Band (978/1030/1090 MHz) Antenna The L-Band antenna is used by the Unit to receive 978 MHz, 1030 MHz, and transmit/receive 1090 MHz. If the NGT-9000 is configured for Diversity, then two L-Band antennas are required. If the TAS or TCAS and Diversity option (models D+ or RD+) is used then a top directional antenna may be used instead of the top L-Band antenna. Refer to paragraph 1.11.3. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-16 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.4.16 Directional Antenna Two models of Directional Antenna available: the NY156 (P/N 805-10003-001) and NY164 (P/N 805-
10890-001).The directional antenna is sealed against environmental extremes. The NY156 and NY164 can both be used by the unit to receive Active Traffic (TAS) information. The NY156 is required to receive TCAS information. Refer to paragraph 1.11.1 for details and equivalent NY156 part numbers. 1.4.17 Traffic Display Traffic information is output to a compatible traffic display from the unit using an ARINC 735B interface format or using RS-422. Possible traffic output format selections include Standard TCAS intruder File
(STIF or TIF) and Display Traffic Information File (DTIF). The unit allows installed configuration selection of TIF, DTIF, or both formats of output data via the ARINC 429 or RS-422 bus to the traffic display. Refer to paragraph 1.11.4. 1.4.18 Weather Display The Unit interfaces to supported FIS-B Wx displays via a RS-422 Input and Output data bus. Refer to paragraph 1.11.5 1.4.19 Lightning Detection (WX-500) Available with Release 2.1 and later for the NGT-9000 Panel Mount version only. This interface is used to receive and control the information from a WX-500 Stormscope using either RS-232 or RS-422. The Lightning data is depicted as cells or strikes on the right application screen of the NGT-9000. Refer to paragraph 1.11.8. 1.4.20 Control Panel The remote mount NGT-9000R requires a Control Panel. The CP-2500 Control Panel uses RS-232 to display messages and transmit commands. The CP-2500 has control features for the Transponder, Traffic and TAWS functions. Release 3.2 and later. The Control Panel (such as RMS-555) uses ARINC 429 to display messages and transmit commands. The ARINC 429 Control Panel has control features for the Transponder only. In addition, the NGT-9000R can be configured for dual Control Panels (used one at a time). The dual configuration requires a discrete output for panel selection. Refer to paragraph 1.11.9 for Control Panel compatibility. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-17 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 1.5 The installation of the following equipment is the minimum required by the Lynx NGT-9000 to provide ADS-B functionality as well as the optional TAS and Diversity functionality. Each installation requires at a minimum the following equipment installed:
1. Lynx NGT-9000 2. Detachable configuration module 3. GPS Antenna 4. L-Band (978/1030/1090 MHz) Antenna 5. Altitude Source (ARINC 429, RS-232, or Gillham Code) 6. Remote mount models only Control Panel A unit with TAS (model: NGT-9000+ or NGT-9000R+) also requires the following:
1. Function activation code to unlock TAS option via the MPC (MAT) 2. Directional Antenna (NY-156 or NY-164) A unit with TCAS requires the following:
1. Function activations code to unlock TCAS options via the MPC (MAT) 2. Directional Antenna (NY-156) A unit with Diversity (model: NGT-9000D or NGT-9000RD) also requires the following:
1. Function activation code to unlock Diversity option via the MPC (MAT) 2. Additional L-Band Antenna, located on the top of the aircraft A unit with TAS and Diversity (model: NGT-9000D+ or NGT-9000RD+) also require the following:
1. Function activations code to unlock TAS and Diversity options via the MPC (MAT) 2. Directional Antenna (NY-156 or NY-164). Used for both the TAS and Diversity A unit with TCAS and Diversity (model: NGT-9000D+ or NGT-9000RD+) also require the following:
1. Function activations code to unlock TCAS and Diversity options via the MPC (MAT) 2. Directional Antenna (NY-156). Used for both TCAS and Diversity A unit with ATAS also requires the following:
1. Function activations code to unlock ATAS options via the MPC (MAT) Note - For Release 3.2 and later, the ATAS option is always available (configuration option) and no longer requires an enablement certificate. A unit with Class B TAWS also requires the following:
1. Function activations code to unlock TAWS options via the MPC (MAT) The following equipment for Lynx NGT-9000 system is optional:
1. WiFi Accessory and PED (provides traffic and weather data) 2. Weather Display (used to display FIS-B weather) 3. Traffic Display (used to display STIF (TIF) on common display or DTIF on CDTI display) 4. Lightning Detection (Requires a WX-500 Stormscope and Antenna) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-18 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.6 SPECIFICATIONS Table 1-5: Specifications for Panel Mount NGT-9000 PART NUMBERS:
9029000-20000 CERTIFICATION:
ADVISORY CIRCULARS:
Release 1 USA (FAA): TSO-C112d, C113a, C145c, C147, C154c, C157a, C166b, C195a Release 2 USA (FAA): TSO-C112d, C113a, C145c, C147, C151c, C154c, C157a, C166b, C195b Release 3 USA (FAA): TSO-C112d, C113a, C145c, C147, C151c, C154c, C157a, C166b, C195b, C118a See paragraph 1.7 for specific TSO information. Listed are current authorizations at time of publication, contact Field Service Engineering for latest certification information AC20-21-46, AC20-115B, AC20-152, AC20-165B, AC20-172A RTCA COMPLIANCE: Environmental Category: DO-160G (See Environmental Qualification Form in Appendix B.) Software Category: DO-178B, Design Assurance Level C Hardware Category: DO-254, Design Assurance Level C Other: DO-181E, DO-197A, DO-229D, DO-260B, DO-267A, DO-282B, DO-
317A, ARINC 718A-4 and SAE AS8034B. COMPLIANCE:
ATC transponder functionality: 14 CFR 91.215, 91.217, 91.413 ADS-B Out functionality: 14 CFR 91.225, and 91.227 FCC:
SIZE:
WEIGHT:
CHASSIS GROUND:
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
The Lynx NGT-9000 has been shown to meet the requirements in TSO-C166b and meets the requirements of 14 CFR 91.225a installed in accordance with these installation instructions. FCC Identifier 2ACTZMSS90 Hardware MOD B and earlier. FCC Identifier 2ACTZMSS9019 Hardware MOD C and later. See the following figures for dimensions:
Figure 2-1: Outline Dimensions for Panel Mount NGT-9000 Figure 2-2: Outline dimensions for Panel Mount Mounting Rack NGT-9000 Note: Unit Fits into a standard MARK width (6.25 in) panel. 2.96 Lbs. (1.35 kg) Bonding impedance between aircraft ground and the Lynx NGT-9000 Chassis must be less than 2.5 milliohms.
+14.0 VDC nominal. 19.0 watts nominal (24.0 Watts maximum)
+28.0 VDC nominal. 19.0 watts nominal (24.0 Watts maximum) Note - Due to variability in 14 VDC aircraft power sources, Hardware Mod A may be required to ensure consistent power up operation. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-19 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-5: Specifications for Panel Mount NGT-9000 ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS:
78-position d-subminiature connector receptacle (shell size 5) with swaged float plate. Connector insert per MIL-DTL-24308, Appendix A, Figure A-5, Arrangement 2. Connector insert shall accommodate 22D removable crimp contacts (socket) per M39029/57-354, or equivalent. RF Connectors: 5W5 Coax D-Sub Mini-B USB: Maintenance Port INTERFACE (S):
ARINC 429 RS-422 RS-232 Discrete Input/Outputs RF Suppression Bus Note: Refer to Appendix A for signal names and characteristics I2C serial interface (detachable configuration module interface) OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-20 to +55C (-4 to +131F)
-55 to +85C (-67 to +185F) MAXIMUM ALTITUDE: 55,000 ft. (installation environment) FUNCTIONALITY:
ADS-B / TIS-B Receive: (1090ES/UAT) ADS-B Transmit: (1090ES) FIS-B (UAT) Release 1, 2, and 3 Mode S Transponder Global Positioning System (GPS) Mode S Transponder Diversity (optional) Release 2 and 3 only Class B Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) (optional) Release 3 only Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) (i.e. Terrain Vision) (optional) Lightning Detection (optional) Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) (optional) ADS-B Traffic Awareness System (ATAS) (optional) Traffic Awareness System (TAS) (optional) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-20 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-5: Specifications for Panel Mount NGT-9000 OPERATION:
Start Up Time:
On Ground 20 seconds or less In air 5 seconds or less Display Luminance:
Range 0.05 fL to 150 fL Built In Test:
UAT Receiver Sensitivity
(Class A1S) Fault Monitoring on all stages of operation from start up to power down.
-95.0dBm for 90% Message Decoding for Long ADS-B Messages
-96.0dBm for 90% Message Decoding for Short ADS-B Messages
-93.0dBm for 90% Message Decoding for Ground Uplink Messages 1090 ADS-B Receiver Sensitivity (class A2):
-79dBm for 90% message decoding for 1090MHz ADS-B messages Mode S Transponder Power
(Class 1 Transponder). 125W minimum, 250 W maximum (Part 43 Appendix F: Class 2A) TAS/TCAS Output Power
(Class A TAS) (TCAS I) 125W minimum, 250 W maximum TAS/TCAS Receiver Sensitivity
-74.5 dBm +/- 3 dB (referenced at rear connector) SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE:
No scheduled maintenance is required. As a transponder device, FAA document 91.413 requires testing and inspection of a transponder every 24 months. SERVICE LIFE:
The Lynx NGT-9000 has unlimited service life. REPAIRABILITY:
Repairs performed at the FAA certificated Repair Station co-located at the OEM
(equipment) facility. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-21 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-6: Specifications for Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R PART NUMBERS:
9029000-40000 CERTIFICATION:
ADVISORY CIRCULARS:
RTCA COMPLIANCE:
Release 1 USA (FAA): TSO-C112d, C145c, C147, C154c, C157a, C166b, C195a. Release 2 USA (FAA): TSO-C112d, C145c, C147, TSO-C151c, C154c, C157a, C166b, C195b. Release 3 USA (FAA): TSO-C112d, C113a, C145c, C147, C151c, C154c, C157a, C166b, C195b, C118a See paragraph 1.7 for specific TSO information. Listed are current authorizations at time of publication, contact Field Service Engineering for latest certification information. AC20-21-46, AC20-115B, AC20-152, AC20-165B, AC20-172A Environmental Category: DO-160G (See Environmental Qualification Form in Appendix B.) Software Category: DO-178B, Design Assurance Level C Hardware Category: DO-254, Design Assurance Level C Other: DO-181E, DO-197A, DO-229D, DO-260B, DO-267A, DO-282B, DO-
317A, ARINC 718A-4 and SAE AS8034B. COMPLIANCE:
ATC transponder functionality: 14 CFR 91.215, 91.217, 91.413 ADS-B Out functionality: 14 CFR 91.225, and 91.227 FCC:
SIZE:
The Lynx NGT-9000R has been shown to meet the requirements in TSO-
C166b and meets the requirements of 14 CFR 91.227 installed in accordance with these installation instructions. FCC Identifier 2ACTZMSS90 Hardware MOD B and earlier. FCC Identifier 2ACTZMSS9019 Hardware MOD C and later. See the following figures for dimensions:
Figure 2-3: Outline Dimensions for Remote Mount NGT-9000R Figure 2-4: Outline dimensions for Remote Mount Mounting Tray NGT-9000R WEIGHT:
2.75 Lbs. (1.25 kg) CHASSIS GROUND:
Bonding impedance between aircraft ground and the Lynx NGT-9000 Chassis must be less than 2.5 milliohms. POWER REQUIREMENTS:
+14.0 VDC nominal. 17.0 watts nominal (24.0 Watts maximum)
+28.0 VDC nominal. 17.0 watts nominal (24.0 Watts maximum) Note - Due to variability in 14 VDC aircraft power sources, Hardware Mod A may be required to ensure consistent power up operation. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-22 ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS:
INTERFACE (S):
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-6: Specifications for Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R 78-position d-subminiature connector receptacle (shell size 5) with swaged float plate. Connector insert per MIL-DTL-24308, Appendix A, Figure A-5, Arrangement 2. Connector insert shall accommodate 22D removable crimp contacts (socket) per M39029/57-354, or equivalent. RF Connectors: 5W5 Coax D-Sub Mini-B USB: Maintenance Port ARINC 429 RS-422 RS-232 Discrete Input/Outputs RF Suppression Bus Note: Refer to Appendix A for signal names and characteristics I2C serial interface (detachable configuration module interface) OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
-45 to +70C (-49 to +158F)
-55 to +85C (-67 to +185F) MAXIMUM ALTITUDE:
55,000 ft. (installation environment) FUNCTIONALITY:
ADS-B / TIS-B Receive: (1090ES/UAT) ADS-B Transmit: (1090ES) FIS-B (UAT) Release 1, 2 and 3 Mode S Transponder Global Positioning System (GPS) Mode S Transponder Diversity (optional) Release 2 and 3 only Class B Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) (optional) Release 3 only Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) (optional) ADS-B Traffic Awareness System (ATAS) (optional) Traffic Awareness System (TAS) (optional) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-23 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual OPERATION:
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE:
SERVICE LIFE:
REPAIRABILITY:
Built In Test:
Start Up Time:
UAT Receiver Sensitivity
(Class A1S) Table 1-6: Specifications for Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R On Ground 20 seconds or less In air 5 seconds or less Fault Monitoring on all stages of operation from start up to power down.
-95.0dBm for 90% Message Decoding for Long ADS-B Messages
-96.0dBm for 90% Message Decoding for Short ADS-B Messages
-93.0dBm for 90% Message Decoding for Ground Uplink Messages
-79dBm for 90% message decoding for 1090MHz ADS-B messages
(Class 1 Transponder). 125W minimum, 250 W maximum (Part 43 Appendix F: Class 2A)
(Class A TAS) 125W minimum, 250 W maximum
-74.5 dBm +/- 3 dB (referenced at rear connector) 1090 ADS-B Receiver Sensitivity (class A2):
Mode S Transponder Power TAS/TCAS Receiver Sensitivity No scheduled maintenance is required. As a transponder device, FAA document 91.413 requires testing and inspection of a transponder every 24 months. The Lynx NGT-9000R has unlimited service life. Repairs performed at the FAA certificated Repair Station co-located at the OEM
(equipment) facility. TAS/TCAS Output Power 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-24 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-7: Specifications for Detachable Configuration Module PART NUMBER:
CERTIFICATION:
RTCA COMPLIANCE:
WEIGHT:
SIZE:
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
INTERFACE (S):
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
MAXIMUM ALTITUDE:
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE:
SERVICE LIFE:
REPAIRABILITY:
9230-17003-01 USA (FAA): TSO-C145c, C154c, C157a, C195a. See paragraph 1.7 for specific TSO information. Listed are current authorizations at time of publication, contact Field Service Engineering for latest certification information The DCM is tested as part of the Lynx NGT-9000 Negligible Length: 6 inches (includes wires) 3.3 Vdc (regulated via J1 connector) I2C serial interface
-45 to +70C (-49 to +158F)
-55 to +85C (-67 to +185F) 55,000 ft. (installation environment) None Unlimited Replacement only 1.7 TSO INFORMATION TSO and Failure Classification Information is located in Appendix D. 1.8 MODIFICATIONS Modifications (MODS) are identified by an entry on the I.D tag on individual units. A list of modifications to the Lynx NGT-9000 is identified below:
MOD #
EFFECTIVITY / COMPLIANCE DESCRIPTION Table 1-8: Hardware Modifications A B C 9029000-20000 and 9029000-40000 MOD A is Optional for installations with 14 VDC aircraft power sources. To inform customers that due to variability in 14 VDC aircraft power sources, Hardware MOD A may be required to ensure consistent power up operation. Service Bulletin SB9029000-3. 9029000-20000 and 9029000-40000 MOD B is recommended. To inform customers of a TAS antenna calibration error causing the bearing calibration performed by the NGT to become corrupted and fail. Service Bulletin SB9029000-4. 9029000-20000 and 9029000-40000 MOD C is optional. To update a power amplifier component and change the label with new FCC identification. Service Bulletin 8210400-001. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-25 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.8.1 NVIS Compatible Filter MOD A NVIS Filter is available for the panel mount NGT-9000. The MOD will make the display lighting compatible with Class B NVIS equipment as defined in DO-275 MOPS for Integrated NVIS equipment. Customers wanting this MOD are to send the unit to the following location. Aviation Specialties Unlimited, Inc. 4632 Aeronca Street Boise, ID 83705 Telephone: (208) 426-8117 Units with this MOD will have a placard placed on the outside of the unit identifying the NVIS MOD. 1.9 SOFTWARE REVISIONS Flight and Firmware revisions are displayed on the splash screen when power is cycled. Additional Software and database revisions can be viewed using the MPC via the Maintenance Application Tool. A list of current software revisions is identified in Table 1-9. Table 1-9: Software Revisions Note (1): The listed MPC (MAT) are current at time of publication; contact Field Service Engineering at ACSS for latest information. COMPATIBLE MPC (MAT)( 1) S/W PART NUMBER S/W DESCRIPTION REVISION 1.0 9020010-001 1.1 9020010-002 1.2 9020010-003 8010-17002-0104 8010-17002-0104 8010-17002-0105 Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0100 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0100) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0100) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-005 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-005) Firmware (9021120-005) Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0103 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0103) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0103) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-005 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-005) Firmware (9021120-005) Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0104 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0104) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0104) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-005 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-005) Firmware (9021120-005) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-26 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-9: Software Revisions Note (1): The listed MPC (MAT) are current at time of publication; contact Field Service Engineering at ACSS for latest information. COMPATIBLE MPC (MAT)( 1) S/W PART NUMBER S/W DESCRIPTION REVISION 2.0 9020010-004 2.1 9020010-005 3.0 9020010-006 3.1 9020010-007 3.2 9020010-008 8010-17002-0200 8010-17002-0201 8010-17002-0300 8010-17002-0300 8010-17002-0301 Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0200 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0200) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0200) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-005 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-005) Firmware (9021120-005) Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0201 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0201) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0201) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-009 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-202) Firmware (9021120-005) Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0300 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0300) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0300) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-009 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-202) Firmware (9021120-005) Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0300 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0300) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0300) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-010 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-009) Firmware (9021120-005) Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0301 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0301) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0301) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-011 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-010) Firmware (9021120-005) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-27 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-9: Software Revisions Note (1): The listed MPC (MAT) are current at time of publication; contact Field Service Engineering at ACSS for latest information. COMPATIBLE MPC (MAT)( 1) S/W PART NUMBER S/W DESCRIPTION REVISION 3.2.1 9020010-009 3.2.2 9020010-010 8010-17002-0301 8010-17002-0302 Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0301 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0301) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0301) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-012 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-011) Firmware (9021120-005) Programming Composite SW 8040-17000-0302 which includes Ops SW (8010-17000-0302) Maint. S/W (8010-17001-0302) Firmware (8000-17000-0100) GPS/UAT Composite SW 9021105-012 which includes GPS/UAT RX (9021100-011) Firmware (9021120-005) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-28 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.10 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED NOT SUPPLIED Use Table 1-10 to identify equipment required for installation, calibration, and testing. Refer to Appendix C for equipment compatible with the Lynx NGT-9000. Equivalent tools, equipment, and hardware may be used. NOTE Table 1-10: Equipment List ITEM DESCRIPTION Cables and Wiring:
The installer supplies all system wires and cables. Mating Connector (P1) Wires are #22 or #24 AWG as noted on interconnect wiring diagram in section 2. Use M22759 or equivalent wire and use M27500 or equivalent for twisted shielded wire for installation. Antenna Cables L-Band and GPS Antenna Require M17/128-RG400 or equivalent coaxial cable. For the L-Band antenna the attenuation must not exceed 1.5 dB per cable (including the connectors). For the GPS antenna, the attenuation should not exceed 10 dB per cable (including the connectors). NOTE RG type coaxial cable insertion loss can vary significantly between manufacturers. Refer to the cable manufacturer's specification sheet for actual attenuation (insertion loss) for the cable being used. Directional Antenna (Required only for models with TAS or TCAS) The Directional Antenna (NY156 or NY164) requires three cable assemblies; sum (Sigma Port), bit probe (Probe Port) and difference (Delta Port). Cable attenuation for the sum and difference ports must not exceed 1.5 db. Table 1-19 identifies U. S. vendors who sell approved cables by the foot. Table 1-20 provides a cable to connector cross-reference. M17/128-RG-400 or equivalent may be used for the bit probe cable. Attenuation for the bit probe cable must not exceed 6 dB. Note Antenna NY156 must be used with TCAS. The NY164 cannot be used with the TCAS. Installer is responsible for determining appropriate circuit breakers needed to protect aircraft wiring. Manufacturer recommends the following:
2.0 Amp pull style circuit breaker for the unit with 28Vdc input 3.0 Amp pull style circuit breaker for the unit with 14Vdc input Antenna Sealant For pressurized aircraft, use a sealant that meets the requirements of SAE AMS-S-8802 such as Flamemaster CS3204 class B. For non-pressurized aircraft, use a non-corrosive sealant that meets the physical requirements of MIL-A-46146 such as General Electric RTV162. Surface Preparation Alodine No. 1001 required for installation of the antenna. Tie Wraps or Lacing Cord Commercially available Circuit Breaker:
Consumables:
0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-29 ITEM Hardware:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-10: Equipment List DESCRIPTION The following items are commercially available and are the responsibility of the installer:
Cockpit Switch Switch is optional and is dependent on the installation. Placard is recommended.
(1) IDENT Input, momentary switch, placard "IDENT"
(2) Audio Acknowledge, momentary (yoke) switch, placard "Alert Ack"
(3) Standby Mode, Locking switch. Placard Standby Ring Terminals (For Grounding). Solder Sleeves Cable tie/Tie wrap. Coaxial connectors Fusion tape Optional. amp in line fuse if Wi-Fi adapter if installed Optional GPS Splitter. Recommend GPS Networking LDCBS1x2 Passive with one DC blocked Input.
(https://www.gpsnetworking.com/products/ldcbs1x2) Status Indicator Lamps Lamps are optional and are dependent on the installation. See the general information section for details.
(1) Amber colored ADS-B Out Fail lamp
(2) Amber colored Traffic Alert (TA) lamp
(3) Amber colored "TAWS Caution" lamp
(4) Red colored "TAWS Warning" lamp Placards are recommended. Use a Type 313 Lamp. (Colored as described above). Lamps can be 12 or 28V dc with maximum current 250 mA. An isolation relay is required for ac operation. Four #8-32 fasteners (screws) and lockwashers to secure mounting tray for the remote mount models. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-30 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-10: Equipment List ITEM DESCRIPTION Installation Tools:
Twisted Shield Wire Stripper Tool:
Used for preparing wires for the P1 mating connector. EDMO Distributors, TSK7000QC Crimp Hand Tools:
Crimp Tool: M22520/2-01. For mating connector (P1) Positioner M22520/2-06 Insert / Extract M81969/1-02 Installation Kits:
Software:
Crimp Tool: M22520/5-01. For coaxial contact shield crimp termination. Die Set (HX4) Insert M22520/5-05 (hex crimp die is .213 flat-to-flat) Coax Removal Tool: Daniels Manufacturing Corp. (DMC) P/N DRK38 Tools can be purchased from:
Amphenol Industrial; 40-60 Delaware Avenue; Sidney, NY 13838 Phone: 800-678-0141 Fax: 607-563-5157 Panel Retainer Tool:
Allen Hex Socket Screwdriver, 3/32 head. Used to secure and remove the unit from the rack. The following installation kits are available. PIM-9000 and Antenna Cables are optional. The Panel and Remote install kits come with the order. Additional RF Adaptor Cables for Lynx NGT-9000 models (+, D, D+, R+, RD, or RD+) will need to be ordered. Refer to the following paragraph for ordering information and a list of components:
Panel Mount NGT-9000, Paragraph 1.10.1 Remote Mount NGT-9000R, Paragraph 1.10.2 PIM-9000, paragraph 1.10.3 Antenna Cables, paragraph 1.10.4 Software can be obtained over the ACSS website. Refer to paragraph 1.12 for details on the different software available and on how to obtain a copy or Contact ACSS Field Service for more information. Lynx Maintenance Application Tool (MPC (MAT)) This tool used for diagnostics, set up configuration options, and software downloading. The tool is only available to an ACSS Authorized Installer. The software is bundled with software releases. LynxMSS USB Drivers and USB Driver Installation Utility A USB driver is required for communication between the MPC and the Lynx NGT-9000 via the USB interface. The software is bundled with software releases. Procedures to install the LynxMSS USB Driver are found in paragraph 3.4. WinZip 22 Used to unzip the S/W and MPC files. This software is free from the web. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-31 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-10: Equipment List ITEM DESCRIPTION System Components: The following system components must be purchased separately and do not come with the unit:
DCM, GPS antenna, L-Band antenna, Directional antenna, install kits, any display, and CP-2500 Control Panel (remote mounts only). A list of compatible components is found in paragraph 1.11. Test Equipment:
Air Data Test Set Required to test altitude inputs. Maintenance Computer (MPC) The MPC is a laptop computer used to operate the MPC (MAT) for system setup, post installation checkout, and troubleshooting. The computer should be using Windows 7, 8, and 10 as the operating system, 1.3 GHz processor and later and 512 MB or more of RAM. Other configurations may operate normally, but they have not been tested. The computer must also have an USB connection and the installation of the correct Lynx MSS USB Driver Utility for Windows 7, 8, and 10. Mini-b USB Cable Required if using the USB port to interface the MPC to the Lynx NGT-9000. Flightline Tester IFR-6000 Ramp Test Set (with upgrade package Option #3 (1090) and #5
(UAT), Manufacturer: AEROFLEX. Milliohm Meter Required to check installation bonding to aircraft structure. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-32 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.10.1 Installation Kits for the Panel mount NGT-9000 Ordering Installation Kits is a customer option. Item numbers are identified in the installation section. Refer to the following for ordering information. See Table 1-11 or Table 1-12 for a list of components. Table 1-11: Panel Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17000-01 for Straight RF Connector DESCRIPTION Panel Mount Rack Assembly Rack Rear Plate Panel Mount Screw, F100 4-40 x 0.438 Screw, F100 4-40 x 0.312 Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 3 Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 5 Screw F100 2-56 X 0.250 SS Pass W/ Vibra-Tite Shield Clamp .55 Mounting Center Wire Clamp Contact Socket Crimp Size 22D Screw, Machine Connector D-Sub 78 Position Float Mount Assembly Connector D-Sub 5 Position 5W5 Float Mount Assembly Grounding Clip Screw 4-40 X 0.312 Pass W/ Vibra-Tite Cable Assembly, Size 8 Straight Plug with BNC Jack (1) Float RF backshell 5W5 d-sub shell size 3 Cable Tie 4.1x0.098 NYL 6.6 Black Low Pro PBF Cable Ground Strap Wire Clamp Pad Cable Assembly, Size 8 Straight Plug with TNC Jack (1) Note:
PART NUMBER 9010-17022-01 9000-17025-02 NAS514-P-440-7 NAS514-P-440-5 9000-17036-01 9000-17034-01 2000-10085-01 9010-17012-01 9000-17076-01 M39029/57-354 MS35206-230 9080-17006-01 9080-17007-01 or or 9080-17011-01 9002463-001 9001963-001 2000-10087-01 9020-17009-01 9000-17106-01 1040-10002-01 9020-17002-01 9000-17132-01 9020-17008-01 QTY ITEM 1 1 4 4 1 1 8 1 2 78 6 1 1 1 10 1 1 15 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 22 23 24 26 27 30 31
(1): Additional cable assemblies are required for NGT-9000+ (TAS/TCAS), NGT-9000D (Diversity), and NGT-9000D+ (TAS/TCAS and Diversity) as detailed below:
For TAS/TCAS functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. For Diversity functionality, one additional (pigtail) cable assembly is required for upper L-
Band antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. For TAS/TCAS and Diversity functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. (Note - The TAS/TCAS directional antenna is also used as the diversity antenna.) Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. General Information Page 1-33 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-12: Panel Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17000-02 for Right Angle RF Connector DESCRIPTION Panel Mount Rack Assembly Rack Rear Plate Panel Mount Screw, F100 4-40 x 0.438 Screw, F100 4-40 x 0.312 Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 3 Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 5 Screw F100 2-56 X 0.250 SS Pass W/ Vibra-Tite Enclosed Backshell, Shell Size 5 Wire Clamp Contact Socket Crimp Size 22D Screw, Machine Connector D-Sub 78 Position Float Mount Assembly Connector D-Sub 5 Position 5W5 Float Mount Assembly Grounding Clip Float RF Backshell 5W5 D-Sub Shell Size 3 90deg Right Angle Cable Assembly, Size 8 Right Angle Plug with BNC Jack (1) Screw 4-40 X 0.312 Pass W/ Vibra-Tite Cable Tie 4.1x0.098 NYL 6.6 Black Low Pro PBF Cable Ground Strap Screw, 4-40 x 0.188 with Vibra-Tite Wire Clamp Pad Cable Assembly, Size 8 Right Angle Plug with TNC Jack (1) Note:
PART NUMBER QTY 9010-17022-01 9000-17025-02 NAS514-P-440-7 NAS514-P-440-5 9000-17036-01 9000-17034-01 2000-10085-01 9010-17012-01 9000-17076-01 M39029/57-354 MS35206-230 9080-17006-01 9080-17007-01 1 1 4 4 1 1 8 1 2 78 6 1 or or 9080-17011-01 9002463-001 9001963-001 9000-17105-01 9020-17011-01 2000-10087-01 1040-10002-01 9020-17002-01 101-10114-011 9000-17132-01 9020-17010-01 1 1 1 1 8 15 2 2 2 1 ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 22 26 27 29 30 31
(1) Additional cable assemblies are required for NGT-9000+ (TAS/TCAS), NGT-9000D (Diversity), and NGT-9000D+ (TAS/TCAS and Diversity) as detailed below:
For TAS/TCAS functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. For Diversity functionality, one additional (pigtail) cable assembly is required for upper L-
Band antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. For TAS/TCAS and Diversity functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. (Note - the TAS/TCAS directional antenna is also used as the diversity antenna.) Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-34 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.10.2 Installation Kits for the Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R Ordering Installation Kits is a customer option. Item numbers are identified in the installation section. Refer to the following for ordering information. See Table 1-13, Table 1-14, Table 1-15 or for a list of components. Table 1-13: Remote Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-01 for Straight RF Connector DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY ITEM Mounting Tray Assembly NGT-9000 Remote Mount Rear Plate Panel Mount Rack Screw P F100 4-40 X .438 ALY Steel Cad Screw P F100 4-40 X .312 ALY Steel Cad Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 3 Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 5 Screw F100 2-56 X .250 SS Pass W/ Vibra-tite Enclosed Backshell, Shell Size 5 Wire Clamp Contact Socket Crimp Size 22d Assembly Connector D-Sub 78 Position Float Mount Assembly Connector D-Sub 5 Position 5w5 Float Mount Grounding Clip Screw 4-40 X .312 Pass W/ Vibra-tite Cable Assembly, Size 8 Straight Plug with BNC Jack (1) Float RF Backshell 5w5 D-Sub Shell Size 3 Cable Tie 4.1x0.098 NYL 6.6 Black Low Pro Cable Ground Strap Wire Clamp Pad Cable Assembly, Size 8 Straight Plug with TNC Jack (1) Note:
9002018-001 9000-17025-02 NAS514-P-440-7 NAS514-P-440-5 9000-17036-01 9000-17034-01 2000-10085-01 9010-17012-01 9000-17076-01 M39029/57-354 9080-17006-01 9080-17007-01 or or 9080-17011-01 9002463-001 9001963-001 2000-10087-01 9020-17009-01 9000-17106-01 1040-10002-01 9020-17002-01 9000-17132-01 9020-17008-01 1 1 4 4 1 1 8 1 2 78 1 1 1 10 1 1 15 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 14 15 16 22 23 24 26 27 30 31
(1) Additional cable assemblies are required for NGT-9000R+ (TAS/TCAS), NGT-9000RD
(Diversity), and NGT-9000RD+ (TAS/TCAS and Diversity) as detailed below:
For TAS/TCAS functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. For Diversity functionality, one additional (pigtail) cable assembly is required for upper L-
Band antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. For TAS/TCAS and Diversity functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. (Note - the TAS/TCAS directional antenna is also used as the diversity antenna.) Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-35 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-14: Remote Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-02 for Right Angle RF Connector DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY ITEM Mounting Tray Assembly NGT-9000 Remote Mount Rear Plate Panel Mount Rack Screw P F100 4-40 X .438 ALY Steel Cad Screw P F100 4-40 X .312 ALY Steel Cad Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 3 Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 5 Screw F100 2-56 X .250 SS Pass W/ Vibra-tite Enclosed Backshell, Shell Size 5 Wire Clamp Contact Socket Crimp Size 22d Assembly Connector D-Sub 78 Position Float Mount Assembly Connector D-Sub 5 Position 5w5 Float Mount Grounding Clip Float RF Backshell 5W5 D-SUB Shell Size 3 90DEG Right Angle Cable Assembly, Size 8 Right Angle Plug with BNC Jack (1) Screw Pp 4-40 X .312 Pass W/ Vibra-tite Cable Tie 4.1x0.098 NYL 6.6 Black Low Pro Cable Ground Strap Screw 4-40 X .188 PP SS W/Vibra-tite Wire Clamp Pad Cable Assembly, Size 8 Right Angle Plug with TNC Jack (1) Note:
9002018-001 9000-17025-02 NAS514-P-440-7 NAS514-P-440-5 9000-17036-01 9000-17034-01 2000-10085-01 9010-17012-01 9000-17076-01 M39029/57-354 9080-17006-01 9080-17007-01 or 9080-17011-01 9002463-001 or 9001963-001 9000-17105-01 9020-17011-01 2000-10087-01 1040-10002-01 9020-17002-01 101-10114-011 9000-17132-01 9020-17010-01 1 1 4 4 1 1 8 1 2 78 1 1 1 1 1 10 15 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 22 26 27 29 30 31
(1) Additional cable assemblies are required for NGT-9000R+ (TAS/TCAS), NGT-9000RD
(Diversity), and NGT-9000RD+ (TAS/TCAS and Diversity) as detailed below:
For TAS/TCAS functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. For Diversity functionality, one additional (pigtail) cable assembly is required for upper L-
Band antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. For TAS/TCAS and Diversity functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. (Note - the TAS/TCAS directional antenna is also used as the diversity antenna.) Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly part numbers. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-36 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-15: Remote Mount Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-03 for OEM Specific Installations DESCRIPTION Rear Plate Panel Mount Rack Screw P F100 4-40 X .438 ALY Steel Cad Screw P F100 4-40 X .312 ALY Steel Cad Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 3 Floating Nut Plate D-Sub Shell Size 5 Screw F100 2-56 X .250 Pass W/ Vibra-tite Enclosed Backshell, Shell Size 5 Wire Clamp Contact Socket Crimp Size 22d Assembly Connector D-Sub 78 Position Float Mount Assembly Connector D-Sub 5 Position 5w5 Float Mount Grounding Clip Screw 4-40 X .312 Pass W/ Vibra-tite Cable Assembly, Size 8 Straight, Plug with BNC Jack (1) Float RF Backshell 5w5 D-Sub Shell Size 3 Cable Tie 4.1x0.098 NYL 6.6 Black Low Pro Cable Ground Strap Wire Clamp Pad Cable Assembly, Size 8 Straight Plug with TNC Jack (1) PART NUMBER 9000-17025-02 NAS514-P-440-7 NAS514-P-440-5 9000-17036-01 9000-17034-01 2000-10085-01 9010-17012-01 9000-17076-01 M39029/57-354 9080-17006-01 9080-17007-01 or or 9080-17011-01 9002463-001 9001963-001 2000-10087-01 9020-17009-01 9000-17106-01 1040-10002-01 9020-17002-01 9000-17132-01 9020-17008-01 QTY ITEM 1 4 4 1 1 8 1 2 78 1 1 1 10 1 1 15 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 14 15 16 22 23 24 26 27 30 31 Note (1): Additional cable assemblies are required for NGT-9000R+ (TAS/TCAS), NGT-9000RD
(Diversity), and NGT-9000RD+ (TAS/TCAS & Diversity) as detailed below. For TAS/TCAS functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly's part numbers. For Diversity functionality, one additional (pigtail) cable assembly is required for upper L-
Band antenna connection. Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly's part numbers. For TAS/TCAS and Diversity functionality, three additional (pigtail) cable assemblies are required for active traffic directional antenna connection. (Note The TAS/TCAS directional antenna is also used as the diversity antenna.) Refer to Table 1-18 for a list of available cable assembly's part numbers. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-37 1.10.3 PIM-9000 Installation Kit Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-16: PIM-9000 Installation Kit P/N 9060-17001-01 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY ITEM Connector D-Sub 9 Pin Female Backshell 9 POS w/ Slide Lock 614A0022 3050-10081-01 1 1 1 1 1.10.4 Antenna Cables For L-Band and GPS antenna cables, Table 1-17 lists examples of the recommended antenna cable vendors and the type of cable to be used for specific lengths of cable. Short, pre-fabricated coax cables are available from ACSS. Table 1-18 lists the available part numbers. Required quantity is dependent on installation configuration. Note These are also a part of the panel and remote mount installation kits Table 1-11, Table 1-12, Table 1-13, and Table 1-14. For Directional antenna cables, Table 1-19 identifies U. S. vendors who sell approved cables by the foot. Table 1-20 provides a cable to connector cross-reference. Any cable meeting specifications is acceptable for the installation. 18.5 11.1 9.2 15.2 9.2 7.5 5.8 3.8 INSERTION LOSS
(DB/100FT) [1]
Table 1-17: Coaxial Cable Specifications MIL-C-17 TYPE [3]
CARLISLE IT TYPE [2]
N/A N/A N/A M17/128-RG400 M17/112-RG304 M17/127-RG393 RG TYPE RG-400 RG-304 RG-393 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
[1] RG type coaxial cable insertion loss can vary significantly between manufacturers. The 3C142B 311601 311501 311201 310801 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A insertion loss for RG type cables shown in this column is considered 'worst case'. Refer to the cable manufacturer's specification sheet for actual attenuation (insertion loss) for the cable being used.
[2] Supplier information (for reference only):
Carlisle IT 5300 W. Franklin Drive Franklin, WI 53132 Tel: 800-327-9473 414-421-5300 Fax: 414-421-5301 www.carlisle.com Alternate cable suppliers: Pic Wire (www.picwire.com) and EMTEQ (www.emteq.com)
[3] Supplier information: See current issue of Qualified Products List QPL-17. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-38 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-18: Pre-Fabricated Coaxial Cable Assemblies PART NUMBER 9020-17008-01 9020-17009-01 9020-17010-01 9020-17011-01 DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS Cable Assembly, Straight Plug with TNC Jack Cable Assembly, Straight Plug with BNC Jack Cable Assembly, Right Angle Plug with TNC Jack Cable Assembly, Right Angle Plug with BNC Jack Length: 8.00 +/- 0.50 inches Max Loss: 0.50 dB Max VSWR: 1.5:1 Table 1-19: Directional Antenna SIGMA and DELTA Port Cable Vendors Manufacturer: Electrical and Mechanical Technologies (EMTEQ) Part Number Polyethylene PFLX195-500 PFLX240-500 PFLX240-501 PFLX340-500 PFLX400-500 PFLX500-500 Teflon TFLX130-100 TFLX165-100 TFLX205-100 TFLX225-100 TFLX295-100 TFLX480-100 Attenuation
(dB/100 ft. 1.0 GHz) Weight (lb.)
(per 100 ft.) Maximum Length (ft.) Minimum Bend Radius (in) 10.93 8.79 7.9 5.25 4.0 3.31 16.7 13.8 9.9 7.9 5.95 3.5 2.6 3.8 4.5 7.4 6.8 11.8 1.4 2.2 3.2 4.1 7.2 19 10 12 13 20 27 35 6 8 11 14 18 31 0.50 0.75 0.85 1.00 1.00 1.25 0.50 0.85 0.75 2.0 1.5 4.5 Frequency: 1030 MHz Loss: <1.5 dB at 1030 MHz (includes all cables and connectors) VSWR: <1.5:1 at 1030 MHz Connectors have 0.2dB loss each Manufacturer: Carlisle IT Part Number Attenuation
(dB/100 ft. 1.0 GHz) Weight (lb.)
(per 100 ft.) Maximum Length (ft.) Minimum Bend Radius (in) 352001 311601 311201 310801 12.2 8.7 5.56 3.63 2.7 5.5 8.5 16.1 9 12 19 30 Manufacturer: PIC Wire and Cable 0.81 1.15 1.59 2.26 Part Number Attenuation
(dB/100 ft. 1.0 GHz) Weight (lb.)
(per 100 ft.) Maximum Length (ft.) Minimum Bend Radius (in) S33141 S55122 S22089 7.2 5.7 3.8 6.5 8.2 18 NOTE 15 19 29 1.5 1.6 2.5 If cable weight is not a consideration, select lowest loss cable. Contact cable vendors before installation. New low-loss lightweight cables may be available. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-39 BNC Straight BNC Right Angle Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-20: Cable to Connector Reference Electrical and Mechanical Technologies (EMTEQ) Cable Part Number Polyethylene PFLX195-500 PFLX240-500 PFLX240-501 PFLX340-500 PFLX400-500 PFLX500-500 Teflon TFLX130-100 TFLX165-100 TFLX205-100 TFLX225-100 TFLX295-100 TFLX480-100 TNC Straight TMS195-1 TMS240-1 TMS240-1 TMS340-1 TMS400-1 TMS500-1 TMS130-1 TMS165-1 TMS205-1 TMS225-1 TMS295-1 TMS488-1 TNC Right Angle TMR195-1 TMR240-1 TMR240-1 TMR340-1 TMR400-1 TMR500-1 TMR130-1 TMR165-1 TMR205-1 TMR225-1 TMR295-1 TMR488-1 BMS195-1 BMS240-1 BMS240-1 BMS340-1 BMS400-1 BMS500-1 BMS130-1 BMS165-1 BMS205-1 BMS225-1 BMS295-1 BMS488-1 Cable Part Number 311601 311201 310801 352001 Cable Part Number S33141 S55122 S22089 Electronic Cable Specialists TNC Right Angle CTR922 CTR122 CTR022 CTR3522 PIC Wire and Cable TNC Right Angle 190309 190609 190409 BNC Straight CBS922 CBS122 CBS022 CBS3522 BNC Straight 190312 190612 190412 TNC Straight CTS922 CTS122 CTS022 CTS3522 TNC Straight 190308 190608 190408 BMR195-1 BMR240-1 BMR240-1 BMR340-1 BMR400-1 BMR500-1 BMR130-1 BMR165-1 BMR205-1 BMR225-1 BMR295-1 BMR488-1 BNC Right Angle CBR922 CBR122 CBR022 CBR3522 BNC Right Angle 190313 190613 190413 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-40 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.11 EQUIPMENT INTERFACES The equipment listed here is compatible with the Lynx NGT-9000. Equipment interfaces not listed in this section can still be found to be compatible for installation, but must meet the same requirements. When interfacing to compatible equipment there may be set-up steps for the equipment that need to be done before it can communicate with the unit. Specific diagrams of some of these interfaces are detailed in Appendix C. NOTE Listed software versions are the versions that were tested by the manufacturer. 1.11.1 Directional Antenna The antennas listed in Table 1-21 have been tested for compatibility. Antennas not listed below can still be approved for installation but must meet the specifications for Directional antenna that support TCAS or TAS operation and meet the specifications required by the Lynx NGT-9000 models (+, D+, R+, RD, or RD+). NOTE The NY156 and NY164 Directional Antenna may be used as a top transponder antenna for diversity. To fit specific airframes, a special adapter plate is also required. The adapter plate is included in the installation kit shipped with each system. Table 1-22 lists the contents of each installation kit. The installation kits differ only in the size of the special airframe adapter plate. Table 1-23 lists of installation kits associated with various airframes. For aircraft not listed, contact the aircraft manufacturer for information relative to the radius of the area where the antenna is to be mounted. Table 1-21: Directional Antenna Model Options and Specifications PART NUMBER:
MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION:
RTCA COMPLIANCE:
SIZE:
WEIGHT:
SPEED:
FREQUENCY:
FINISH:
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
STORAGE TEMPERATURE:
MAXIMUM ALTITUDE:
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE:
SERVICE LIFE:
REPAIRABILITY:
0040-17001-01 (Revision W) 805-10003-001 (NY156 - White Paint)
(Also available as Sensor System p/n S72-1744) Used for Installations with TCAS or TAS 805-10890-001 (NY164 - White Paint)
(Also available as Sensor System p/n S72-1746) Used for Installations with TAS 805-10890-002 (NY164 - Black Paint) Used for Installations with TAS Note Antenna NY156 must be used with TCAS. Either the NY156 or the NY164 can be used with the TAS. L3 Aviation Products (and Sensor Systems) TSO-C118a and TSO-C147 DO-160C (For further details refer to Appendix B - Environmental Qualification Form) 1.3 inches (3.25 cm) high 6.23 in (15.82 cm) wide 11.12 in (27.94 cm) deep 2.3 lb. (1.04 kg) Rated to 600 knots (0.9 Mach) @ 25,000 feet 1030-1090 MHz Gloss white or black Skydrol resistant polyurethane paint.
-55 to +70C (-67 to +185F)
-55 to +85C (-67 to +185F) 55,000 ft. (installation environment) None Unlimited Replacement only General Information Page 1-41 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 1-22: Directional Antenna Installation Kit 817-10009-xxx KIT PART NUMBER SUPPLIED PARTS *
817-10009-001 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 800-10066-001 Special Adapter Plate, 40 Inch (101.6 cm) Radius Special Adapter Plate, 63 Inch (160.0 cm) Radius Special Adapter Plate, 80 Inch (203.2 cm) Radius Special Adapter Plate, 32 Inch (81.3 cm) Radius Special Adapter Plate, 47 Inch (119.4 cm) Radius Screw, 10-32 x 1 PPH SS (MS51958-67) Stop Nut, 10-32 (MS21044C3) QTY 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 817-10009-002 800-10066-002 817-10009-003 800-10066-004 817-10009-004 800-10066-003 817-10009-005 800-10066-005 817-10009-006
(No Adapter Plate) 100-10022-001*
101-10027-001*
* Hardware supplied with all kits. MANUFACTURER AEROSPATIALE AGUSTA BAE/RAYTHEON BEECH BELL CANADAIR CESSNA COMMANDER DASSAULT DEHAVILLAND EMBREAR EUROCOPTER FAIRCHILD FOKKER GULFSTREAM IAI LEARJET MITSUBISHI Table 1-23: Airframe Installation Kits AIRFRAME ATR-42 A109 HAWKER 400, 600, 700, 800, and 1000 BEECHJET, KING AIR 90, 100, 200, 300, and 350 BARON 33, 35, 36, 55, 58, BE-99, 1300, and 1900C/D 206, 407, 427 CHALLENGER 600 and 601 CITATION III, VI, VII CITATIONJET, CITATION I, II, V 182, 210, 337, 401, 414, 425, 441 114 FALCON 10, 20, 50 FALCON 900 Dash 7/8 EMB 110, 120 EC135 METROLINER, METROLINER III, MERLIN F28 G-I, G-II, and G-III WESTWIND 1125 LEARJET 31, 35, 36, 55, and 60 MU-2 Marquise INSTALLATION KIT P/N 817-10009-001 817-10009-006 817-10009-004 817-10009-001 817-10009-002 817-10009-006 817-10009-005 817-10009-001 817-10009-004 817-10009-006 817-10009-006 817-10009-001 817-10009-005 817-10009-001 817-10009-001 817-10009-006 817-10009-001 817-10009-003 817-10009-001 817-10009-001 817-10009-004 817-10009-004 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-42 MANUFACTURER MOONEY PILATUS PIPER SAAB SABRELINER SHORTS SIKORSKY SOCATA Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual AIRFRAME M20 PC-12 CHEYENNE 400LS NAVAJO MIRAGE, MALIBU SARATOGA, SENECA SF-340 SABRE 65 360 S-76 TBM-700 TB20 INSTALLATION KIT P/N 817-10009-006 817-10009-001 817-10009-001 817-10009-002 817-10009-005 817-10009-006 817-10009-001 817-10009-001 817-10009-001 817-10009-006 817-10009-001 817-10009-006 1.11.2 GPS Antenna The antenna performance is critical to the operation of GPS in the unit. The antennas listed in Table 1-24 meet the requirements of TSO-C190. The unit may be installed on aircraft with existing antenna if that antenna complies with TSO-C144a or TSO-C145c and has been tested for compatibility. All listed GPS antennas have a TNC connector. Refer to the general information section for cable specifications. Table 1-24: GPS Antennas MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER AeroAntenna AeroAntenna AeroAntenna AeroAntenna AeroAntenna AeroAntenna AeroAntenna Comant Comant Comant Comant Comant Comant Sensor Systems Sensor Systems Sensor Systems Sensor Systems RAMI AT575-326W-TNCF-000-RG-30-NM AT575-343W-TNCF-000-RG-33-NM AT575-493W-TNCF-000-RG-29.5-NM AT575-516W-TNCF-000-RG-29-NM AT575-93 AT575-43F AT135-3 CI-2580-200 CI-2728-410 CI 419-200 CI 428-200 CI 429-200 CI 429-410 S67-1575-135 S67-1575-137 S67-1575-145 S67-1575-160 AV-801 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-43 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.11.2.1 GPS Antenna Accessories The accessories listed in Table 1-25 are optional equipment. See Appendix C for interface drawings. The compatible GPS Antenna Splitter or Coupler should be installed using the guidance of AC 43.13-2B or other FAA Approved guidance deemed appropriate for each specific aircraft model. Table 1-25: GPS Antenna Accessories DESCRIPTION GPS Splitter Passive with one DC blocked.
(TNC)
(Type N) GPS Coupler Coupler that will utilize DC from either output source. MODEL OR PART NUMBER LDCBS1x2N or LDCBS1x2T PD2ORG MANUFACTURER GPS Networking Recommended -
https://www.gpsnetworking.com Refer to manufacturers drawings for splitter environmental compliance. AeroAntenna Technology, Inc Recommended - http://aeroantenna.com Refer to manufacturers drawings for coupler environmental compliance. 1.11.3 L-Band Antenna The L-Band antenna listed in Table 1-26 meet the requirements of TSO-C66b (or more recent) and TSO-
C74c (or more recent). The unit may be installed on aircraft with existing antenna if that antenna complies with TSO-C66b and TSO-C74c and has been tested for compatibility. Antennas not listed may still be used. Contact ACSS for further information regarding compatibility. Refer to Table 1-17 for cable specifications. Table 1-26: L-Band Antennas PART NUMBER CONNECTOR TYPE MANUFACTURER Comant/Cobham Comant Comant Comant Comant/Cobham DandM/EDO RAMI RAMI CI-101 CI-105 CI-105-11 CI-105-16 CI-105-17-L DMNI50-9-2 AV-74 AV-22 TNC BNC TNC BNC TNC TNC BNC BNC TNC Sensor Systems S65-5366-895L 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-44 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.11.4 Traffic Displays Traffic information is output to a compatible traffic display from the unit using an ARINC 735B interface format or serial RS-422. Possible traffic output format selections include Standard TCAS intruder File
(STIF or TIF) and Display Traffic Information File (DTIF). The unit allows installed configuration selection of TIF and DTIF or both formats of output data via the ARINC 429 bus to the traffic display. Displays not listed is Table 1-27 can still be found to be compatible for installation, but must meet the same specifications. See Appendix C for interconnect information. Table 1-27: Traffic Displays MANUFACTURER MODEL Aspen EFD1000 PFD, or EFD1000 MFD, or EFD500 MFD 910-00001-XXX (except -004) Avidyne Avidyne IFD-4xx / 5xx EX5000 Bendix/King KMD 550/850 (2) GNS 430W/530W and GNS 430/530
(Standard traffic only, set to TIF) GMX 200 (1) with Traffic I/O MX 20 (1) with Traffic I/O SW VERSION MAP SW 2.8.1 or later IOP SW2.0.5 or later SW 10.2.x (3) (4) SW 8.2 or later SW Version 02/02 5.0 GPS SW / Version 5.10 Version - 2.13 Version 5.7 G500/600
(Standard traffic only, set to TIF) GDU-620 Version 6.11 FPGA and I/O Version 2.1 GTN 650/750
(Standard traffic only, set to TIF) 4.0 GPS / SW Version 5.0 6.11 GPS / SW Version 5.0 EFIS Version 8.0F and later Genesys IDU-450 / 680 If Traffic I/O is installed, either the RS-422 or ARINC 429 may be used for display of traffic. Notes:
(1)
(2) Requires either ATAS, TAS or TCAS enabled in order to be compatible.
(3) An Aspen display and the IFD-4xx / 5xx Software level 10.2.1 or higher can both be connected to the NGT-9000.
(4) The IFD-4xx / 5xx RS232 in setting of Capstone HS Trfc+Wx is 115.2 Kb rate compatible with the Aspen. Versions earlier than 10.2.1 support 38.4 Kb only. Wiring is RS-422 output from NGT-9000 to an RS-232 input on the IFD-4xx/5xx.
(5) No weather is displayed on Garmin displays. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-45 Garmin (5) Garmin Garmin Garmin (5) Garmin (5) Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.11.5 Weather Display Weather information is output to a compatible weather display from the unit using serial RS-422. Displays not listed in Table 1-28 can still be found to be compatible for installation, but must meet the same specifications. See Appendix C for interconnect information. Table 1-28: FIS-B WX Displays MANUFACTURER MODEL SW VERSION Aspen Avidyne Avidyne Garmin Garmin Genesys Notes:
EFD1000 PFD (1), or EFD1000 MFD, or EFD500 MFD 910-00001-XXX (except -004) IFD-4xx / 5xx EX5000 MX 20 GMX 200 IDU-450 / 680 MAP SW 2.8.1 or later IOP SW2.2.5 or later SW 10.2.x (2) (3) SW 8.2 Version 5.7 Version - 2.13 EFIS Version 8.x
(1) PFD only displays graphical weather and does not display textural weather.
(2) An Aspen display and the IFD-4xx / 5xx Software level 10.2.1 or higher can both be connected to the NGT-
9000.
(3) The IFD-4xx / 5xx RS232 in setting of Capstone HS Trfc+Wx is 115.2 Kb rate compatible with the Aspen. Versions earlier than 10.2.1 support 38.4 Kb only. Wiring is RS-422 output from NGT-9000 to an RS-
232 input on the IFD-4xx/5xx 1.11.6 WIFI Module (PIM-9000) The PIM-9000 provides a WiFi connection from the Lynx MSS UAT Device and the MPC (MAT). Table 1-29: PIM-9000 WiFi Module DESCRIPTION MODEL - PART NUMBER /MANUFACTURER Lynx WiFi Module (1) PIM-9000 / P/N 9230-17005-01 / L3 Aviation Products Note:
(1) The voltage input for the PIM-9000 is rated from 4.5VDC to 32VDC. Input power is rated at 0.75W max. The Lynx PED Interface Module PIM-9000 is preconfigured by the manufacturer. An Installation Kit is available P/N 9060-17001-01. Refer to the general information section for details. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-46 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.11.7 Applications (APPS) APPS are used with the PED (e.g. tablet or smartphone). Other apps may also operate, but have not been tested. Table 1-30: APPS for PED MANUFACTURER 123 west Aerovie AvPlan Fltplan ForeFlight Mobile Hilton Software LLC Sennheiser Seattle Avionics, Inc Sky Radar Radenna LLC NAME Naviator Aerovie EFB AvPlan EFB Flight Plan Go ForeFlight Wing X PRO iFlightPlanner FlyQ EFB Sky Radar 1.11.8 WX-500 (Stormscope) The WX-500 Stormscope is required for installation configured for lightning detection. The WX-500 detects electrical discharges from thunderstorms within a 200 nmi radius of the aircraft. This information plots the location of the thunderstorms and is shown on the right application screen of the NGT-9000. Table 1-31: WX-500 (Stormscope) DESCRIPTION MODEL - PART NUMBER /MANUFACTURER Stormscope Series II Weather Mapping System WX-500 / P/N 805-11500-001 / L3 Aviation Products Note:
(1) When interfacing the NGT-9000 to the WX-500, the system must be wired so that the NGT-9000 is the master/sole controller for the WX-500. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-47 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.11.9 Control Panel The Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R requires a Control Panel to display messages and transmit commands. The NGT-9000R has two available interfaces, the RS-232 and ARINC 429 (requires Release 3.2 or greater). Table 1-32: Control Panel MANUFACTURER ACSS ACSS ACSS ACSS ACSS MODEL CP-2500
(9080-17250-01) (1) CP-2500
(9080-17250-02) CP-2500
(9080-17250-02) CP-2500
(9080-17250-12) CP-2500
(9080-17250-12) Cobham RMS-555 (3) DESCRIPTION 2 1/4-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 2 1/4-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 2 1/4-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 3 1/8-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 3 1/8-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 Data Format ARINC 429 SW VERSION FW Rev 09. HW Rev 01 COMPATIBLE Compatible with NGT-9000R Release 1.1. FW Rev 15 & 16. HW Rev 01 Compatible with NGT-9000R Release 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1 & 3.2. FW Rev 17 or greater. HW Rev 01 Compatible with NGT-
9000R Release 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1 & 3.2. FW Rev 15 & 16 HW Rev 01 Compatible with NGT-
9000R Release 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1 & 3.2. FW Rev 17 or greater. HW Rev 01 Compatible with NGT-
9000R Release 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1 & 3.2. SWID 02/05 Compatible with NGT-
9000R Release 3.2. Note:
(1) CP-2500 (P/N 9080-17250-01) is no longer procurable.
(2) Updates to Firmware require the CP-2500 be sent to the ACSS.
(3) RMS-555, works with as a single Controller or with a dual Controller option that includes: RMU-556 P/N 066-04028-1006 and KDA-557 P/N 066-04029-0106. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-48 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.12 OBTAINING SOFTWARE Software is available on the ACSS Publications website. If you have access to the ACSS Technical Publications website go to https://support.acsscustomerservices.com/ACSS/support.aspx. refer to the LYNX 9000 SW folder for each software package. If you do not have access go to and select the Request Account Button and fill out the form. After completing the form press Submit. If you cannot access the software or databases please contact ACSS via phone +1 (623) 445-7070 option 3 or via email at crc.acss@l3t.com. The MPC (MAT) is installed on the Maintenance PC and is used to transfer application software and database data to the Lynx NGT-9000. NOTES 1. Software tools are located in the equipment list (paragraph 1.10). 2. System software updates may only be accomplished by maintenance personnel. 3. Starting with Release 2.1 updates to the 68DC and 72DC databases must be purchased from Jeppesen. See Paragraph 1.12.1. 1.12.1 Obtaining Databases from Jeppesen Databases for Airport (68DC), Map (72DC), and Terrain (71DC) are must be purchased from Jeppesen . Updates and subscriptions can be purchased for all the databases. The (71DC) Terrain database is required for Release 3.0 and later. The 68DC, 72DC and 71DC databases are included in the product. See Service Bulletin SB9029000-5 for more information. NOTES 1. 71DC Terrain Database (World Terrain coverage) is updated on a 28-
day cycle to provide high resolution terrain co-located with airport runway thresholds from the same cycle 68DC Navigation Database. The Jeppesen Data Service has been setup to deliver cyclic updates of both 68DC and 71DC databases. 2. For international customers it is necessary that the PC or laptop is set for an American Windows installation (not only the language setting), in order for the MPC (MAT) tool to operate correctly. Jeppesen processes, compiles, reproduces, and provides the subscription service for the databases used in the Lynx NGT-9000. Like all aviation databases, the information is ultimately supplied by government agencies or other publicly available data. Because the information is provided by third party sources, Jeppesen cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data. Jeppesen is continually working towards improving the databases, so please report any irregularities or anomalies to Jeppesen at www.jeppesen.com. Use the following procedure to obtain a database subscription from Jeppesen:
1. Contact Jeppesen via the web at http://www.jeppesen.com/company/feedback.jsp and fill out the form or contact Jeppesen directly at 1-800-353-2107 (direct - 1-303-799-9090). 2. A customer account will be established by Jeppesen and login credentials provided. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-49 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3. Once the order is placed, download the JDM software at www.jeppesen.com/JDM/download. The JDM software is used to update databases. See example in the figure below. NOTE The JDM software will only transfer database information for the NGT-
9000 to a USB drive formatted to FAT32. It will not transfer the database information to a computer. The database part numbers (and order codes) are listed in Table 1-33. The part numbers are used by ACSS for identification purposes only and are not used by Jeppesen. Table 1-33: Database Part Numbers JEPPESEN ORDER CODE DATABASE NAME AND DESCRIPTION L3 PART NUMBER DLN224 DLN272 DLN372 68DC Airport Database Worldwide The Airport database provides the latest obstacle, runway, and magnetic variation (MagVar) information. The airport database expires every 28 days; however there is no requirement to update this because it is used only for informational purposes 72DC Map Database North American Extended The Map Database contains geographic boundaries for both states and countries including lakes and rivers. There is no expiration associated to this database. 71DC World Terrain (WTA) The Terrain database provides the latest terrain information. The terrain database is updated every 28 days. There is no requirement to update this because it is used only for informational purposes. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR LYNXMSS USB DRIVER 1.13 This procedure is located in paragraph 3.4 of the Installation Checkout section. 8010-22320-0001 8010-12004-0001 8010-23010-001 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-50 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1.14 1. This article meets the minimum performance and quality control standards required by the applicable INSTALLATION APPROVAL AND LIMITATIONS technical standard orders (TSOs). Those installing this article, on or in a specific type or class of aircraft, must determine that the aircraft installation conditions are within the applicable TSOs standards. TSO articles must have separate approval for installation in an aircraft. The article may be installed only according to 14 CFR parts 43 or the applicable airworthiness requirements. 2. All antennas used in the installation must meet the requirements specified in this manual. 3. The GPS receiver must use antenna meeting the requirements specified in this manual. 4. The use of a frequency diplexer is not supported and as such, the L-Band antenna cannot be diplexed with another L band antenna. 6. 5. A GPS Splitter or Coupler may be used. Refer to paragraph 1.11.2.1 for recommended model. Install the compatible GPS Splitter or Coupler using the guidance of AC 43.13-2B or other FAA Approved guidance deemed appropriate for each specific aircraft model. It is the installers responsibility to ensure the ADS-B Out system is compliant with AC 20-165B, 14 CFR 91.225 (b) and 91.227 when installed in accordance with ACSS installation instructions. If aircraft ground speed is less than 14 knots, and there is not a valid heading input into the unit, then Traffic Unavailable TAS traffic data only may be displayed. No traffic is displayed if TAS/TCAS is in standby. 7. 8. The Lynx NGT-9000 may be optionally configured to support the following functions: TAS, TCAS, Diversity, ATAS, TAWS (except on helicopters), and Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) (i.e. Terrain Vision). 9. The Class B TAWS function may only be activated on fixed wing aircraft. 10. A heading source is required for helicopter installations with the ATAS functions. 11. The Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) (i.e. Terrain Vision) function option may be activated on either fixed wing aircraft or helicopters. 12. The NGT-9000RD or RD+ is not capable of driving a terrain display. 13. In compliance with FAA Advisory Circular AC20-172B Section 2-8e, if the NGT-9000 is installed in an aircraft with an existing traffic system that generates traffic alerts, the NGT-9000 ATAS and TAS/TCAS functions must be disabled. This ensures that only one traffic system is alerting. 14. Panel mount versions of the NGT-9000 System (HW Part No. 9029000-20000) with Software Release Versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1, and 3.2 will not provide the full TSO-C157a FIS-B functionality during the period of 6 April 2019 thru 31 December 2019. Due to the GPS Epoch rollover on 6 April 2019, the Lynx weather products such as the METARS, Winds Aloft, and Temperatures Aloft are unavailable on the NGT-9000 panel mount display. Lynx weather products will continue to display via an external display or via WiFi to a portable electronic device. The Lynx Transponder and Lynx ADS-B Out functions are not impacted and the system continues to comply with these regulatory requirements. This issue will re-occur approximately every 20 years when the Epoch rollover occurs. 15. Panel mount versions of the NGT-9000 System (HW Part No. 9029000-20000) with Software Release Versions 3.2.1 or later will not provide the full TSO-C157a FIS-B functionality after 20 November 2038. Due to the GPS Epoch rollover that will occur 21 November 2038, the Lynx weather products such as the METARS, Winds Aloft, and Temperatures Aloft will be unavailable on the NGT-9000 panel mount display. Lynx weather products will continue to display via an external display or via WiFi to a portable electronic device. The Lynx Transponder and Lynx ADS-B Out functions are not impacted and the system continues to comply with these regulatory requirements. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-51 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual This page intentionally blank 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) General Information Page 1-52 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Section 2 Installation 2.1 INTRODUCTION This section describes the installation of the Lynx NGT-9000 Multilink Surveillance System. Qualified personnel, in conformance with applicable government regulations, must make installation. The information furnished is for convenience only. Tolerances (unless otherwise indicated):
ANGLES ARE 0.00 TWO PLACE DECIMALS ARE 0.000 THREE PLACE DECIMALS ARE 0.5 0.02 0.010 All dimensions are in decimal inches unless otherwise specified. 2.2 UNPACKING AND INSPECTING Carefully unpack the unit and note any damage to shipping containers or equipment. Visually inspect each component for evidence of damage. Compare the equipment received with that noted on the packing list. Report immediately any missing items or evidence of damage to the carrier making the delivery. To justify a claim, retain the original shipping container and all packing materials. Every effort should be made to retain the original shipping containers for storage. If the original containers are not available, a separate cardboard container should be prepared that is large enough to accommodate sufficient packing material to prevent movement. 2.2.1 Transport and Storage Considerations Transport of the avionics equipment should be done in accordance with standard procedures, i.e. hand carried or transported in the original container. The container limits the shock to the indicator at a maximum of 20gs when dropped from a distance of 36 inches. Storage of avionics equipment must be consistent with industry standards for avionics equipment and performs satisfactorily after periods of storage up to 24 months. The ambient temperature of the storage area should not fall below -55 C (-65 F) or rise above +85 C (+185 F). 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES 1. The installer must consider the following prior to installation. Specific procedures for installation of the Lynx NGT-9000, Detachable Configuration Module, Mounting Rack or tray, and Directional Antenna (for TAS or TCAS option) are detailed in their respective paragraphs below. The installer must obtain installation approval (i.e. Supplemental Type Certification). Follow the acceptable avionics installation practices in FAA Advisory Circulars AC 43.13-1B and AC 43.13-2B or later revision of these documents. It is the responsibility of the equipment installer to determine that the required aircraft viewing envelope for the panel mount NGT-9000 is within the specified display viewing envelope(s). Refer to paragraph 2.3.1. Bonding impedance between aircraft ground and the unit chassis must be less than 2.5 milliohms. It is recommended that the aircraft battery be disconnected before performing installation procedure. Installers are responsible for obtaining installation hardware (i.e. screws, supporting plates, etc.) beyond those parts that come with the installation kits. All antenna cables should be clearly marked to prevent inadvertent installation into the wrong connector position. Tighten all screws to snug (i.e. only such torque that can be applied by hand) unless specific torque instructions are given. After installation, refer to the Installation Checkout section for calibration, power-up and ground testing procedures. When installing a remote mount NGT-9000R a CP-2500 Control Panel (or compatible control panel) is required. Refer to the CP-2500 Installation Manual (0040-17251-01) for installation procedures (or third party publication for other compatible control panels). 2. Electrical equipment chassis, shield/ground terminations, antennas, supporting brackets, and racks must be electrically bonded to the aircraft's main structure (metallic aircraft) or instrument panel
(composite aircraft). Compliance of the electrical bonding should be verified by inspection using a calibrated milliohm meter. An equivalent OEM procedure may also be substituted. The electrical bond should achieve direct current (DC) resistance less than or equal to 2.5 milliohms to structure local to where the equipment is mounted for metallic aircraft or tube and fabric aircraft. The electrical bond should achieve direct current (DC) resistance less than or equal to 5.0 milliohms to the instrument panel for composite aircraft. The antenna ground plane must be electrically bonded to the antenna baseplate. Do not remove paint on outer skin of aircraft under the footprint of the antenna baseplate unless necessary to meet bonding requirements. Refer to antenna manufacturer's installation instructions. 2.3.1 Panel Mount Location 1. The unit is mounted in the instrument panel where the touch screen display can be used to view aircraft flight information and provide operational control. When installing with the TAWS Option, mounting this in the pilots primary field of view allows the on-screen indications to meet the TAWS visual alerting requirements. Otherwise, accommodations should be made to install the TAWS Caution and Warning lamps in the primary field of vision. 2. The unit should be accessible for inspection, maintenance, or removal, and free from instrument panel structural flexure and excessive vibration or heat. 3. The wiring and antenna cables should not run adjacent to heaters, engine exhaust, or heat sources. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-2 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4. The viewing envelope of the display has a viewing angle of at least 45 in the horizontal plane and at least -10 to +30 in the vertical plane as seen from an eye position of 30 inches from the front of the display. 5. The unit should be located in an area where the touch screen control is within easy reach of the pilot and cannot be obstructed from continuous view (i.e. behind a control yoke). 6. A Mounting Rack is required to install the panel mount NGT-9000. Two installation kits are Installation Kit P/N 9060-17000-01 for Mounting Rack Assembly with Straight Connector Installation Kit P/N 9060-17000-02 for Mounting Rack Assembly with Right Angle Connector available each with their own mounting rack. See details below:
Ordering information and a parts list for the installation kits are found in the General Information section (para. 1.10.1). Additional coaxial cable assemblies are required for NGT-9000+, NGT-9000D, and NGT-9000D+. 7. Compare the space requirements of the Mounting Rack with the installation area being considered. The outline drawing for the unit is located in Figure 2-1. The outline drawing of the Rack Assembly is located in Figure 2-2. The installer is advised to consider the space requirements (2-3 inches) needed for the connector backshell and the cable bend radius. 2.3.2 Remote Mount Location 1. The unit should be accessible for inspection, maintenance, or removal, and free from instrument panel structural flexure and excessive vibration or heat. 2. The wiring and antenna cables should not run adjacent to heaters, engine exhaust, or heat sources. 3. A Mounting Tray is required to install the remote mount NGT-9000R. Three installation kits are available each with their own mounting tray. Four #8-32 fasteners with lockwashers are required to secure the Mounting Tray. See details below:
Mounting Tray P/N 9002018-001 for use with OEM Specific Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-
Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-01 for Mounting Tray with Straight Connector Installation Kit P/N 9060-17500-02 for Mounting Tray with Right Angle Connector 03. Ordering information and a parts list for the installation kits are found in the General Information section
(para. 1.10.1). Additional coaxial cable assemblies are required for NGT-9000R+, NGT-9000RD and NGT-9000RD+. 4. The remote mount NGT-9000R is designed with a front and rear attachment plate. 5. Compare the space requirements of the Mounting Tray with the installation area being considered. The outline drawing for the NGT-9000R is located in Figure 2-3. The outline drawing of the Tray Assembly is located in Figure 2-4. The installer is advised to consider the space requirements (2-3 inches) needed for the connector backshell and the cable bend radius. 6. The unit has a minimum operating temperature of -45C (-49F) (see specifications table). Consideration should be made to installing it within the cabin, or other temperature-controlled area, on aircraft, which operate in OAT environments less than this temperature. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-3 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 2-1: Outline Dimensions for Panel Mount NGT-9000 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-4 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Part of Installation Kit 9060-17000-( ). Figure 2-2: Outline Dimensions for Panel Mount Mounting Rack NGT-9000 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-5 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 2-3: Outline Dimensions for Remote Mount NGT-9000R 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-6 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Part of Installation Kit 9060-17500-( ). Figure 2-4: Outline Dimensions for Remote Mount Mounting Tray NGT-9000R 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-7 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.3 Electrical Connections 1. The installer must take the following into consideration before installation:
Use of any wire or cable not meeting specification voids all warranties. The installer is responsible for supplying wires, cables, and connectors. Wire-marking identification is at the discretion of the installer. All wiring must be in accordance with industry-accepted methods, techniques, and practices. Refer to Appendix A for signal name and cable characteristics prior to wiring installation. Refer to Appendix C for Interconnect Diagrams of External Displays, Control Panels, and other The assembly guidelines for the antenna cables are detailed in paragraph 2.3.7.1. Equipment (i.e. GPS Splitter and Coupler). The length and routing of the external cables must be carefully studied and planned before attempting installation of the equipment. The wiring harness should not run adjacent to heaters, engine exhaust, and heat sources or be located near fuel lines, high electrical capacity lines, flight control cables, and protected areas of the aircraft or be exposed to wire chafing. Avoid sharp bends while routing the cables. Keep the cables run as short as possible. Grounding pigtails (if installed) should not exceed more than 3 inches in length. Terminate shields in the backshell of the mating connector (at P1). Required connectors and contact pins are supplied in the installation kits. All wires should be 24 AWG unless otherwise noted in the interconnect diagram. Use M22759 or equivalent wire and Tefzel Wire M27500 or equivalent for twisted shielded wired for installation. Installer is responsible for determining appropriate circuit breakers needed to protect aircraft wiring. Manufacturer recommends the following:
o o o For installations with a CP-2500 Control Panel, a single circuit breaker can be used for the 3.0 amp pull style circuit breaker for the installations with 14VDC input. 2.0 amp pull style circuit breaker for the installations with 28VDC input. CP-2500 and the Remote Mount NGT-9000R, RD, & R+. Cable specifications and approved vendors are provided in Equipment Required Not Supplied. o The L-Band and GPS Cables must be RG-400 or equivalent. Refer to paragraph 2.3.7.1 for location and fabrication information. Cable attenuation must not exceed 1.5 dB (including the connectors). o The Directional Cables (required only for models with TAS/TCAS and TAS/Diversity or TCAS/Diversity) requires three cable assemblies; sum (Sigma Port blue band), bit probe
(Probe Port) and difference (Delta Port red band). Cable attenuation for the sum and difference ports must not exceed 1.5 dB. 2. Refer to Figure 2-6 (sheet 1 thru 4) for Interconnect Wiring Diagram. Interconnect diagrams for alternate equipment is provided when available. 3. Refer to Figure 2-7 for pin locations, signal names, and function. Connector information for P1 is supplied in the recommended installation kit. The assembly requirements for the P1 mating connector are shown in Figure 2-9. An example of the assembled wiring harness is provided in Figure 2-10. It is recommended that the installer perform the following wiring checks during installation:
Check all wiring, point-to-point, for continuity before connecting components. Ensure voltages are not applied to signal wires. Inspect cables for correct connection. 4. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-8 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.4 Compatible Equipment Installation Information Use the information in this section for installing compatible equipment. Additional information may be found in the General Information section under Equipment Interfaces and Appendix C (Equipment Compatibility and Diagrams.). 2.3.4.1 PIM-9000 The PIM-9000 WiFi Module is preconfigured by the manufacturer. The PIM-9000 WiFi Module may be connected to the NGT-9000 circuit breaker through a 1/4 amp in line fuse. Refer to Figure 2-5 for dimensional information. Figure 2-5: PIM-9000 2.3.4.2 WX-500 Release 2.1 or greater. The WX-500 Weather Mapping System (lightning detection) has multiple installation options available as defined below. The WX-500 interface is not available on the Remote Mount version NGT-9000R. WX-500 transmits data to the NGT-9000 via RS-232 #1 or RS-422 #1. Configured using the MPC
(MAT). WX-500 receives heading from RS-232 #1 from the NGT-9000 (which receives heading via ARINC 429) or the WX-500 has heading input from a Synchro system and outputs that heading information to the NGT-9000 via RS-232 #1 or RS-422 #1. Use the MPC (MAT) to review configuration information and Fault data. Refer to the installation checkout section (3.9.5) for details. Noise Monitor, Test Strikes, and Self-Test procedures for testing and troubleshooting an installation are available in the Maintenance section (para 4.4.5) of this manual. Additional information is provided in the WX-500 Installation Manual. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-9 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.5 Discrete Inputs and Output Connections Refer to the wiring diagrams (Figure 2-6) to view connection details. Refer to functional description in the General Information section for details. Installations with a compatible control panel may need to use the discretes if a function is missing or if the display is not within the pilot primary field of view. Use the following information to review connection options. TAWS Caution (Disc 1 Out, pin 21) status lamp (amber color). Power should be connected to dimming bus or day/night switch. Label lamp TAWS Caution. This lamp is required when TAWS is installed and the NGT-9000 panel display is not within the pilot's primary field of view. TAWS Warning (Disc 2 Out, pin 22) status lamp (red color). Power should be connected to dimming bus or day/night switch. Label lamp TAWS Warning. This lamp is required when TAWS is installed and the NGT-9000 panel display is not within the pilot's primary field of view. Traffic Alert (Disc 3 Out, pin 23) status lamp (amber color). Power should be connected to dimming bus or day/night switch. Label lamp Traffic Alert. Installation necessary when no traffic display is installed. This lamp is recommended when the Traffic Alert lamp is installed and the NGT-9000 panel display is not within the pilot's primary field of view. Audio Mute Out (Disc 5 Out, pin 25). The Audio Mute can be connected to other CAWS alerting systems if required that need to mute the traffic system for a higher priority audio annunciation. ADS-B Out Fail (Disc 6 Out, pin 26) status lamp (amber color). Power should be connected to dimming bus or day/night switch. Label lamp ADS-B Fail. IDENT input (Disc 1 In, pin 27) switch (momentary). It is required if other equipment does not have the capability to activate the IDENT pulse. Label switch IDENT. Audio Mute input (Disc 2 In, pin 28). Connected to other CAWS alerting systems that need to mute the traffic system for a higher priority audio annunciation. On-Ground input (Disc 3 In, pin 29). Connected to a squat switch, airspeed monitor, or a collective switch. This discrete can be set in the DCM settings to either ground on ground, open on ground, or not used. Audio Acknowledge (Disc 4 In, pin 30). Used to cancel the audio from a TAWS or Traffic Aural. This discrete is used only when the optional TAWS, TAS, TCAS, or ATAS functionality is configured. Available with Release 2.0 and later. Control Panel Select (Disc 5 In, pin 31). Release 3.2 and later. Optional connection used to select ARINC 429 compatible Control Panel #1 or #2. When set to Ground, Control Panel #1 (ARINC 429 input pins 44 45) are used. When set to Open, Control Panel #2 (ARINC 429 input pins 46 47) is used. Note Automatic control panel source selection is not available via the NGT-9000 (i.e. a selection of an inactive or failed control panel will not automatically switch back to the operational Control Panel.) The control panel system is intended to automatically set this discrete to perform this switching. Control Panel #1 is located in front or left side of the aircraft. Control Panel #2 is located in Aft or right side of the aircraft. Standby Mode (Disc 6 In, pin 32). Used to place the units transponder in Standby Mode. This is an optional connection typically used when dual transponders are installed. Available with Release 2.1 and later. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-10 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Notes located on sheet 4 of 4 Figure 2-6: Interconnect Wiring Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-11 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Notes located on sheet 4 of 4 Figure 2-6: Interconnect Wiring Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-12 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Notes located on sheet 4 of 4 Figure 2-6: Interconnect Wiring Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 4) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-13 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 2-6: Interconnect Wiring Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 4) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-14 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 2-7: Mating Connector (P1) and Pin Assignments 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-15 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Installation Guidelines for the DCM 2.3.6 Use the following information when locating and installing the DCM in the aircraft. 1. Refer to Figure 2-10 for DCM mounting location. 2. The DCM is permanently attached to the mating connector during wire installation. Outline dimensions for the configuration module is shown in Figure 2-8. Figure 2-8: Outline Dimensions for the Detachable Configuration Module (9230-17003-01) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-16 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.7 P1 Mating Connector Assembly Installer must take into consideration the length of the wiring harness to ensure an adequate service loop before installing the unit. Refer to Figure 2-9. 1. Assemble Connector Pins P/N M39029/57-354 (item 11) to wires using Crimp Tool M22520/5-01 and Insert M22520/5-05. 2. Secure Backshell P/N 9010-17012-01 (item 9) to P1 Mating Connector P/N 9080-17006-01 (item 14) using 4 Screws P/N 2000-10085-01 (item 7). 3. Remove liners from two Wire Clamp Pads P/N 9000-17132-01 (item 30) and attach to back of both Wire Clamps P/N 9000-17076-01 (item 10). Insert aircraft wiring and wires of the DCM to the P1 Mating Connector (item 14). 4. 5. Route wire shields between Wire Clamp Pads (item 30) and Backshell (item 9). 6. Secure two Wire Clamps P/N 9000-17076-01 (item 10) and 1 Cable Ground Strap P/N 9020-17002-
01 (item 27) to Backshell (item 9) using 6 Screws P/N 2000-10087-01 (item 22). (Refer to Figure 2-
13 for the installation location of the other side of the cable ground strap.) 7. Secure Wires to Wire Clamps (item 10) using Cable Ties P/N 1040-10002-01 (item 26) as required. Figure 2-9: P1 Mating Connector Assembly 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-17 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 8. Secure the wires and the DCM using Cable Ties as shown in Figure 2-10. 9. If WiFi is used, a 9-Pin Sub-D Connector P/N M24308/2-1 or equivalent is required for installations intending to use the WiFi interface. Installation Kit 9060-17001-01 is available for from ACSS. Refer to the installation kits in the general information section. 10. If applicable to the installation, connect the PIM-9000 Wifi Module. Figure 2-10: Example of P1 Mating Connector and Wiring Harness 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-18 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.7.1 Antenna Cable Assembly The instructions below provide the information necessary to assemble the contacts required to connect the coaxial cable to the unit. If low loss cables are required, the opposite/other end of the cables typically have TNC Adapters installed that connect to low loss RF cables. See Figure 2-11. All models of the Lynx NGT-9000 are required to have GPS and Omnidirectional (UAT) cable connections (A5 & A3, respectively). Models with TAS or TCAS have three cables connecting to A1, A2, and A4. Models with Diversity only have one cable connecting to A2. NOTES 1. The cable attenuation and VSWR ratings must be verified to not exceed the specified values. 2. Place 4-6 inches (10.2 to 15.2 cm) of heat shrink tubing over each antenna connector and cable to add strain relief and alleviate stress caused by aircraft vibration. When routing antenna cables, observe the following precautions:
All cable routing should be kept as short (do not exceed maximum cable length detailed in the vendor tables, paragraph 1.10.4, in the General Information section) and direct as possible. Avoid sharp bends (do not exceed maximum bend radius detailed in the vendor tables in the General Information section, paragraph 1.10.4. Avoid routing cable near power sources (e.g., 400 Hz generators, trim motors, etc.) and near power for fluorescent lighting. Avoid routing cable near Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) antenna cable (allow at least a 12-inch
(30.5) separation). Figure 2-11: Example of Assembled RF Cable 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-19 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.7.1.1 Directional Antenna Cables The directional antenna installation is optional and used only for models with Traffic Alert System (TAS) or TCAS or models with either TAS/Diversity or TCAS/Diversity functionality. 1. The directional antenna requires three cable assemblies; sum (Sigma Port), bit probe (Probe Port) and difference (Delta Port). Cable attenuation for the sum and difference ports must not exceed 1.5 dB. Attenuation for the bit probe cable must not exceed 6 dB. VSWR, on cables attached to the sum, bit probe, and difference ports, must not exceed 1.5:1. (See paragraph 1.10.4 for antenna cable vendors and specifications.) 2. At the antenna, each connector has an identifying color band. To ensure the cables are connected to the correct port, affix the following marking at the termination points of each cable:
Sum (Sigma) Port The Sum (Sigma) port is the forward antenna connector. It is marked with a blue band. Fabricate the sum antenna cable with a TNC connector at each end. Affix a blue marking band on each connector. At the NGT-9000, the sum port (A4) must be identified with blue marking. The Bit Probe port (A1) is the center antenna connector. Fabricate the probe cable with a BNC connector at each end. Bit Probe Port Difference (Delta) Port The Difference (Delta) port is the rear antenna connector. It is marked with a red band. Fabricate the difference antenna cable with a TNC connector at each end. Affix red marking band on each connector. At the NGT-9000, the difference port (A2) must be identified with red marking. 2.3.7.2 Coax Connector Assembly The number of antenna cables required for installation is based on the model of Lynx NGT-9000. The basic model has a GPS and omnidirectional (bottom mounted L-Band) antenna connection. Models with Diversity only have a secondary top mounted L-Band antenna connection. Models with TAS/TCAS have three directional antenna connections. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-20 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.7.2.1 Straight Coax Connector 1. Refer to Figure 2-12 for connector assembly and Figure 2-13 for cable ground-strap location. 2. Secure Backshell P/N 9000-17106-01 (item 24) to Connector P/N 9080-17011-01 (item 15) using 4 Screws P/N 2000-10085-01 (item 7). Insert Cables (23 or 31) into the appropriate slots of Connector P/N 9080-17011-01 (item 15). 3. 4. Secure 1 Clip P/N 9002463-001 or 9001963-001 (item 16) and 1 Cable Ground Strap P/N 9020-
17002-01 (item 27) to Backshell P/N 9000-17106-01 (item 24) using 2 Screws P/N 2000-10087-01
(item 22). Figure 2-12: Connector Assembly 2.3.7.2.2 Right Angle Coax Connector 1. Refer to Figure 2-12 for connector assembly and Figure 2-13 for cable ground-strap location. 2. Secure Backshell P/N 9000-17105-01 (item 17) to Connector P/N 9080-17011-01 (item 15) using 4 screws P/N 2000-10085-01 (item 7). Insert Cables (18 or 31) into the appropriate slots of Connector (item 15). 3. 4. Secure 1 Clip P/N 9002463-001 or 9001963-001 (item 16) and 1 Cable Ground Strap P/N 9020-
17002-01 (item 27) to Backshell (item 17) using 2 Screws P/N 101-10114-011 (item 29). 2.3.8 Panel mount NGT-9000 Installation This procedure assumes that the mating connector and Antenna Cables are assembled. Refer to Figure 2-13. 1. Secure P1 Mating Connector to Rear Plate P/N 9000-17025-02 (item 2) using Nut Plate P/N 9000-
17034-01 (item 6) and 2 Screws P/N NAS514-P-440-7 (item 3). 2. Secure assembled Antenna Connector to Rear Plate P/N 9000-17025-02 (item 2) using Nut Plate P/N 9000-17036-01 (item 5) and 2 Screws P/N NAS514-P-440-7 (item 3). 3. Attach end of Cable Ground Straps P/N 9020-17002-01 (item 27) to Rear Plate (item 2) using 2 screws P/N 2000-10087-01 (item 22). 4. Secure Rear Plate (item 2) to Panel Rack P/N 9010-17022-01 (item 1) using 4 Screws P/N NAS514-
P-440-5 (item 4). 5. Place the assembled Panel Rack P/N 9010-17022-01 (item 1) in the location selected in paragraph 2.3.1. 6. Secure Panel Rack using 6 Screws P/N MS35206-230 (item 12). 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-21 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 2-13: Panel Assembly 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-22 2.3.8.1 Installation Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual CAUTIONS 1. Do not press or contact the display surface of the unit when inserting into the Rack. 2. Panel Retainer torque limit is 5.0 inch-pounds. 3. Prior to inserting the NGT-9000 into the rack, sight down the inside of the mounting tray to assure that the RF-connectors (A-1 thru A-5) are aligned facing straight toward the tray opening. If these connectors are angled, damage to the connectors or the NGT-9000 may result. 1. When installing the panel rack make sure that it is installed flush or slightly forward of the instrument panel as shown in Figure 2-14. 2. Before inserting the NGT-9000 into the Panel Rack, rotate the Panel Retainer screw CCW using a 3/32 3. Hex Head Driver until it stops (fully disengaged). Insert the NGT-9000 in Panel Rack allowing the alignment guides to settle the unit into place. Do not press or contact the display surface of the unit when inserting into the Rack. 4. Rotate the Panel Retainer CW (approximately 40 turns) to lock the unit in place. The Panel Retainer torque limit is 5.0 inch-pounds. 5. Observe that a small gap is showing between the NGT-9000 bezel and the A/C Instrument panel. Contact between the NGT-9000 bezel and the A/C Instrument panel may prevent the unit from fully seating in the Panel Rack. Figure 2-14: Panel Installation 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-23 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.9 Remote Mounted Lynx NGT-9000 Installation This procedure assumes that the mating connector and Antenna Cables are assembled. NOTES 1. Tighten all screws to snug unless specific torque instructions are given. 2. The ruggedized mounting tray must be channel mounted for installations in a high vibration environment. 1. Place the Mounting Tray P/N 9002018-001 (item 1) in the location selected in paragraph 2.3.2. 2. Determine centers for mounting holes, and drill for required fasteners. See Figure 2-15. 3. Secure the Mounting Tray P/N 9002018-001 (item 1) in place using #8-32 fasteners and lockwashers. Torque fasteners (screws) to 20 In-Lbs. 4. Secure P1 Mating Connector to Rear Plate P/N 9000-17025-02 (item 2) using Nut Plate P/N 9000-
17034-01 (item 6) and 2 Screws P/N NAS514-P-440-7 (item 3). 5. Secure assembled Antenna Connector to Rear Plate P/N 9000-17025-02 (item 2) using Nut Plate P/N 9000-17036-01 (item 5) and 2 Screws P/N NAS514-P-440-7 (item 3). 6. Attach end of Cable Ground Straps P/N 9020-17002-01 (item 27) to Rear Plate (item 2) using 2 screws P/N 2000-10087-01 (item 22). 7. Secure Rear Plate (item 2) to Mounting Tray P/N 9002018-001 (item 1) using 4 Screws P/N NAS514-P-440-5 (item 4). 8. Lay unit flat against the base of the tray. Push unit into the connectors allowing the alignment guides to settle the unit into place. 9. Secure the unit to the tray using the thumbscrew in front of the unit. Tighten thumbscrew (3/16 hex) until unit front plate contacts the tray face. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-24 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 2-15: Remote Assembly 2.3.10 CP-2500 Installation Guidelines Use the following guidelines if the CP-2500 Control Panel is used with the NGT-9000R, RD, and R+. For additional installation, instructions see the CP-2500 Installation Manual, P/N 0040-17251-01. The ADS-B Out Fail (amber) lamp installation is optional. The Traffic Alert (amber) lamp installation is required when TAS, TCAS, or ATAS used and the control display is not within the pilot's primary field of view. The TAWS Caution (amber) lamp installation is required when TAWS is used and the control display is not within the pilot's primary field of view. The TAWS Warning (red) lamp installation is required when TAWS is used and the control display is not within the pilot's primary field of view. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-25 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.11 Antenna Installation Guidelines This information provides general installation guidance to ensure the installed antennas meet the requirements for the Lynx NGT-9000. Installation approval for the GPS and L-band antennas is not provided by the instructions provided in this manual. All antenna cables should be clearly marked as both connections use TNC connectors. Cable requirements are located in paragraph 2.3.3. Cable vendors and approved antenna manufactures are located in the General Information section. An example of antenna placement is shown in Figure 2-16. Refer to the aircraft manufacturer's data and the antenna manufacturer's installation instructions to mount the antenna. The installer may use other FAA approved data to gain a separate antenna installation approval. Four L-band antenna location configurations are available and are detailed below:
Single bottom omnidirectional (L-band) antenna (no TAS/TCAS, no diversity) Bottom omnidirectional (L-band), top omnidirectional (no TAS/TCAS, diversity capable) Bottom omnidirectional (L band), top directional (TAS/TCAS capable, diversity capable) Bottom omnidirectional (L-band), bottom directional (TAS/TCAS capable, no diversity) due to both being bottom mount (Helicopter) All configurations have a top GPS antenna Figure 2-16: Example of Antenna Mounting Locations 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-26 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.11.1 GPS Antenna The GPS antenna performance is critical to the performance of the Lynx NGT-9000. The antenna must meet the minimum performance requirements for the Lynx NGT-9000. The recommended antenna is a DO-301 compliant antenna meeting the requirements of TSO-C190. For installations where the aircraft has an existing antenna complying with DO-228 (TSO-C144a), the unit may be installed utilizing this antenna, as per DO-229D Note 1, Section 2.1.1.10. Use the antenna location information below to verify an existing antenna location is acceptable for use. The performance of the unit is affected by the gain, noise figure, impedance, and frequency selectivity characteristics of the antenna. The unit should be used only with the recommended antenna and cable. Use of other antennas or cables may not meet all the performance characteristics specified in DO-229D. The cable including connectors, loss should not exceed 10dB. 2.3.11.1.1 GPS Antenna Location The following guidance provides information to aid the installer in determining the best location is selected for the installation of the GPS Antenna. The installation guidelines presented here meet the intent of AC 20-138C Chapter 12, Section 12-1. NOTE Not all the listed installation guidelines may be possible on all aircraft. The guidelines are listed in order of importance. The chances of optimal signal strength are decreased if the guidelines are not followed. 1. The antenna must be located on the top of the aircraft and should be mounted in a location to minimize the effects of airframe shadowing during typical maneuvers. Typically mounting farther away from the tail section reduces signal blockage seen by the antenna. 2. Mount the antenna as close to level as possible with respect to the normal cruise flight attitude of the aircraft. If the normal flight attitude is not known, substitute with the waterline, which is typically referenced as level while performing a weight and balance check. A shim may be used to level the antenna. 3. The antenna should be mounted no closer than 2 feet from any VHF COM antenna or any other antenna, which may emit harmonic interference at the L1 frequency of 1575.42 MHz. An EMI check can verify the degradation of GPS in the presence of interference signals. If an EMI check reveals unacceptable interference, either insert a GPS notch filter in line with the offending VHF COM or select a different GPS Antenna location. 4. The antenna should be mounted no closer than 15 inches from the SATCOM antenna. An EMI check can be used to verify if interference signals cause GPS degradation. It is permissible to temporarily locate the GPS Antenna with a coaxial cable connected to the unit and check the GPS performance as described in the installation checkout section. Permanently mount the antenna once a suitable location has been verified. 5. 6. Once the antenna mounting position has been established, route the coaxial cable from the antenna to the Lynx NGT-9000. Proper selection of coaxial cable and assembly of connectors is critical to GPS signal performance. 7. For installations on rotorcraft, ensure that the rotor blades do not interfere with the GPS received signal. This problem has been experienced in some rotorcraft and varies with rotation rate. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-27 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.11.1.2 GPS Antenna Installation Refer to the aircraft manufacturer's data and the antenna manufacturer's installation instructions to mount the antenna. The installer may use other FAA approved data to gain a separate antenna installation approval. 1. Electrical Bonding Requirements:
The GPS/WAAS antenna requires a minimum ground plane radius of 7.5 inches around the perimeter of the antenna. For metal aircraft, the surrounding metal skin on which the antenna is mounted supplies the ground plane. For non-metal aircraft, the ground plane can be composed of heavy duty aluminum foil tape, such as 3M PIN 438 or other adhesive backed dead soft aluminum foil minimum 0.012 inches thick. It should be noted that if the antenna is struck by lightning, the foil by itself might not be sufficient to dissipate lightning currents. Additional protection may be needed depending on the construction of the structure to which the antenna is mounted. Refer to paragraph 2.3 step 2 for antenna electrical bonding requirements. To prepare an aluminum surface for proper bonding, refer to SAE ARP1870. 2. Connection to the antenna should be made in accordance with the system interconnect diagram Figure 2-6. 2.3.11.2 L-Band Antenna The L-band antenna is used to must meet the minimum performance requirements for the Lynx NGT-9000. Antennas meeting the minimum performance specifications needed by the Lynx NGT-9000 may already be installed in the aircraft and may be available for use. Use the antenna location information below to verify an existing antenna location is acceptable for use. 2.3.11.2.1 L-band Antenna Location The L-band antenna installation should be installed in accordance with AC 43.12-2A Chapter 3. The following guidance provides information to aid the installer in determining that the best location is selected for the installation of the L-band Antenna. The primary L-Band antenna (978 MHz /1030 & 1090 MHz) must be mounted vertically on the bottom of the aircraft fuselage. The antenna shall be located to minimize obstruction to fields in the horizontal plane. The optional Diversity L-Band antenna (1090 MHz) must be mounted vertically on the top of the aircraft as shown in Figure 2-16. Horizontal separation from the bottom mounted L-band antenna must be no more than 25 feet (7.6 meters). The total attenuation including connectors shall not exceed 1.5 dB. Based on this, the length of the cable can be decided assuming RG-400 cable. RG type coaxial cable insertion loss can vary significantly between manufacturers. Refer to the cable manufacturer's specification sheet for actual attenuation (insertion loss) for the cable being used. The Antenna(s) should be located away from major protrusions, such as engine(s), propeller(s), and antenna masts. It should be as far as practical from landing gear doors, access doors, or other openings that could affect its radiation pattern. The Antenna(s) must be mounted no closer than 20 inches from any FADEC (Full Authority Digital Engine Control). The bottom L-Band must be mounted no closer than 7 feet to any DME antenna. The Antenna(s) must be mounted no closer than 36 inches to any TAS/TCAS antenna. The Antenna(s) should be mounted no closer than 3 feet from any GPS antenna. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-28 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.11.2.2 L-Band Antenna Installation Refer to the aircraft manufacturer's data and the antenna manufacturer's installation instructions to mount the antenna(s). The installer may use other FAA approved data to gain a separate antenna installation approval. Electrical Bonding Requirements:
Each L-Band antenna requires a minimum ground plane radius of 12 inches of contiguous metal (no access panels, etc.) around the perimeter of the antenna. For metal aircraft, the surrounding metal skin on which the antenna is mounted supplies the ground plane. For non-metal aircraft, the ground plane can be composed of heavy duty aluminum foil tape, such as 3M PIN 438 or other adhesive backed dead soft aluminum foil minimum 0.012 inches thick. It should be noted that if the antenna is struck by lightning, the foil by itself might not be sufficient to dissipate lightning currents. Additional protection may be needed depending on the construction of the structure to which the antenna is mounted. Connection to the antenna should be made in accordance with the system interconnect diagram Figure 2-6. All antenna cables should be clearly marked as both connections use TNC connectors. Acceptable coaxial cable attenuation including connectors shall be less than 1.5 dB at 978 MHz. Reference General Information Section Antenna Cables for L-Band Antenna cable loss and minimum antenna spacing requirements. Refer to General Information Section - lists some suitable cable types. Any 50ohm, double-shielded coaxial cable assembly that meets airworthiness requirements and the acceptable attenuation requirements (including connectors) may be used. Installation Guidelines for NY156 (TCAS or TAS) or NY164 (TAS) Directional Refer to paragraph 2.3 step 2 for antenna electrical bonding requirements. 2.3.11.3 Antenna Connections are made through two TNC and one BNC connector. To ensure a tight seal between the airframe and antenna, an O-ring seal (i.e., an O-ring groove for an MS28775-044 O-ring) has been incorporated into the design. An O-ring is supplied with each antenna and must be installed when mounting the antenna. Installation kits associated with various airframes are described in the General Information section along with the contents of each kit. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-29 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.11.3.1 Directional Antenna Location Location is an important factor for maximum antenna performance. Optimum location for a particular aircraft type is usually available from the aircraft manufacturer. See Figure 2-18 for Antenna Outline dimensions. 1. In selecting a location, consider the following:
The mounting site should be on the top forward fuselage, as close to the centerline as possible, and within -10 of the in-flight horizon (see Figure 2-17). The optimum mounting point for maximum coverage is as far forward as possible without exceeding the -10 forward pitch. If necessary, consideration should be given to relocating other antennas to obtain the furthest forward location for the directional antenna. The antenna should be mounted on the aircraft with at least 20 dB isolation (about 30 inches
(76.2 cm)) from other L-band frequency antennas and 24 inches (61.0 cm) from other antennas or obstructions. The ground-plane should be as large as possible, a 30-inch (76.2 cm) ground-plane diameter is recommended. Refer to the guidelines given for the GPS Antenna and L-Band (UAT/1090) Antennas for additional spacing requirements. The directional antenna can be bottom mounted only if a suitable top mount location is not available. Each bottom mount installation must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. If further questions on the bottom mount installation occur, contact Field Service Engineering at (623) 445-7070. Note - The bottom mount directional antenna eliminates the diversity option. Figure 2-17: Directional Antenna Mounting Location 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-30 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 2-18: NY156 / NY164 Directional Antenna Outline Dimensions 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-31 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2.3.11.4 1. Use the following information to the extent necessary to install the directional antenna. Installation Standard installation practices prescribed in FAA Advisory Circular 43.13 must be followed. The installer must ensure the immediate antenna installation area is clean and prepared so that the antenna is electrically bonded (metal-to-metal contact) to the aircraft. To provide optimum bonding through the mounting holes, prepare the surfaces with Alodine No. 1001. To facilitate mounting to the airframe, the dimensions shown in Figure 2-19 can be used to locate and drill mounting and connector access holes. Connection to the antenna should be made in accordance with the system interconnect diagram Figure 2-6. NOTE A doubler plate (not supplied) is required to reinforce the aircraft skin. 2. Connect each of the three antenna cables. Check to ensure that each cable is connected to the correct antenna connector. Each connector/cable has a matching color band (see note paragraph.). 3. Attach the antenna to the aircraft, with the special adapter plate and o-ring, using 10-32 hardware provided. See Figure 2-20. NOTES 1. Before installing the antenna on an aircraft remove the tape, which holds the O-RING gasket in place during shipment. If the O-ring is in a separate bag, remove and install it in the O-ring groove on the bottom of the antenna. 2. For pressurized aircraft, use a sealant that meets the requirements of SAE AMS-S-8802 such as Flamemaster CS3204 class B. For non-
pressurized aircraft, use a non-corrosive sealant that meets the physical requirements of MIL-A-46146 such as General Electric RTV162. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-32 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 2-19: Antenna Mounting Holes Figure 2-20: Directional Antenna Installation 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-33 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual This page intentionally blank 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Page 2-34 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Section 3 Installation Checkout INTRODUCTION 3.1 This section contains instructions for the configuration and checkout of the Lynx NGT-9000. Refer to the fault isolation information provided in the maintenance section for help in correcting installation issues found during checkout. Refer to the General Information section - Equipment Required Not Supplied for details on equipment used in this section. NOTE These procedures assume that the mounting, wiring, power, and antenna requirements have been checked out according to the instructions given in the installation section. CAUTIONS 1. Operating the unit with the GPS antenna connected and the L-Band antenna NOT connected may damage the unit. 2. All antenna connections must be connected prior to operation. 3.2 BASIC OPERATION 3.2.1 Panel Mount NGT-9000 The panel mount NGT-9000 uses a touch screen display to select, input, and adjust information on the screen using gestures (actions); such as tap, momentary press, drag, or swipe. See Figure 3-1. The figure below is not a typical screen and is meant to provide instructions of display information only. Buttons are typically gray background color with white or green text. When a button is pressed, the background highlights in blue. A button function that is inhibited has its button label grayed out. Buttons with an amber background color is inactive. The display for the unit is divided into a left and right screen. Each screen has access to a particular application. Accessing the applications is done using a horizontal Slide action to drag the desired application screen into view. An Application indicator is located at the bottom of the left and right screen. The indicator shows the number of available applications for that side of the display as well as the current application setting. Each application can slide into view using both Drag and Swipe actions. The left screen applications are designated as "Transponder" and "Alternate Traffic", but also include the information screens (GPS, brightness control, etc.). The right screen applications are designated as "Traffic", "Graphic Weather ", "Winds & Temp aloft", and "Textual Weather Reports". Release 2.0 also includes the optional "TAWS" screen. A version screen is shown at start up. It identifies version information for the units Application Software (Flight SW), Firmware (Platform and GPS), GPS/UAT Receiver SW, Airport (Navigation) Database (Airport DB), Map Database (Map DB), and Terrain Database (Terrain DB). 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual The display brightness is automatically adjusted using an ambient light sensor and can also be adjusted pressing the Options icon on the right application screen followed by the dimming button. An optional cockpit switch and status lamps may be installed to initiate commands or provide operational status. See paragraph 3.2.2.4 for operational details. NOTE The Lynx NGT-9000 can also be interfaced to compatible cockpit displays or a Personal Electronic Device (PED) used to view traffic and weather. The operation of other third party equipment (i.e. PED or display) is not provided in this manual. Refer to the operations manual for the third party equipment for command instructions. Figure 3-1: Transponder/Traffic Screens 3.2.1.1 Power On 1. Verify the circuit breaker for the Lynx NGT-9000 is closed. 2. Connect aircraft to external power source to conserve aircraft battery power. 3. Apply power to the unit and system component using applicable essential or emergency electrical buses. Initialization and self-tests begin. 4. The splash screen is displayed in less than 5 seconds. The company name/Logo is shown on the left side and the product name on the right. 5. The System Status is shown on the left side in less than 20 seconds If a System Status is "System Fail" or "System Degraded" message is shown, then tap the Continue button to proceed to normal operation. See Figure 3-23. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-2 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.2.2 Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R The remote version of the Lynx NGT-9000 uses a compatible display and a control panel to view and initiate commands. An optional cockpit switch and status lamps may be installed to initiate commands or provide operational status. The CP-2500 Control Panel provides all the necessary command and annunciation functions. Refer to paragraph 3.2.2.2 for operating instructions. Detailed operating instructions for the CP-2500 are provided in the Pilot Guide for the CP-2500. The CP-2500 displays GPS INIT, indicating that the GPS is initializing. After 2 minutes, the CP-2500 displays ADS-B SYSTEM FAIL if the GPS position was not acquired. If the CP-2500 displays ADS-
B SYSTEM FAIL in less than 2 minutes, then a different problem has been detected. Cycle power to the unit. If the problem continues, refer to the troubleshooting section for possible corrective actions. The Lynx NGT-9000 can also be interfaced to compatible cockpit displays or a Personal Electronic Device (PED) used to view traffic and weather. The operation of other third party equipment (i.e. PED, display, or control panel) is not provided in this manual. Refer to the operations manual for the third party equipment for command instructions. 3.2.2.1 Power On There is no power on/off switch for the Lynx NGT-9000. Depending on the aircraft, use either the battery switches or avionics master switch to apply power. NOTE The CP-2500 Control Panel has a power on/off button. Press the small knob button to apply power to the control panel. 1. Verify the circuit breaker for the Lynx NGT-9000 is closed. 2. Connect aircraft to external power source to conserve aircraft battery power. 3. Apply power to the unit and system components using applicable essential or emergency electrical buses. 4. Verify power on messages via the CP-2500 or similar messages on other control systems. 5. Normal operation begins within 10 seconds of applying power. During start up, the unit checks for valid configuration data and initializes self-tests. Refer to the CP-2500 operating instructions in paragraph 3.2.2.2 for startup messages. 3.2.2.2 CP-2500 Control Panel The operational information provided in this section is limited. Refer to the CP-2500 Pilots Guide or Installation Manual for details. Refer to the References information in the front section for details. 1. Press the small knob button to apply power to the control panel. To remove power to the unit press and hold the small knob button until the message "Power Down" is shown on the display. 2. After power is applied, if the self-test passes, the CP-2500 briefly displays "OK". That is followed by the scrolling of the firmware and hardware levels of the CP-2500 (approximately 15 seconds). The CP-2500 then reverts to normal operation. 3. The display of the CP-2500 shows the operational mode on the left side of the display and the squawk code on the right side of the display as shown in Figure 3-2. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-3 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4. Figure 3-2: CP-2500 Normal Mode In normal operation, the user can change the operational mode, set the squawk code, and view the current pressure altitude. The following optional functions are part of the configuration options set during installation of the Lynx NGT-9000R: set a flight ID mode, Traffic, and Class B TAWS functions. Select the items by rotating the large knob. The operational mode is changed by rotating the small knob and can be set to Altitude, On, or Standby. The Altitude (Alt) mode should always be selected unless Air Traffic Control (ATC) requests a change or if there is a known problem with the control panel or Lynx NGT-9000. Note Release 2.1 and greater. If the optional external Standby Mode switch is active, then STANDBY is shown and the operation mode cannot be changed from the CP-2500. Change the squawk code by rotating the large knob to select and press the small knob. Observe that the left most digit blinks. Rotate the small knob to change the number, rotate the large knob to select the next digit. Repeat until all digits are changed. Press the small knob or allow the screen to time out to commit the change. View the pressure altitude by rotating the large knob unit the "Altitude" is shown. Press the small knob to view. Press the small knob again to return to normal operation. If configured rotate the large knob to select flight ID. Press the small knob to select the first digit. Rotate the small knob to change the digit (CCW) or character (CW). Rotate the large knob clockwise to move the cursor to the next digit. Press the small knob to commit. Deactivate the Flight ID by rotating the large knob CW to move the cursor off the right side of the display. Continue rotating unit only dashes fill the display. Press the small knob to commit. When a Traffic Advisory is heard press the small knob button to acknowledge the audio alert and cancel the current audio message. Press the small knob button again to replay the traffic advisory if still available. Press and hold the small knob button to remove the audio and traffic message from the display. The TAS/TCAS On Ground Setting is available only when the aircraft is on ground. TAS (or TCAS) operation may be "Enable" or "Disable" automatically when the aircraft status changes to on ground. Press the small knob to change the setting. The message "TAS OPR" (or TCAS OPR) is shown when enabled is selected and begins TAS (or TCAS) operation. When a TAWS alert (i.e. Pull Up, Terrain) is heard press the small knob button to acknowledge the audio alert and cancel the current audio message. Press and hold the small knob button to remove the audio and traffic message from the display. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-4 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual The TAWS option default setting is "Enable". Press the small knob to change the setting to
"Inhibit". Selecting inhibit removes the TAWS alert message from appearing on the CP-2500 display and stops all TAWS aural alerts from occurring. The message "TAWS INH" is shown on the display while the TAWS option is inhibited. The TAWS Obstacle option default setting is "Enable". Press the small knob to change the setting to "Inhibit". Selecting inhibit removes the TAWS terrain alert message from appearing on the CP-2500 display and stops the audio 500ft altitude call-out caused by obstacles. The message "OBST INH" is shown on the display while the obstacle option is inhibited. 5. The CP-2500 has three buttons identified as I (Ident), V (VFR), and M (Menu). Pressing the "I" button activates the IDENT message to be sent by the ADS-B unit for 18 sec. IDENT is momentarily displayed while this message is being sent. The use of this button is directed by Air Traffic Control (ATC). Pressing the "V" button sets the squawk code to a programmed VFR code that is set in the menu. Pressing the button again returns the code to the previous squawk code. Pressing the "M" button gains access to the menu, as well as the firmware and hardware status. Rotating the large knob allows the pilot to access different modes. The Menu button also allows access to the Maintenance Mode, where the pilot can conduct a self-test. Press the M button to exit to normal operation. (Alternately rotate the large knob to scroll the screen to Done and then press the knob to return to the normal operation screen.) o Self-Test operation:
a. Rotate the large knob to scroll the menu to Maintenance b. Press the small knob to enter Self TST. c. Press small knob again to activate self-test. When activated, the screen momentarily displays TEST STARTED followed by TEST IN PROGRESS, each lasting for 5 seconds.
"TEST PASS". Unit returns to previous operation.
"TEST FAIL". After this message is seen, additional messages are shown for each test that failed. Possible messages: "NO LRU RESPONSE", "XPDR FAIL",
"ADS-B OUT FAIL", "ADS-B IN FAIL", "FIS-B FAIL", "GPS FAIL", "TAS FAIL", TCAS FAIL, "TAWS FAIL". If a degraded condition is detected a degraded message is flashed on the CP-2500 screen. The possible degraded messages are "ADS-B OUT DEGRADED",
"ADS-B IN DEGRADED", "TAS DEGRADED", TCAS DEGRADED, "GPS INIT", "CONFIG MODULE - SERVICE SOON". If the optional ADS-B Out Fail lamp is installed it will be illuminated for 10 seconds during the test. d. While the test is in progress observe that 3 targets are shown on the PED or traffic display (if installed) used by the Lynx MSS. If installed the ADS-B Out Fail lamp
(located on instrument panel) will flash for a couple of seconds. One traffic should be at a -90 degree bearing, -200 feet relative altitude and have a climb vertical sense. Another traffic should be a -34 degree bearing, +1,000 feet relative altitude with a level vertical sense. The last traffic should be a +34 degree bearing, -1,000 feet relative altitude with a descending vertical sense. If no targets are seen or the lamp does not flash, then troubleshoot the installation, including the Lynx MSS and associated systems to determine cause. Refer to section 4 of this manual for assistance. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-5 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 6. Messages are either received from the NGT-9000R or being annunciated from the CP-2500. Messages have priority over normal display operation and is seen scrolling across the display. Rotating the large knob scrolls through unseen messages and the normal display operation
(showing operational mode and squawk code). The display begins showing the high priority message again after 10 seconds of no activity. The priority of the messages is discussed in the CP-2500 product manuals. The TAWS and Traffic messages are dependent on the installation options setup for the Lynx NGT-9000R. The messages have evolved with the model and software releases. The following messages may be seen during normal operation and are listed from highest to lowest priority. NGT-9000R Release 1.2 NO LRU RESPONSE: The CP-2500 has detected loss of communication with the NGT-9000R. This is a CP-2500 message that was incorporated in Firmware 15 and later. TAS FAIL: The TAS function has failed. XPNDR FAIL: The transponder function of the NGT-9000R has failed. ADS-B OUT FAIL: The ADS-B out is not being transmitted by the NGT-9000R due to the GPS position not being available for more than 2 minutes or possibly a failure of the NGT-9000R. GPS FAIL: The GPS derived position input is not functioning. IDENT: The IDENT message is being sent by the NGT-9000R to Air Traffic Control (ATC).
(CP-2500 message.) GPS INIT: GPS Initialization The GPS contained within the NGT-9000R is not ready. This message is removed after the GPS completes initialization. NO ADS-B COVERAGE: This message is removed once the NGT-900R begins receiving an ADS-B ground station signal. GND MODE: Unit is in ground test mode. NGT-9000R Release 2.0 & 2.1 NO LRU RESPONSE: The CP-2500 has detected loss of communication with the NGT-9000R. This is a CP-2500 message that was incorporated in Firmware 15 and later. GPS FAIL (Priority On Ground): The GPS derived position input is not functioning. GPS INIT (Priority On Ground): GPS Initialization The GPS contained within the NGT-
9000R is not ready. This message is removed after the GPS completes initialization. PULL UP: This is a TAWS Warning Alert that is accompanied by an aural announcement. TERRAIN: This is a TAWS Caution Alert that is accompanied by an aural announcement. TRAFFIC: This is an TAS or ATAS Traffic Advisory that is accompanied by an aural announcement. GND MODE: Unit is in ground test mode. STANDBY: The STANDBY message is seen only when the transponder is in Standby Mode.
(Release 2.1 or later, CP-2500 Firmware 15 or later.) IDENT: The IDENT message is being sent by the NGT-9000R to Air Traffic Control
(ATC).(Release 2.1 or later, CP-2500 Firmware 15 or later) (CP-2500 message.) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-6 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual NGT-9000R Release 2.0 & 2.1 (continued) TAWS FAIL: The TAWS function has failed. TAWS UNAVAILABLE: The TAWS function is unavailable due to not having a GPS position solution of sufficient quality. TAS FAIL: The TAS function has failed. ADS-B IN FAIL: The ADS-B In and ATAS functions have failed. ADS-B IN UNAVAIL - POS: The ADS-B In and ATAS functions are unavailable due to not having a GPS position solution of sufficient quality. XPDR FAIL: The transponder function has failed. ADS-B OUT FAIL: The ADS-B out is not being transmitted by the NGT-9000R due to the GPS position not being available for more than 2 minutes or possibly a failure of the NGT-9000R. TAWS INH: The TAWS function is currently inhibited. OBST INH: The TAWS function is not alerting on obstacles. ADS-B OUT DEGRADED: The ADS-B out function is operating in a degraded condition. GPS FAIL (Priority In Air): The GPS derived position input is not functioning. GPS INIT (Priority In Air): GPS Initialization The GPS contained within the NGT-9000R is TAS DEGRADED: The TAS function is operating in a degraded condition. not ready. This message is removed after the GPS completes initialization. NO ADS-B COVERAGE: This message is removed once the NGT-900R begins receiving an ADS-B ground station signal. FIS-B FAIL: The FIS-B function has failed. TAS OPR: TAS is operating while the aircraft is on ground. CONFIG MODULE - SERVICE SOON: Indicates a problem being detected with the configuration module. NGT-9000R Release 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.2.1, & 3.2.2 NO LRU RESPONSE: The CP-2500 has detected loss of communication with the NGT-9000R. This is a CP-2500 message that was incorporated in Firmware 15 and later. GPS FAIL (Priority On Ground): The GPS derived position input is not functioning. GPS INIT (Priority On Ground): GPS Initialization The GPS contained within the NGT-
9000R is not ready. This message is removed after the GPS completes initialization. PULL UP: This is a TAWS Warning Alert that is accompanied by an aural announcement. TERRAIN: This is a TAWS Caution Alert that is accompanied by an aural announcement. TRAFFIC: This is an TAS/TCAS or ATAS Traffic Advisory that is accompanied by an aural announcement. GND MODE: Unit is in ground test mode. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-7 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual NGT-9000R Release 3.0, 3.1 3.2, 3.2.1, & 3.2.2 (continued) STANDBY: The STANDBY message is seen only when the transponder is in Standby Mode.
(CP-2500 Firmware 15 or later.) IDENT: The IDENT message is being sent by the NGT-9000R to Air Traffic Control (ATC).
(CP-2500 Firmware 15 or later) (CP-2500 message.) TAWS FAIL: The TAWS function has failed. TAWS UNAVAILABLE: The TAWS function is unavailable due to not having a GPS position solution of sufficient quality. TAS FAIL: The TAS function has failed. TCAS FAIL: The TCAS function has failed. ADS-B IN FAIL: The ADS-B In and ATAS functions have failed. ADS-B IN UNAVAIL - POS: The ADS-B In and ATAS functions are unavailable due to not having a GPS position solution of sufficient quality. XPDR FAIL: The transponder function has failed. ADS-B OUT FAIL: The ADS-B out is not being transmitted by the NGT-9000R due to the GPS position not being available for more than 2 minutes or possibly a failure of the NGT-9000R. TAWS INH: The TAWS function is currently inhibited. TAS DEGRADED: The TAS function is operating in a degraded condition. TCAS DEGRADED: The TCAS function is operating in a degraded condition. OBST INH: The TAWS function is not alerting on obstacles. ADS-B OUT DEGRADED: The ADS-B out function is operating in a degraded condition. GPS FAIL (Priority In Air): The GPS derived position input is not functioning. GPS INIT (Priority In Air): GPS Initialization The GPS contained within the NGT-9000R is not ready. This message is removed after the GPS completes initialization. NO ADS-B COVERAGE: This message is removed once the NGT-900R begins receiving an ADS-B ground station signal. FIS-B FAIL: The FIS-B function has failed. TAS OPR: TAS is operating while the aircraft is on ground. TCAS OPR: TCAS is operating while the aircraft is on ground. CONFIG MODULE - SERVICE SOON: Indicates a problem being detected with the configuration module. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-8 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.2.2.3 Third Party Control Panel General Information The operational information provided in this section is limited. Refer to the third party Pilots Guide or Installation Manual for details. Release 3.2 or later. The RS-232 Control Panel interface has a Reply Rate Feature (XPDR REPLY message) available that is an indication that the transponder is active. Note This is not available on the CP-2500. Release 3.2 or later. A Control Panel discrete switch (Discrete 5, P1-31) may be used to select Control Panels in installations with dual ARINC 429 Control Panels. This function is detailed in the installation and Appendix A sections of this manual. 3.2.2.4 Cockpit Switch and Status Lamps The IDENT and Audio Acknowledge switch and status lamps are optional installations. Pressing the remote IDENT switch activates the IDENT message to be sent by the unit via ADS-B Out. An IDENT pulse highlights the aircrafts symbol on the ATCs radar screen and is identified on the control panel when active. Pressing the Audio Acknowledge cancels the audio from a TAWS or Traffic Aural. This function is available with Release 2.0 and greater. Placing the Standby Mode switch in the active position puts the transponder in Standby Mode. It will remain in this mode unit the switch is placed in the inactive position. The active position also overrides the CP-2500 Mode control. This function is available with Release 2.1 and greater. The Traffic Alert lamp (amber) illuminates when:
o TAS/TCAS is enabled and there is a traffic alert condition (only possible when TAS/TCAS is activated). o TAS/TCAS is enabled and Self-test is run, the lamp will be "ON" for approx. 8-10 seconds. o ATAS is enabled and there is a traffic alert condition (ATAS uses ADS-B In traffic data). The ADS-B Out Fail lamp primarily indicates when the Lynx NGT-9000 is not providing ADS-B output data. The lamp may be illuminated (ON) for any of the following reasons:
1. When Lynx NGT-9000 is not powered, lamp defaults to "ON". 2. When the aircraft is On-Ground and the self-test is run, the lamp is "ON" for approx. 8-10 seconds. 3. When the aircraft is On-Ground, the lamp is "ON" until the Lynx NGT-9000 has started and is operational after which the lamp will extinguish. 4. When the GPS has "failed", the lamp is "ON". GPS failures happen when:
a. The Lynx NGT-9000 internal GPS indicates a failure. b. Aircraft is On-Ground and the GPS has acquired position, but the signal is lost for more than 2 minutes. c. Aircraft is In-Air and the GPS has not acquired position within 2 minutes (either startup or had position and lost it). 5. The lamp begins to flash for the following reasons:
a. Aircraft On-Ground, there is a 2 minute "quiet period" when the GPS is expected to acquire position. After 2 minutes, the lamp will flash indefinitely while the GPS has never acquired, but is not failed. b. Aircraft In-Air, at startup or if GPS had position and then lost it, then the lamp will flash for 2 minutes while trying to acquire position, then become failed (see 4.c. above). The TAWS Caution lamp (amber) illuminates when a terrain caution advisory is present. The TAWS Warning lamp (red) illuminates when a terrain warning advisory is present. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-9 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.3 MPC (MAT) OPERATION The procedures for installation checkout require the use of a Maintenance PC, MPC (MAT), LynxMSS USB Driver, and a USB cable. The LynxMSS USB driver (Zadig utility) must be installed first, prior to connect to the Lynx NGT-9000. A compatible MPC (MAT) revision must be used to communicate successfully with Lynx NGT-9000. Refer to the Software Revisions information in the General information section (para. 1.12) for details. NOTES 1. The revision of the MPC (MAT) must be compatible with the units software release. Refer to software revisions in the General information section for details. The revision of the MPC (MAT) can be found in the Help/About menu item at the top of the screen. 2. The screen information for MPC (MAT) is very similar between the panel and remote mount models of the Lynx NGT-9000. Differences in appearance either are noted or will be shown in the following procedures. 3. Multiple connections to the NGT-9000 are typical when going through the setup steps. If more than ten (10) MPC-to-NGT-9000 connections are made over a single MPC session, shutting down and restarting the MPC may be necessary. In some instances, multiple MPC connections to the NGT-9000 within a single MPC session (MPC never shut down) can result in connection problems or Windows related failure messages. 4. For international customers it is necessary that the PC or laptop is set for an American Windows installation (not only the language setting), in order for the MPC (MAT) tool to operate correctly. Persons performing the checkout should monitor the MPC (MAT) status bar. The bottom left corner of the screen provides information on connection type and communication status. Messages are also shown on the right side of the status bar providing guidance to the user. The communication status is either "Connected green indicator" or "Not Connected red indicator". The operational status of the unit is shown on the MPC (MAT) and is located at the top of the panel
(next to the model ID) and on the status bar. The operational status is either "Flight" or "Maint". When "Flight" status is shown, the unit is in either "Normal Operation" or in "Ground Test" modes. When "Maint" status is shown, the unit is in
"Maintenance" mode, with or without WiFi. The Restart function of the MPC (MAT) may be used to restart into Normal Operational mode, Maintenance mode (with or without WiFi), or Ground Test mode. Maintenance mode (Maint) can be entered within the first 2 minutes from power-on irrespective of Air/Ground state. After 2 minutes, maintenance mode can only be entered if the Air/Ground state is On-Ground. The Air/Ground state is determined through an optional Weight On Wheels (WOW) input and GPS Groundspeed. The air/ground state is initially determined based on the last known air/ground state saved in non-volatile memory. When sensor inputs have become available and the state may be determined based on sensors, the installed configuration is used to guide the air/ground algorithm to update the current air/ground state. NOTE When the unit is restarted in maintenance mode, the cooling fan is enabled and the ADS-B discrete output is set to ground, which enables the ADS-B Out Fail Annunciator lamp if installed. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-10 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.4 The following procedure assume the following:
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR LYNXMSS USB DRIVER The Lynx NGT-9000 and MPC have power applied. The LynxMSS USB Driver Installation Utility for Win 7, 8, and 10 has been downloaded from the website (see para. 1.12.1). [Note - The "LynxMSS USB Driver Installation Utility is also known as Zadig utility" and can also be downloaded from the internet (search for Zadig utility). The Lynx NGT-9000 is connected to the MPC via USB cable (a device icon may be seen on the task bar). 1. Click the "Zadig_2.1.2.exe" (or newer) file to start the Zadig program. 2. A screen prompt is shown on the MPC. Click on the "Yes" button to allow the application to make changes to the MPC. The verified publisher is Akeo Consulting. See below. 3. If the USB driver has not been installed the following screen is shown. (May need to click "options", select "list all devices", and select NGT9000 from the drop-down list.) 4. Click the Install Driver button to begin the installation process. The dialog screen below is shown:
0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-11 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 5. The following dialog shown after installation is complete. Click the Close button. 6. The following dialog is shown indicating a successful installation. 7. If a USB driver has already been installed for the NGT9000, the NGT-9000 will not be listed when Zadig first starts. The following screen is shown 8. Select the List All Devices item from the Options menu. See below. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-12 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 9. All USB devices are listed. 10. Use the drop-down to select NGT9000. 11. Now the driver can be re-installed if necessary. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-13 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.4.1 Enable MPC to NGT-9000 Communication via USB Connection Do the following to connect and establish communication. 1. Apply power to the unit as indicated in paragraph 3.2.1.1 (panel mount) or 3.2.2.1 (remote mount). 2. Connect USB cable between MPC and the unit. 3. From the MPC (MAT) menu, select Connect > NGT9000 > USB. See Figure 3-3. Figure 3-3: Maintenance Application Tool Main Page Connect via USB 4. Communication is established when the MPC (MAT) left view panel changes from grey to tan and the message "Connected" is shown in the lower communication bar. See Figure 3-4. If "Not Connected red indicator" is shown, then check the USB cable for proper connection. If a "Response timeout for write request" message is seen on the status bar, then the unit is not responding to requests. Cycle power to the unit. When the unit is in maintenance mode the ADS-B Out Fail lamp is ON (if installed). Panel Mount page showing Figure 3-4: MPC (MAT) Main Screen 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-14 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 5. Restart the unit in maintenance mode (power cycled) without a WiFi connection (step a) or with a WiFi connection (step b). a. No WiFi connection (maintain USB connection)
(1) From the MPC (MAT) panel select Service > Restart Unit. See Figure 3-5.
(2) From the Restart Unit screen select Maintenance (No WiFi)
(3) Click on the Restart Unit button at the bottom of the main screen.
(4) The unit is ready for configuration setup when the maintenance screen is shown on the unit display. Figure 3-5: MPC (MAT) Restart Unit b. WiFi Connection The WiFi connection is optional and requires a WiFi Module as part of the installation.
(1) From the MPC (MAT) panel select ServiceRestart Unit.
(2) Select Maintenance (With WiFi)
(3) Press the Restart Unit button.
(4) From the MPC (MAT) menu, select ConnectNGT9000WiFiConnect to Maintenance Mode.
(5) Connection should be established. If not, then restart the process begun in step (1).
(6) Remove USB cable. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-15 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.4.2 Enable MPC to NGT-9000 Communication via WiFi Connection The WiFi connection is optional and requires a WiFi Module (PIM-9000) as part of the installation. Do the following to connect and establish communication between the MPC and the unit via the WiFi. This procedure bypasses the WiFi connection that started out using the USB connection in paragraph 3.4.1. NOTE The MPC wireless connection must be set to the dongle WiFi network. 1. Apply power to the unit as indicated in paragraph 3.2.1.1. The unit starts up in normal flight mode. 2. From the MPC (MAT) menu, select ConnectNGT9000WiFiRestart into Maintenance Mode. See Figure 3-6. This must be accomplished within 2 minutes of the Lynx NGT-9000 having power applied while on ground. Figure 3-6: Maintenance Application Tool Main Page Connect Via WiFi 3. The following Info box is shown on the screen. Select "OK". 4. From the MPC (MAT) menu, select ConnectNGT9000WiFiConnect to Maintenance Mode. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-16 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.5 MAINTENANCE MODE The unit can enter Maintenance mode without the use of a MPC using the following procedure. This procedure may only be used while the unit is on ground and within the first two minutes of operation. 1. Apply power to the unit as indicated in paragraph 3.2.1.1. 2. After the splash screen is shown (i.e. L3 Logo) and begins to dim, press and hold in the lower left corner (see red target below) of the display (continue holding when the status and version screens are showing) until the Activate Maintenance Mode window is shown on the right screen. See Figure 3-7. Figure 3-7: Activate Maintenance Mode Window 3. Tap the Yes button to restart the unit in Maintenance Mode. Note - Tapping the No screen button or 10 seconds of inactivity starts normal operation mode. The Maintenance Mode windows are shown in Figure 3-8. Note: Some failure conditions automatically activate the maintenance mode. The reason for the automatic activation is shown on the screen. Main Screen Reboot Screen Figure 3-8: Maintenance Mode Screens 4. From the Main Screen tap the Reboot text. 5. From the Reboot menu tap the Maint No-WiFi > . A maintenance screen is shown on the unit while in maintenance mode. 3.6 VERIFY SOFTWARE VERSION The Maintenance PC (MPC) and Maintenance Application Tool (MPC (MAT)) are used to interface with the unit to load software/firmware/databases, view factory / version data, and retrieve fault / event logs. These procedures assume the following:
Power is being supplied to the aircraft and unit. The MPC (MAT) is active on the MPC. Refer to the General Information section, paragraph 1.9 for details on the correct MPC (MAT) that must be used for specific software revisions (Release's). The MPC is connected to the unit via the USB interface. The MPC and unit are communicating. From the MPC (MAT) panel select ConnectNGT9000USB. This is required each time the unit power is cycled. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-17 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 1. MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-010x a. From the MPC (MAT) select InfoVersions. See Figure 3-9 (top). b. Use the Versions screen to verify that the field loadable software is correct for this installation. Details on software part numbers and versions are available in the General Information section, paragraph 1.9. If a software version is found to be incorrect, update using the procedures located in the maintenance section of this manual. 2. MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-020x and 8010-17002-030x a. From the MPC (MAT) select InfoVersionsSoftware. See Figure 3-9 (bottom). b. Use the Software screen to verify that the field loadable software is correct for this installation. Details on software part numbers and versions are available the General Information section, paragraph 1.9. If a software version is found to be incorrect, update using the procedures located in the maintenance section of this manual. MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-010x MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-020x (shown above) and 8010-17002-030x Figure 3-9: MPC (MAT) Check Versions 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-18 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.7 SELECT CONFIGURATION OPTIONS This procedure is used to configure the Lynx NGT-9000 and must be completed prior to performing the Installation Checkout for first time installations. CAUTION A "Warning" message is shown when the user first attempts an operation that requires confirmation from the user stating, "Changes should be done by trained service personnel". The user will need to press the confirm button to acknowledge this warning. This message is to warn unauthorized or untrained personnel to stop what they are doing before they mis-configure or damage the unit. If a configuration file has already been created using the MPC (MAT) Backup function, then it may be used to load the data options. The configuration restore procedure is located in the maintenance section of this manual. Function activation codes are required to enable Diversity, TAS, TCAS, ATAS (see note below), TAWS, Terrain Display Only (i.e. Terrain Vision), and TAS Ground Filtering Altitude configuration selections. The function activation codes are typically shipped with the unit. If the function activation codes are not included, contact ACSS Customer Service to obtain the codes. Note - For Release 3.2 and later, the ATAS option is always available and no longer requires an activation code. If the MPC (MAT) is not connected or is disconnected the left side panel color changes to a light grey and the "Not Connected" message is displayed at the bottom of the tool screen. Re-connect by doing the following - from the MPC (MAT) panel select ConnectNGT9000USB. This is required each time the unit power is cycled. Place the curser over option titles to view tool tips (not always available). No configuration changes take effect until they are entered, applied, and the unit is restarted. Pressing "Apply" from any setup/configuration/modify screen will apply, or save, all changes from all screens. Successful saving of data to DCM is indicated by the following message being displayed in the lower communication bar of the MPC, "Write to DCM succeeded. Write to NVM backup succeeded"
These procedures assume the following:
Power is being supplied to the aircraft and unit. The MPC (MAT) is active on the MPC. Refer to the General Information section, paragraph 1.9 for details on the correct MPC (MAT) that must be used for specific software revisions (Release's). The MPC is connected to the unit via the USB interface The MPC and unit are communicating. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-19 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.7.1 Aircraft Specific Options From the MPC (MAT) select Setup ConfigurationModifyAircraft Specific. See Figure 3-10. Enter the information specific to the installation for the intended certification. Figure 3-10: MPC (MAT) Aircraft Specific Options 1. Tail Number: Enter the tail number the aircraft that the unit is being installed. For aircraft that have tail numbers which include a hyphen, the hyphen should be omitted when entering the tail number in this field. When ground testing the transponder, the broadcast tail number may not be reported correctly on some test equipment for some countries. 2. Mode S Identifier: 24 bit ICAO address code. Eight octal digits. The code can be obtained from either the aircraft registration certificate or the N number inquiry page http://registry.faa.gov/aircraftinquiry/. 3. Transponder Diversity Enable: Select Disabled or Enabled. This function must be enabled for installation with Diversity (NGT-9000D, and D+, or NGT-9000RD, and RD+). This feature requires a Mode S Identifier to be entered. This feature requires a function activation code. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-20 4. Active Traffic Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual a. Active Traffic Enable: Select Disabled, TAS, or TCAS. This function must be enabled for installation with TAS/TCAS ((NGT-9000+, D+, or NGT-9000R+, RD+). This feature requires a function activation code. Refer to the general information section of this manual for details on how to obtain this code. This feature requires a Mode S Identifier to be entered. If the Mode S Identifier is modified the diversity and TAS/TCAS enable options, if currently enabled, will be disabled. See the maintenance section for details. When enabled the aural alert "Traffic" and the clock bearing callout (e.g., 12 O'clock) is heard over the audio system when traffic advisory (TA) is first detected. When enabled, while a traffic advisory (TA) is active, the Traffic Alert lamp is illuminated. b. Ground Filtering Altitude: This option sets the altitude the display of traffic is shown. This feature requires "Active Traffic Enable" or "ATAS Enable" to be enabled. The Alternate selection inhibits the display of traffic below 5ft AGL. The Standard selection inhibits the display of traffic below 380ft AGL. c. Directional Antenna Type:
This feature requires "Active Traffic Enable" or "ATAS Enable" to be enabled. Select either NY164 (TAS) or NY156 (TCAS). 5. Traffic Extended Callout Enable:
This feature requires "Active Traffic Enable" or "ATAS Enable" to be enabled. When enabled the extended aural alerts heard over the audio system when traffic advisory (TA) is first detected. The extended callout consists of "Traffic", clock bearing, relative altitude, range, and vertical sense (e.g., Traffic, 2 oclock, low, 2 miles, climbing). The callouts have the following parameters: Relative altitude terms are High, Low, Same Altitude, or if Relative altitude is unknown (NAR). Range values are in whole nmi starting with less than one mile, one mile, two miles, and ten miles (ten miles is used for all ranges greater than or equal to 10 nmi). Vertical Sense terms are climbing, descending, level, or NAR (if vertical rate is unknown). 6. Antenna Installation: This setting is dependent on both the TAS/TCAS enabled and diversity enabled settings. The options available change depending on current Diversity enabled and TAS/TCAS enabled settings. Select the antenna installation using the following guidelines. When Diversity is disabled and TAS/TCAS is disabled, then the only valid antenna selection is Bottom Omnidirectional only. When Diversity is enabled and TAS/TCAS is disabled, then the only valid antenna selection is Bottom Omnidirectional/Top Omnidirectional. When Diversity is disabled and TAS/TCAS is enabled, then antenna install may be either Bottom Omnidirectional/Top Directional or Bottom Omnidirectional/Bottom Direction. When Diversity is enabled and TAS/TCAS is enabled, then the only valid antenna install is Bottom Omnidirectional/Top Directional Note - When changes are applied, validation occurs and if a valid option is not selected then a warning message is shown. No changes are applied. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-21 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 7. FIS-B Enable:
Selecting Enabled activates all the FIS-B screens and shows the FIS-B No Coverage Indicator when there is a loss of FIS-B data. The enabled setting is the default for aircraft in the United States. Selecting Disabled deactivates Winds & Temps and FIS-B textual data screens. The FIS-B No Coverage Indicator is disabled. The graphical map is shown with no weather indicated. Selecting Auto sets FIS-B to disable. When the FIS-B weather message threshold is reached, FIS-B is switched to enable. When enabled a button appears on the screen that is used to disable/enable FIS-B function. 8. TIS-B/ADS-R Service Status Indication Enable:
This setting enables or disables the TIS-B No Coverage Indicator from appearing on the screen when there is a loss of TIS-B/ADS-R data. The enabled setting is the default for aircraft in the United States. 9. Broadcast Category: This information provides an indication of the aircrafts size and performance capabilities. Emitter categories are defined in Table 3-1. Table 3-1: Aircraft Broadcast Category Description EMITTER CATEGORY Unknown Light Small Large High Vortex Large Heavy High Performance Rotorcraft Glider/Sailplane Lighter than Air Parachutist Ultra-Light UAV Space Surface - Emergency Surface - Service Point Obstacle Cluster Obstacle Line Obstacle DESCRIPTION No aircraft type information. If no emitter category fits the installation, seek guidance from the FAA. Light (ICAO) < 15,500 lbs. This includes very light aircraft (light sport aircraft) that do not meet the requirements of 14 CFR 103.1. Small 15,500 to 75,000 lbs. Large 75,000 to 300,000 lbs. High Vortex Large - 75,000 to 300,000 lbs. that has been determined to generate a high wake vortex. (e.g., B757). Heavy (ICAO) - > 300,000 lbs Highly Maneuverable > 5G acceleration and > TAS/TCAS high speed. Any rotorcraft regardless of weight. Any Glider/Sailplane regardless of weight. Any lighter than air (airship or balloon) regardless of weight. Sky diver A vehicle that meets the requirements of 14 CFR 103.1. Light sport aircraft should not use the ultra-light emitter category unless they meet 14 CFR 103.1. Any unmanned aerial vehicle or unmanned aircraft system regardless of weight. Trans-atmospheric vehicle Emergency vehicle Service vehicle Includes tethered balloons Cluster Obstacle Line Obstacle 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-22 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 10. Pilot Entry of Flight ID:
Selecting Enabled provides an entry box at start up. 11. Aircraft length and Width Code: Click on the Select button to open a code selection window. Options for No data and from 49.2 up to 295.3 (feet). Note - If the "OK" and "cancel" buttons are not visible at the bottom of the box when this selection is opened, contact L-3 Field service for Windows help. 12. Max Airspeed (knots): Enter the maximum allowable airspeed of the aircraft. 13. GPS Antenna Offsets (ft.). (Length and Width offset) The GPS antenna offset indicates the longitudinal distance between the nose of the aircraft and the GPS antenna and the lateral distance between the longitudinal center line of the aircraft and the GPS antenna. See AC 20-165B, Appendix 1. GPS Antenna Offset Lateral (feet). (Width offset) This is to provide the position offset of the GPS antenna from the longitudinal center line of the aircraft. A negative - offset value is left of the centerline and a + positive offset value is right of the centerline as viewed when standing at the tail of the aircraft and looking toward the nose of the aircraft. GPS Antenna Offset Longitudinal (feet). (Length offset) This is to provide the position offset of the GPS antenna from the nose of the aircraft. 14. Normal Traffic Color: Select Cyan or White (default). This selection is used for the panel mount version of the unit to allow the NGT-9000 traffic color to match existing cockpit traffic displays. 15. ATAS Enable:
When enabled the aural alert "Traffic" and the clock bearing callout (e.g., 12 O'clock) is heard over the audio system when traffic advisory (TA) is first detected. When enabled and a traffic advisory (TA) is first detected the ATAS Alert lamp is illuminated. Note Release 3.1 and earlier required a function activation code for this feature. For release 3.2 or Enabling this feature allows the Traffic Extended Callout feature to be enabled. later the ATAS function is always available, but must still be enabled via the tool.) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-23 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 16. Terrain Display Enable:
This option requires a function activation code. The two TAWS B options are available only for fixed wing aircraft. The Display Only No Alerts option is available to fixed wing or rotorcraft. TAWS B Default Aural Phrases: Refer to Table 3-2 for details for Primary alerts. TAWS B Alternate Aural Phrases: Refer to Table 3-2 for details for Secondary alerts. Display Only No Alerts: Enabling this feature shows terrain on the display only without any audio alerts. When enabled and a Terrain Caution is first detected the Terrain Caution lamp is illuminated. When enabled and a Terrain Warning is first detected the Terrain Warning lamp is illuminated. Table 3-2: Class B TAWS Alert Description PRIORITY TAWS ALERT ALERT INTERVAL PRIMARY
(DEFAULT) AURALS TERRAIN SECONDARY
(ALTERNATE) AURALS TERRAIN PRIM/SEC AURALS OBSTACLE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GPWS Excessive Descent Rate
(Mode 1) FLTA Warning
(RTC & ITI) FLTA Caution
(RTC & ITI) Premature Descent Alert
(PDA) Altitude Callout
(500) GPWS Excessive Descent Rate
(Mode 1) GPWS Excessive Descent Rate
(Mode 3) Warning 2 sec
"Pull-Up"
"Pull-Up"
N/A Warning 4 sec Caution 7 sec
"Terrain, Terrain;
Pull-Up, Pull-Up"
"Caution, Terrain;
Caution, Terrain"
"Terrain Ahead, Pull-Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull-Up"
"Terrain, Ahead;
Terrain, Ahead"
Caution 7 sec
"Too Low Terrain"
"Too Low Terrain"
Advisory N/A
"Five Hundred"
"Five Hundred"
Caution 7 sec
"Sink Rate"
"Sink Rate"
Caution 7 sec
"Dont Sink"
"Too Low Terrain"
"Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull-Up, Pull-Up"
"Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle"
N/A N/A N/A N/A 17. WX-500 Enable (Stormscope):
This feature requires an interface with a WX-500 Stormscope. Enabling this feature also selects the installation location of the Stormscope antenna. 18. Click on the Apply button after all information is entered. This information is saved to the configuration module. Note The apply button saves all configuration options from each page. 19. Ensure the "Write to DCM succeeded. Write to NVM backup succeeded" message is displayed in the lower communications bar. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-24 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual I/O Options AHRS and Altitude 3.7.2 From the MPC (MAT) select SetupConfigurationModifyI/O OptionsAHRS and Altitude. See Figure 3-11. Enter the information specific to the installation for the intended certification. 1. AHRS Figure 3-11: MPC (MAT) I/O Options AHRS and Altitude a. Source: Select none if not using active traffic (TAS/TCAS). ARINC 429: This option enables heading to be input on the ARINC 429 #2 bus. WX-500 Synchro: This option sets the Lynx NGT-9000 to input heading from the WX-500 that has a synchro heading input. b. ARINC 429 Bus Speed: If the source selected is ARINC 429 select Low (12.0 to 14.5 Kbps) or High (100 kbps) bus speed. 2. Altitude a. Source: Select from one of the following:
ARINC 429 RS-232 Altitude Encoder Port RS-232 Control Panel Port (This option is not available. Do not select). Gillham Interface. (Selecting this option sets the resolution to > 25ft.) b. Protocol: These options are available only when the selected source is "RS-232 Altitude Encoder Port". c. RS-232 Baud Rate: These options are available only when the selected source is "RS-232 Altitude Encoder Port" or "RS-232 Control Panel Port". d. ARINC 429 Bus Speed: If the source selected is ARINC 429 select Low (12.0 to 14.5 Kbps) or High (100 kbps) bus speed. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-25 e. Resolution (ft): Select > 25 or <=25 based on the encoder increment rate. Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual The resolution is automatically changed to > 25 ft. when Gillham Interface source is selected. Selecting > 25 sets the Altitude Thresholds for GPS altitude and Pressure Altitude to 150ft. Selecting <=25 sets the Altitude Thresholds for GPS altitude and Pressure Altitude to 50ft. 3. Click on the Apply button after all information is entered. This information is saved to the configuration module. 4. Ensure the "Write to DCM succeeded. Write to NVM backup succeeded" message is displayed in the lower communications bar. I/O Options Misc 3.7.3 From the MPC (MAT) select SetupConfigurationModifyI/O OptionsMisc. See Figure 3-12. Enter the information specific to the installation for the intended certification. NGT-9000 NGT-9000R Figure 3-12: MPC (MAT) I/O Options Misc 1. Control Panel: This option is shown as Touch Screen for NGT-9000 or CP-2500 and ARINC 429
(Release 3.2 and later) for NGT-9000R. Touch Screen: This is set for Touchscreen for panel mount NGT-9000. CP-2500: This option must be selected for the remote mount NGT-9000R installed with a CP-
2500. ARINC 429: Only applicable to a remote mount NGT-9000R, this option is selected for ARINC 429 Control Panels. Note: this option includes Transponder control only. RS-232 Baud Rate: 9600 baud rate must be selected for the CP-2500 and is normally selected to 9600 for other controllers. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-26 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2. ARINC 429: Set up the ARINC Input and Output bus using the following:
a. b. Input One: None. NGT-9000R only: Release 3.2 (None, Control Panel). Input Two: None. NGT-9000R only: Release 3.0 & 3.1 (None, Combo Bus). Release 3.2 and later (None, Control Panel). c. Output One: Select either None or CDTI. Selecting CDTI sets the ARINC 429 Output to transmit traffic data from the unit to an approved traffic display. NGT-9000R only: Release 3.0 & 3.1 (None, CDTI). Release 3.2 or later (None, CDTI, Control Panel). NOTE: Use the Control Panel settings for dual panel installations. 3. RS-422: Set up the RS-422/RS-232 interface as follows:
a. Baud Rate: Select a baud rate appropriate to the equipment connected via the RS-422 or RS-
232 bus. b. ADS-B Output: This option enables or disables output of traffic on the RS-422 and RS-232 output bus. Note: Must be enabled for RS-232 output. c. FIS-B Weather Output: This option enables or disables output of weather on the RS-422 and RS-232 output bus. Note: Must be enabled for RS-232 output. 4. CDTI Output: This option enables or disables output of TIF or DTIF data to a CDTI ARINC 429 interface. It is recommended to set to TIF and not DTIF or Both. In Air / On Ground 5. The following options are setup based on the emitter category selected (aircraft type) and the In Air / On Ground selections. A fixed wing aircraft with a ground discrete installed requires the following options: "Max Ground Speed" and "Discrete Override Speed". A fixed wing without discrete requires the following options: "Max Ground Speed", "GPS Altitude", and "Pressure Altitude". A rotorcraft with discrete requires the following option: "Max Ground Speed". A rotorcraft without discrete requires the following options: "Max Ground Speed", "GPS Altitude", and "Pressure Altitude". a. On Ground Discrete Installed: This is the WOW input, Discrete 3 input. See J1 Pin 29. Not Installed Open Ground on Ground Open On Ground 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-27 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual b. Ground Speed Thresholds (knots) Max Ground Speed: The valid range is 30 to 100. Typically, 70% of Vs0. Must be less than the Discrete Override Speed. This is the upper threshold speed which aircraft is considered on ground. Ground speeds below this level place the unit in the Ground state. Fields that become inhibited get set to zeros. As fields become uninhibited, the values are reset to defaults. Discrete Override Speed: Applicable only when On Ground Discrete installed and not a Rotorcraft. When applicable, the valid range is 30 to 100, typically 130% of Vs1, and must be greater than Max Ground Speed. This is the lower threshold speed which aircraft is considered in air. Ground speeds above this level place the unit in the In Air state, overriding the discrete switch. c. Altitude Thresholds (feet) GPS Altitude: The valid range is 0 to 500. This value is used for fixed wing and rotorcraft installs that do not have an air/ground discrete. This is the lower limit threshold difference in GPS altitude after Power ON at which aircraft is considered in air. A change in GPS altitude above this level places the unit in the In Air state. Pressure Altitude: The valid range is 0 to 500. This value is used for fixed wing and rotorcraft installs that do not have an air/ground discrete. This is the lower limit threshold difference in pressure altitude after Power ON at which aircraft is considered in air. A change in pressure altitude above this level places the unit in the In Air state.
- Set the pressure altitude at 150 if Gillham/Gray-code is used. 6. Standby Input:
This setting is used to set the transponder function of the Lynx NGT-9000 into standby. It is typically used in dual installations. Available with Release 2.1 and greater. a. Standby Discrete Installed Not Installed: Normal setting for single installation. Ground Standby: This setting activates Discrete In 6 (pin 32). When an external switch is set to ground the NGT-9000 transponder function is set to standby. Note Transponder mode cannot be changed using a control panel when this external discrete is grounded, though the Mode A code can be set for eventual use. 7. The following settings are based on equipment interfaces setup during installation. Input/Output Configuration:
a. RS-422 #1 Control Panel/External Display: Typically used by the remote mount NGT-9000R to output traffic and FIS-B information. WX-500: Alternate method of interfacing with the WX-500 Stormscope. Panel mount NGT-9000 only. Depending on settings this input can also be used by the NGT-9000 for heading. L-3 Protocol 1: This setting outputs GPS Position Source. WAAS/GPS Output: Certified 5 Hz, RS-422/RS-232 and WiFi Class Beta 1 GPS output. Qualified for LNAV approaches only per TSO-C129d Table 1-1. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-28 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual b. RS-232 #1 Control Panel: One of two options for the remote mount NGT-9000R to interface. This applies to the CP-2500 or any compatible RS-232 controller. WX-500: Alternate method of interfacing with the WX-500 Stormscope. Panel mount NGT-9000 only. Depending on settings this input can also be used by the NGT-9000 for heading. L-3 Protocol 1: This setting outputs GPS Position Source. WAAS/GPS Output: Certified 5 Hz, RS-422/RS-232 and WiFi Class Beta 1 GPS output. Qualified for LNAV approaches only per TSO-C129d Table 1-1. 8. Click on the Apply button after all information is entered. This information is saved to the configuration module. lower communications bar. 9. Ensure the "Write to DCM succeeded. Write to NVM backup succeeded" message is displayed in the 3.7.4 Backup 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Setup > Configuration > Backup. When this screen is entered, the MPC makes a backup copy of the configuration file, if it is not already loaded. 2. Click "Save" to copy the configuration information to a file on the MPC. See Figure 3-13. If operation worked... status bar indicates: "Save of DCM succeeded"
If the DCM data is not loaded after the Save button is pressed a message is shown on the screen to indicate this. Instructions are given on how to attempt to get the data loaded. If MAINT mode cannot be entered, then cycle power to the unit and try again. After saving these settings, the file acquired can then be used to restore an aircrafts configuration settings later. The restore command instructions are found in section 4.5.4 of this document. Figure 3-13: MPC (MAT) Configuration - Backup 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-29 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.8 CALIBRATION SETUP This procedure is used to calibrate the unit and must be completed prior to performing the Installation Checkout for first time installations. These procedures assume the following:
Power is being supplied to the aircraft and the unit. The MPC (MAT) is active. Refer to the General Information section, paragraph 1.9 for details on the correct MPC (MAT) that must be used for specific software revisions (Release's). The MPC is connected to the unit via the USB or WiFi interface. The MPC and unit are communicating. 3.8.1 Audio Calibration and Test 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Setup > Calibration. See Figure 3-14. 2. Set the Audio Volume Level % and click on the Apply button. 3. Click "Test" to listen to the audio level selected. Each click of the Test button should result in a single Traffic annunciation being heard. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 until audio volume is set to the level desired. The audio test may need evaluation with both low and high cockpit noise present. Figure 3-14: MPC (MAT) Setup - Calibration 3.8.2 Screen Calibration When performing this calibration, the user must be as accurate as possible. For best results, a stylus is recommended. Note - This procedure is not recommended unless an issue with touch screen response is observed. 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Setup > Calibration. 2. Press the Initiate button within the "touch Screen Calibration" box on the MPC (MAT) and observe that the maintenance screen on the unit is showing the calibration screen. In the Calibration screen touch and release each target shown. (Four calibration targets and two verification targets.) Each target must be touched within 15 seconds of the last touch or a Calibration Timeout message is shown. The unit returns to the main screen. 3. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-30 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.8.3 TAS/TCAS Antenna Calibration This calibration is available only if the Lynx NGT-9000 with TAS/TCAS option is installed and the TAS/TCAS option is selected in the aircraft specific options. If information is showing in the Calibration angle and LRU S/N fields then the calibration has already been accomplished. 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Setup > Calibration. 2. Press the Initiate button within the TAS/TCAS Antenna Calibration box to activate the "TAS/TCAS Antenna Calibration" status dialog window. A dialog window is shown stating, "The request succeeded and the calibration will be performed on the next boot of operational software". 3. Restart the unit by selecting Service > Restart Unit Mode in Operational Software Mode. 4. When the unit is calibrating in normal operation the message "Calibrating Antenna" is shown on the traffic application screen (right side). If the calibration passes, the LRU serial number (obtained from the factory configuration) and calibration angle is written into the configuration module for subsequent use. If calibration fails, then the message "Calibration Failed" is shown on the traffic application screen for a short duration. The system continues to try to calibrate the antenna once each boot until it is successful. Refer to the troubleshooting information in the maintenance section if the TAS/TCAS continues to fail. A TAS or TCAS fail will also be shown on the message screen. The MSG button does not appear on the screen until after 2 minutes of the unit being in normal operation. 3.8.4 Ambient Light Sensor Use this function to adjust how the ambient light sensor dims or brightens the NGT-9000 display. 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Setup > Calibration. 2. Set the Ambient Light Sensor Range from 1 to 5 and press the Apply button. The higher the range the greater the brightness in the lowest ambient cockpit light. Note - Does not affect maximum brightness in full sunlight. 3.8.5 Viewing and Downloading Fault Log If an anomaly occurs, viewing of the fault log can distinguish between an external equipment problem
(i.e. input to the NGT-9000) or a NGT-9000 internal problem. To view the fault log, in maintenance mode, select Info -> Fault Log. By clicking on a given fault, a Fault Description and Loss of Functionality indication is made in the upper panel of this screen as seen in Figure 3-15. In some cases, the file may be returned to ACSS for evaluation by performing a fault download. In order to download the fault log, perform the following steps. 1. 2. Select the Save button at the bottom of this screen. 3. Name the file with a tail number or other identifying name. This log is written to the location chosen In maintenance mode, select Info > Fault Log. See Figure 3-15. as a generic file (no extension needed). 4. This file can then be provided to ACSS for evaluation. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-31 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.8.6 Clear Fault Log It is recommended that the fault log be cleared after completion of installation and service. 1. Clear the fault log from the MPC (MAT) by selecting Info > Fault Log. See Figure 3-15. 2. Select Clear button. 3. Answer "Yes" to confirmation dialogs. 4. Cycle power to the unit. 5. The calibration and configuration setup is complete. Note screen extended to show log data. Figure 3-15: MPC (MAT) Info Fault Log INTERFACE CHECK 3.9 Use this procedure to check input and output signals. These procedures assume the following:
Power is being supplied to the aircraft and the unit. The MPC (MAT) is active on the MPC. Refer to the General Information section, paragraph 1.9 for details on the correct MPC (MAT) that must be used for specific software revisions (Release's). The MPC is connected to the unit via the USB interface After configuration options and calibration procedures where completed, power has been cycled to the unit. The MPC and unit are communicating and the MPC (MAT) has been restarted the unit in Maintenance (no WiFi). 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-32 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.9.1 Live Data - Discrete Inputs, Altitude, and Heading 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Service > Live Data > Discrete Inputs, Altitude, and Heading. An example of this page is shown in Figure 3-16. Review the information seen on the inputs page. The Audio Ack In Active discrete input is available only using the MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-020x or 8010-17002-030x. The True/False indication of the current state of the discrete (e.g., True for the squat on ground means that the aircraft is on ground. A false would mean that the aircraft was not on the ground, at least according to the discrete). Note when the audio mute discrete is grounded, it is considered active l (i.e. muted). The Audio Mute In active indication shows "True" when this discrete is active (grounded). The Overall Discretes Validity is an indication of the remaining discrete states. A "True"
indicating that these indications are valid. A "False" indication with red text indicates that the input is not being detected by the unit and a problem exists. If a problem is noted, do the following. o Check the configuration setup options for correct settings. o Check the fault log (Info > Fault Log) for issues. o Check wiring or equipment. Compare the altitude and heading values to an outside source. Figure 3-16: MPC (MAT) Live Data Inputs 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-33 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.9.2 Live Data - GPS 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Service > Live Data > GPS. An example of this page is shown in Figure 3-17. 2. Observe that the GPS data is being received. 3. If data is being received, verify that the Day, Month, and Year data is correct. Observe that the GPS data is being received and signal strength is within 30 to 50 db. Note the Navigation State shows "RAIM" or "RAIM WAAS" when the device is actually in WAAS mode. 4. If data is not being received do the following:
The GPS signal may be blocked; move the aircraft to an open environment or input a GPS signal using test equipment. Check the fault log (Info > Fault Log) for issues. Check wiring or GPS antenna for installation issues. Figure 3-17: MPC (MAT) Live Data - GPS 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-34 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.9.3 Live Data ADS-B 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Service > Live Data > ADS-B. An example of this page is shown in Figure 3-18. 2. Observe that both data fields are showing a count tally of received messages (A zero is a valid number if the unit is not in range of a signal). If data is not being received do the following:
The signal may be blocked; move the aircraft to an open environment or input a signal using test equipment. Check the fault log (Info > Fault Log) for issues. 3. Check wiring or antenna for installation issues. Figure 3-18: MPC (MAT) Live Data ADS-B 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-35 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.9.4 Live Data Simulate 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Service > Live Data > Simulate. An example of this page is shown in Figure 3-19. 2. Check the following. Perform only the checks necessary for the installation. Click either simulated "ground" or "open" (per the installation typically ground activates the lamp) from the ADS-B Out inoperative to check the ADS-B Out Fail lamp is working correctly. Click "Not simulating" to remove simulated data. Setup a cockpit audio signal. Click either simulated "ground" or "open" (per the installation typically ground mutes the signal) from the Audio Mute Out to check the Audio Mute is working correctly. Click "Not simulating" to remove simulated data. Click either simulated "ground" or "open" (per the installation typically ground activates the lamp) from the Traffic Alert to check the Traffic Alert lamp is working correctly. Click "Not simulating" to remove simulated data. 3. Check the following necessary for the installation. Click either simulated "ground" or "open" (per the installation typically ground activates the lamp) from the TAWS Caution to check the TAWS Caution lamp is working correctly. Click
"Not simulating" to remove simulated data. Click either simulated "ground" or "open" (per the installation typically ground activates the lamp) from the TAWS Warning to check the TAWS Warning lamp is working correctly. Click
"Not simulating" to remove simulated data. Figure 3-19: MPC (MAT) Live Data - Simulate 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-36 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.9.5 Stormscope Check the following. Perform only the checks necessary for installations with WX-500. 1. The System Data screen (see Figure 3-20) contain software versions, installation configuration and environmental information. The system data screens contain data that is only read at start-up (i.e., the information is not updated again, unless the power is cycled or the refresh button is pressed). 2. Review the Configuration settings for the Stormscope and observe that they are correct based on the WX-500 installation. 3. Review the Fault logs for possible error messages. Refer to the WX-500 Installation Manual for details on fault log error codes (ID). Figure 3-20: MPC (MAT) Stormscope System Data & Fault Data 3.9.6 Configuration Check Complete 1. If needed, clear the fault log from the MPC (MAT) by selecting Info > Fault Log and selecting the Clear button. See Figure 3-15. 2. Disconnect the MPC from the unit. 3. Cycle power to the unit. 4. Proceed to the Installation Checkout procedure paragraph 3.11. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-37 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.10 SETUP PIM-9000 WIFI MODULE The following procedures may be needed to setup the PIM-9000 using the MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-0xxx
(Note - The PIM-9000 is pre-setup at the factor and typically does not require this procedure.) 3.10.1 Set WiFi SSID Use this procedure to set the SSID over WiFi. Do NOT connect the MPC to the NGT-9000 using a USB cable. The SSID is the name of the WiFi Module seen by other devices. 1. Apply power to the NGT unit (and WiFi Module). 2. Turn On the Maintenance Computer, Open the MAT program, and connect the Maintenance Computers WiFi to the Lynx Serial Adapter (it will be shown in the MPCs wireless connections as Lynx XXXX). 3. From the MPC (MAT) menu, select ToolsSet WiFi Dongle SSID via WiFi. See Figure 3-21 (A). 4. Enter a new SSID identifier in the dialog box. We normally recommend setting the SSID to the tail number of the airplane. The Set SSID button becomes enabled when the new SSID is entered. See Figure 3-21 (B). 5. Click on the "Set SSID. 6. A progress dialog may be shown. See Figure 3-21 (C). A status dialog box is shown with the message "SSID set to identifier" when the operation is complete. 7. Disconnect the MPC (MAT) from the old SSID and connect to the new SSID.
(A)
(B)
(C) Figure 3-21: Setup WiFi SSID 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-38 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.10.2 Set WiFi Module APP Support Use this procedure to set up the PIM-9000 ip remote port to communicate with certain APP software. 1. Apply power to the NGT unit (and WiFi Module ). 2. Prepare the Maintenance Computer and the MPC (MAT) for use and connect WiFi per 3.4.2. 3. From the MPC (MAT) menu, select ToolsSet WiFi Dongle Application via WiFi. See Figure 3-22
(A). 4. Click the button to the right of the Application text and select either SkyRadar or All Other. See Figure 3-22 (B). Selecting SkyRadar sets the ip remote port to 43211. Selecting All Other sets the ip remote port to 4000. 5. Click the "Set Application" button. 6. A progress dialog may be shown.
(B) Figure 3-22: Set WiFi APP Support
(A) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-39 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual INSTALLATION CHECKOUT 3.11 This procedure validates the installation, calibration, and configuration setup of the Lynx NGT-9000 and secondary equipment. Installers are advised to read the entire procedure and ensure all the necessary tool, equipment, and data are available before performing the checkout. Installations using the remote mount version of the NGT-9000R requires a Control Panel (RS-232 or ARINC 429 Control Panel interface available). Depending on the installation, an approved display is also needed for checkout. Note that approved display may not operate exactly as stated in this checkout. Refer to the operating instructions for the display for details. When a procedure calls out to verify data on the Lynx NGT-9000 it is assumed that the remote mount is verifying this same data via the display. NOTE Consider the following prior to installation. Perform the installation checkout procedure with aircraft on ground. Perform only those checks that are applicable to the installation. To conserve aircraft battery power, it is recommended that the aircraft be connected to an external aircraft power source during installation and checkout. An IFR-6000 (or equivalent) Ramp Test Set is required. These checks assume familiarity with the set up and operation of the ramp test set. All test equipment shall be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. If the ADS-B Out Fail lamp is installed it flashes ON/OFF while the unit is starting and GPS is initializing (acquiring signal). Make sure that power is cycled to the unit and that the unit is in normal operation. Be aware that foreign tail numbers may not be indicated correctly on the test equipment. 3.11.1 Functional Checks Use the following procedure to check that the Lynx NGT-9000 (the unit) and secondary equipment is operating properly. 3.11.1.1 WiFi Check This check required only if the WiFi option is installed and requires a WiFi Module (i.e. WiFi dongle) connected to the wiring harness. The PED requires a compatible APP be installed. 1. The PED, WiFi interface, and WiFi Dongle must be configured. Refer to paragraph 3.10. 2. Verify the Lynx PIM-9000 WiFi is available in the PED WiFi networks and that the PED can connect to the Lynx WiFi signal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-40 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.11.1.2 System Status Check Use the following procedure to check equipment interfaces and operation of the panel mount NGT-9000.
(This check is not required for the remote mount unit). 1. Cycle power to the unit. Initialization and self-tests begin. 2. The splash screen is displayed in less than 5 seconds. See Figure 3-23. The company name/Logo is shown on the left side and the product name on the right. System Status (Passed) and Versions Splash Screen System Status (Failed) System Status (Degraded) Figure 3-23: Examples of Start-up Screens 3. The System Status is shown on the left side in less than 20 seconds If System Status is "System Pass", then the Versions screen is shown on the right of the display. The version screen identifies software and database information currently loaded on the unit. Verify that the information is correct for this installation. If System Status is "System Fail", then the message "Self-Test Failures Occurred" is shown on the right side of the display. The option to restart the unit or to continue start up in a degraded mode is shown on the right side of the display. Press the Restart or Continue button to proceed. If System Status is "System Degraded", then the message "Internal Fault Detected Service Unit Soon" is shown on the right side of the display. Press the Continue button to proceed. 4. When normal operation begins, the left screen shows the Transponder Application screen and the right screen shows the Traffic screen. See Figure 3-24. Figure 3-24: Example of Normal Operation 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-41 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual If configured the Flight ID Screen is shown before the normal operation screen is shown. See Figure 3-25. The Flight ID Number is entered using the keypad. For Release 1 and 2 the keypad will change to numbers after three alpha characters are entered. For Release 3 or greater tap the 123, A-
M or N-Z button to change the keyboard buttons as needed. When complete, tap the Done button to proceed. Screen seen on Release 1 or Release 2 Screen seen on Release 3 or greater Figure 3-25: Example of Flight ID Input Screen 5. Press the System Test button located on the left screen. See Figure 3-26. The system test is used to test the internal unit operation and determines if the external inputs are providing valid data. Failures due to external input data loss will be cleared once those inputs are working properly. 6. During the System Test, the user functions are disabled and the right screen shows a preset traffic display with the message "Self Test In Progress" at the top of the screen. See Figure 3-26. The left screen shows the test results of the functional areas indicated and not specific test failures. NOTES Release 1: Functions that are not part of the installation (no function activation) will not be shown. Release 2: TAS, ATAS, and TAWS are listed with a "disabled"
indication if not installed. FIS-B is removed from the list if it is disabled. Release 3: TCAS listed with a "disabled" indication if not installed. Figure 3-26: Example of System Test Results 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-42 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 7. The unit returns to normal operation if no failures are detected and a "System Test Pass" message is heard through the aircraft audio system. If a "Fail" or External Fail" is shown for any of the system functions, then the message "Self-
Test Failure" is shown on the right side of the display (and is heard through the aircraft audio system) as well as the option to restart the unit or to continue start up in a degraded mode. Press the "Restart" button and perform the System Test again. If the failures continue, press the
"Continue" button to proceed. If "Degraded" is shown for any of the system functions, then the message "Service Unit Soon"
is shown on the right side of the display (and is heard through the aircraft audio system). Press Continue screen button to proceed. 8. Correct failures before going any further with the functional check. A "Fail" indicates an internal unit error. Refer to the fault isolation information provided in the maintenance manual for detailed information. An "External Fail" indicates an external signal loss. Check antenna and data source signals and connections. Refer to the fault isolation information provided in the maintenance manual for detailed information. Press the "MSG" button located on the Transponder Application screen to view fail messages. A No TIS-B Coverage Indicator, located on the traffic screen next to the zoom out button, may be seen due to the unit being out of range of a ground station. This is normal and the checks may proceed. If the problem is persistent, it may be necessary to connect the MPC and use the MPC (MAT) to view live data, see paragraph 3.9 for details. 3.11.1.3 Options Screen Use the following procedure to check the operation of the panel mount NGT-9000. (This check is not required for the remote mount unit). 1. Press the gear shaped "Options" button located at the top right of the traffic screen. See Figure 3-27. 2. Press the Done button when the checks below are complete. Status Settings Brightness Figure 3-27: Options Screen 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-43 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.11.1.3.1 GPS Operation Check 1. Press the Status button to open the GPS Status screen. 2. Verify that GPS information is being displayed and that the "GPS" operating mode is "WAAS". If the information is missing perform the following:
The unit may not be able to establish communication with a satellite due to an obstruction of the GPS reception. Either move the aircraft to an area with better GPS reception or use a GPS Simulator to generate the necessary signal. If the GPS reception continues to be a problem, check the GPS antenna installation. 3. Verify that the GPS position agrees with a known reference point. 4. Verify that the signal bars are showing at least 40 -50% in the GPS Receiver Information Packet for all the GPS/SBAS satellites in view. 5. Power ON other avionics and verify that the signal bars are showing at least 40 -50% in the GPS Receiver Information Packet for the satellites do not degrade significantly and position remains steady. 6. Power ON VHF Com radios (if applicable also power ON the SATCOM System). Verify that the signal bars are showing at least 40 -50% in the GPS Receiver Information Packet for the satellites do not degrade significantly and position remains steady. If the aircraft is TAS/TCAS equipped, turn on the TAS/TCAS system and verify that the signal bars are showing at least 40 -50% in the GPS Receiver Information Packet for the satellites do not degrade significantly and position remains steady. 7. 8. Any GPS interference (significant degrade in signal strength) must be resolved prior to completing the installation. Use the troubleshooting procedures in the maintenance section for help. 3.11.1.3.2 Initial Traffic Altitude Mode 1. Press the Settings button. 2. Verify that unrestricted traffic Altitude Mode annunciator is green. Change the setting if needed by pressing the indicator near the unrestricted text to select. Note - This is how the pilot selects the default traffic altitude filter mode. 3.11.1.3.3 Set Display Brightness 1. Press the BRT button located on the right side of the screen to open the brightness scale bar. 2. Press and slide the scale button to adjust the Display Brightness Trim to the desired percentage. 3. The brightness screen times out after a few moments returning to the settings screen. NOTE This dimming setting only affects the NGT-9000 display brightness. Optional lamps (if installed) required external dimming control. 3.11.1.4 TAWS Operational Check Use the following procedure to check the operation of the panel mount NGT-9000. (This check is not required for the remote mount unit). The Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) is optional requiring a Function Activation code to be entered via the MPC (MAT). 1. After power is applied to Lynx NGT-9000, wait 3-5 minutes to let the GPS to initialize. 2. Slide each screen (right side) application until the TAWS application is shown. Verify that the screen is showing terrain and obstacles information of local area. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-44 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.11.1.5 WX-500 Lightning Operational Check Use the following procedure to check the operation of the WX-500 and its interface with the panel mount NGT-9000. Lightning detection is an optional function requiring the installation of a WX-500
(Stormscope) and having the option enabled via the MPC (MAT). 1. After power is applied to the WX-500 and Lynx NGT-9000, wait 3-5 minutes to let the GPS to initialize. 2. Slide each screen (right side) application until the Lightning application is shown Verify that the screen is normal and not showing a Lightning Failed message. See example screen in Figure 3-28. Refer to the WX-500 Installation Manual for new WX-500 installations for additional checkout procedures. Test mode procedures are available for testing and troubleshooting the WX-500 in the Maintenance section (para. 4.4.5) of this manual. Fault data is available using the MPC (MAT) see section (3.9.5) for details. Figure 3-28: Lightning Screen 3.11.1.6 Status Lamp Check Verify the following status lamps functioning properly (if installed) during the checkout. The MPC can be used to validate lamp operation. See paragraph 3.9.4 for details. Traffic Alert (TAS/TCAS and/or ATAS) ADS-B Out Fail Audio Mute If a lamp dimming switch was installed, verify all lamps are illuminated full bright when BRT is selected. TAWS Caution TAWS Warning 1. 2. Verify all lamps are illuminated at the desired dimming level when DIM is selected. 3. Traffic Alert This lamp is ON when a TA (Traffic Advisory) is detected by the TAS/TCAS or ATAS functions. Verify the operation of this lamp when performing tests for TAS/TCAS and ATAS. 4. ADS-B Out Fail This amber lamp does the following depending on the situation:
Flashes at a slow rate (1 sec On and 1 sec Off) while the GPS is initializing. Check by cycling power to the unit. Lamp continues flashing until GPS position is acquired. The lamp is ON when the ADS B has failed, GPS has failed, or if installed, the lamp self-test is active. 5. TAWS Caution This lamp is ON after a particular TAWS alert is detected. Verify the operation of this lamp when performing tests for TAWS. 6. TAWS Warning This lamp is ON after a particular TAWS alert is detected. Verify the operation of this lamp when performing tests for TAWS. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-45 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.11.1.7 Discrete Switch Checks Verify the following external switches are functioning properly (if installed). Note: The MPC can be used to validate the inputs for the external checks. See paragraph 3.9 for details. 1. If installed verify that the Audio Mute feature inhibits audio messages sent by the unit. This is connected to a CAWS alerting system. If installed verify that the Standby Mode input switch places the units transponder into Standby Mode. The Panel Mount NGT-9000 Transponder screen indicator displays STANDBY. The Remote Mount NGT-9000R with a CP-2500 will display STANDBY for Release 2.1 or later. 2. 3. Verify that the IDENT Input switch causes the unit transponder to transmit the "ident" flag in transponder interrogation replies. This check may be skipped if verified during the configuration setup procedure. 4. The On-Ground switch function is verified by the operation of the System Test button (panel mount version only) and is available on the Transponder Application screen and the ON-GND message located on the transponder screen. 5. The Audio Acknowledge switch cancels the audio from a TAWS or Traffic Aural. This check may be skipped if verified during the configuration setup procedure. 3.11.1.8 Alternate Display Check The Lynx NGT-9000 may be interfaced to a compatible traffic display (ARINC 429 or RS-422) and weather display (RS-422). The instructions provided in this manual are generic. Refer to the manufacturers display manual for operation and checkout procedures. A functional check with the Lynx NGT-9000 is accomplished during the check of the ADS-B In, TIS-B, FIS-B, and any other checks requiring the use of the alternate display. 3.11.1.9 CP-2500 Control Panel Check The checkout of the CP-2500 Control Panel is accomplished using the instructions found in the CP-2500 Installation Manual. Refer to the References information in the front section for details. 3.11.2 Ground Checks Perform only those checks that are applicable to the installation. An IFR-6000 (or equivalent) Ramp Test Set is required. NOTES 1. These checks assume familiarity with the set up and operation of the ramp test set. 2. All test equipment used in completing these tests shall be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-46 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.11.2.1 Ground Test Mode Use the following instructions to place the unit into Ground Test Mode using the MPC (MAT). Placing the unit in the Ground Test Mode does the following:
Simulation of heading or track (pointing the traffic on the screen in the correct orientation). Sets the unit to "In-Air" status allowing Mode C (altitude) output and additional ADS-B output messages (sent at a higher rate). o In-Air status also allows Mode C (Pressure Altitude). While on-ground; all calls and Mode C replies are inhibited. o This allows the IFR-6000 to test the encoding altimeter input (Mode C). These procedures assume the following:
Power is being supplied to the aircraft and the unit. The MPC (MAT) is active on the MPC. Refer to the General Information section, paragraph 1.9 for details on the correct MPC (MAT) that must be used for specific software release's. The MPC is connected to the unit via the USB interface The MPC and unit are communicating. From the MPC (MAT) panel select ConnectNGT9000USB. This is required each time power is cycled. 1. From the MPC (MAT) panel select Service > Restart Unit in Ground Test. See Figure 3-29. 2. If heading is not being input to the Lynx NGT-9000, then select Ground Test and enter a Simulated Own Direction (0 359 deg.). The own direction is the current true heading of the aircraft. A unit with a heading input can ignore this step. (Note A heading input will overwrite a simulated heading). NOTES 1. When entering heading information into the IFR-6000 UUT HDG entry field make sure to enter either the same simulated heading as was entered into the MPC (MAT) own direction field or the actual aircraft heading (true heading) as appropriate. 2. Determine true heading by adding and East Variation to the aircraft current magnetic heading or subtracting the West Variation to the aircraft current magnetic heading (e.g. airport KGRR has a 04W variation so with a magnetic heading of 290 the true heading would be 286). Go to AirNav.com and type in the airport location to find the variation for that area. Figure 3-29: MPC (MAT) Ground Test 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-47 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3. Click on the Restart Unit button. 4. The unit starts up in normal operation, with an amber "Ground Test" message shown below the options button on the right side of the display. Cycling power at any time takes the unit out of Ground Test Mode. (Note: Ground Test Mode is automatically, without cycling power, exited if aircraft flight is detected).) 5. Continue with the checkout procedures below. The Panel Mount NGT-9000 may alternately use the touch display to place the unit in Ground Test. This is done by first placing the unit in Maintenance Mode per paragraph 3.5 and selecting Reboot>
and then Ground Test>. The unit will start up in normal operation, with an amber "Ground Test"
message shown below the options button on the right side of the display. NOTE There is no prompt for Simulated Own Direction in this mode. The unit will default to a North Up track, which may differ from the real time true heading. In the Panel Mount Ground Test mode therefore, a Cross Check Heading message may be seen. This message can be ignored if the following precautions are taken (IFR-
6000 ramp tester example):
The default 0 degree track angle should be set on the IFR-6000 UUT HDG entry field when testing ADS-B GEN entries on the IFR-6000 The current heading should be set on the IFR-6000 UUT HDG when testing TCAS intruders on the IFR-6000. If there is no current heading source, the default 0 degree track angle should be set on the IFR-6000 UUT HDG entry field. If there is no heading input or heading is inactive to the Lynx NGT-9000, then select Ground Test and enter a Simulated Own Direction (0 359 deg.). The own direction entry should be set to the current true heading of the aircraft. A unit with a heading input must have an entry of the current heading, so that track and heading are in agreement. 1. When entering heading information into the IFR-6000 UUT HDG entry field make sure to enter one of the following:
If there is no heading input or heading is inactive, the same simulated heading as was entered into the MPC (MAT) own direction field should be set in the UUT HDG field If there is a heading source, the actual aircraft heading (true heading) should be set in the UUT HDG field. 3.11.2.2 Altitude Check 1. Perform the altitude check per 14 CFR Part 91.411 and 14 CFR Part 43 Appendix E & F. 2. Verify that the displayed altitudes of the panel mount NGT-9000 or alternate display or CP-2500 and the primary display (PFD) or equivalent instrument are within the required range shown below (per the installation):
Gillham Code altitude source the range is +/- 100 ft. Other altitude source the range is +/- 25 ft. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-48 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.11.2.3 Transponder Output Check (In Air) Verify that the Transponder test performed by the test set is successful and that the test set is receiving the correct transponder information (i.e. Mode S Identifier, Flight ID, etc.). This check requires an IFR-6000
(or equivalent) Ramp Test Set and the MPC (MAT). The Transponder check while in ground test mode will load the ICAO address automatically into the IFR-6000. 1. Set NGT-9000 to Ground Test mode (in air) (see para. 3.11.2.1) using MPC (MAT). 2. Enter the XPDR setup page of the IFR-6000 and ensure that the antenna/cable loss setup is correct. 3. Run the Generic Mode S test and verify "PASS" (in air). The IFR-6000 must be located in the nominal position or the power/frequency test may fail. 3.11.2.4 ADS-B In Check Before performing this check, ensure that the GPS position on the NGT-9000 is acquired, and that the NGT-9000 is in Ground Test mode (in air). If installed, the ADS-B Out Fail lamp is OFF and the display/PED/CP-2500 is showing standby mode. Perform the ADS-B In check using an IFR-6000 (or equivalent) Ramp Test Set using the latest ADS-B update. Perform the ADS-B In check using an IFR-6000 (or equivalent) Ramp Test Set using the latest ADS-
B update. The test set simulates ADS-B intruders by manually defining a position over the earth. Intruding flight parameters are programmed from the IFR-6000 screen. If the WiFi option is installed the PED requires a compatible APP be installed. The PED and Lynx NGT-9000 WiFi interface must be configured. Refer to paragraph 3.10. Verify that the PED is receiving data from the unit and that traffic and weather (if available) data is being displayed. NOTE This check requires a valid signal (ADS-B In with TIS-B and/or FIS-B service). It is also possible to use an IFR-6000 set up and simulate the information. Installations with the ATAS activated can verify that it is active, by viewing the system status and observing that the ATAS status is not listed as "Disabled". 1. From the ADS-B/GICB/UAT screen on the IFR-6000, select UAT, then GPS Status, and allow the unit to acquire a GPS position (GPS SYNC). 2. Verify 978 MHz ADS-B In traffic information is being displayed on the unit/display/PED with that being transmitted by the test set. a. From the ADS-B/GICB/UAT, select UAT main, then UAT GEN, then ADS-B. Ensure targets are defined and UUT heading is equal to aircraft true heading. Ensure that IFR-6000 ALT is equal to the current pressure ALT shown on the Lynx NGT-
Ensure UUT LAT and UUT LON match aircrafts present position (use GPS Status Screen 9000 or CP-2500. on the panel mount NGT-9000). Select Run Test. b. Observe that targets on the IFR-6000 are showing in the correct location on the display (s). 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-49 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3. Verify 978 MHz TIS-B In traffic information is being displayed on the unit/display/PED with that being transmitted by the test set. a. Using the IFR-6000, from the UAT GEN LIST, Select TIS-B. (This is from the ADS-
B/GICB/UAT main screen). Ensure that IFR-6000 ALT is equal to the current pressure ALT shown on the Lynx NGT-
Ensure targets are defined and UUT heading is equal to aircraft true heading. 9000 or CP-2500. Ensure UUT LAT and UUT LON match aircrafts present position (use GPS Status Screen on the panel mount NGT-9000). Ensure TIS-B SITE ID is set to 1 (or any number between 1 and 15). Select Run Test b. Observe that targets are showing in the correct location on the display (s). A difference of 100ft between the test set data and the displayed information is acceptable. 4. Verify 1090 MHz ADS-B In traffic information is being displayed on the unit/display/PED with that being transmitted by the test set. a. Using the IFR-6000, from the UAT GEN LIST, Select ADS-B GEN. (This is from the ADS-
B/GICB/UAT main screen). b. Enable at least item 1 - Airborne Position and item 4 - Airborne Velocity making sure the NACv is set to a valid number (1 or greater). Enabling Item #3 - Ident & Cat makes it easy to determine that the target you have defined is the one being displayed, especially if using a PED to double check. Ensure targets are defined and UUT heading is equal to aircraft true heading. c. Observe that targets are showing in the correct location on the display (s). 3.11.2.5 FIS-B Uplink Check Before performing this check, ensure the following:
GPS position is acquired 1. Perform the FIS-B check using the IFR-6000 (or equivalent) Ramp Test Set. The test set simulates The Lynx NGT-9000 is in Ground Test mode (in air) If installed the ADS-B Out Fail lamp is OFF If installed weather display/PED is in ON operational mode If installed the CP-2500 mode is in ALT FIS-B ground base uplink (such as a METAR). 2. Set the unit to each of the FIS-B screens listed below and verify that information (such as a METAR) is being displayed. FIS-B Graphic Application screen (requires an ADS-B ground station in range) FIS-B Graphic Winds and Temp (requires an ADS-B ground station in range) FIS-B Text data 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-50 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.11.2.6 TAS/TCAS Traffic Check Test required only for models with TAS/TCAS. The TAS/TCAS antenna calibration needs to be completed prior to this test. Before performing this check, ensure that the NGT-9000 is in Ground Test mode (in air). 1. Perform the check using the IFR-6000 (or equivalent) Ramp Test Set. The test set simulates TAS/TCAS intruders by manually defining a scenario and can then verify the correct Traffic Advisories have occurred on the unit. Intruding flight patterns are programmed from the IFR-6000 screen. 2. Verify that Traffic information displayed on the unit or alternate display/PED with that being transmitted by the test set. 3. Compare and verify the heading data transmitted by the test set is being displayed correctly on the unit or alternate display/PED. 4. Verify audio alerts are being heard through the audio system. Adjustment of the audio volume may be required. Refer to the configuration setup for instructions. 3.11.2.7 Transponder Output Check (On Ground) Verify that the Transponder test performed by the test set is successful and that the test set is receiving the correct transponder information (i.e. Mode S Identifier, Flight ID, etc.). This check requires an IFR-6000
(or equivalent) Ramp Test Set and the MPC (MAT). 1. Set the Lynx NGT-9000 to Normal Mode (on ground) using the MPC (MAT) (restart unit in operational software mode) or cycling power to the Lynx NGT-9000. 2. Enter the XPDR setup page of the IFR-6000 and ensure that the antenna/cable loss setup is correct. 3. If the IFR-6000 has been power cycled since the Transponder Output Check (In Air), a manual address entry must be made for this normal mode (on ground) XPDR test. Enter Manual and the HEX Mode S address on the SETUP-XPDR page. 4. Run Generic Mode S test using the IFR-6000. Verify that a "PASS" is shown at the top of the IFR-
6000 on-ground results page. 3.11.2.8 ADS-B Out Check Before performing this check, ensure that the GPS position on the Lynx NGT-9000 is acquired. If installed the ADS-B Out Fail lamp is OFF, and the external display/PED/CP-2500 is set to ALT (if installed). 1. Set Lynx NGT-9000 to Normal Mode (on ground) using the MPC (MAT) (restart unit in operational software mode) or cycling power to the Lynx NGT-9000. 2. From the ADS-B/GICB/UAT main screen on the IFR-6000, select ADS-B MON. It may be necessary to ensure correct AA (Aircraft ICAO Address) in HEX is entered into the IFR-6000 set-up screen when running a surface position report. 3. Verify that the ADS-B Out test indicates correct data or Press BDS data to check for correct data on the Surface Position pages. 4. Set Lynx NGT-9000 to Ground Test Mode (which simulates the unit being In-Air). 5. Verify that the ADS-B Out test indicates correct data on the Airborne Position pages. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-51 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3.11.3 Electromagnetic Interference (E.M.I.) Check Check the following applicable aircraft systems, as well as any other system or device that is not listed, for interference. Initial tests are to be conducted with the aircraft operating on external ground power. Disregard any system or device that does not apply. NOTE The Electromagnetic Interference Check is required only for initial system installations and not required if the unit is removed or replaced. 1. Communications a. Cockpit Intercom Using the cockpit intercom, verify interference free communications between the crew while monitoring the effects of the unit. b. VHF Communications Set VHF communications radios to multiple frequencies and monitor effects of unit while transmitting and receiving. At a minimum, the frequencies listed below should be tested, in addition to locally available frequencies:
Check the GPS signal status of each satellite being received does not drop while transmitting each frequency for a period of 35 seconds. Degradation of individual received satellite signals below a point where navigation is no longer possible is not acceptable and will require that additional isolation measures be taken. For installations on rotorcraft, ensure that the rotor blades do not interfere with the received GPS signals. This problem has been experienced in some rotorcraft and varies with the rotation rate. Test the following frequencies for 25 kHz COM channel spacing:
121.150 MHz 121.200 MHz 121.250 MHz 131.225 MHz 131.275 MHz 131.325 MHz 121.175 MHz 121.225 MHz 131.200 MHz 131.250 MHz 131.300 MHz 131.350 MHz In addition, test the following frequencies for VHF radios with 8.33 kHz channel spacing:
121.185 MHz 121.190 MHz 130.285 MHz 131.290 MHz c. SATCOM Communications If aircraft is equipped with a SATCOM system, operate the SATCOM equipment while monitoring the GPS Satellite Status Page. Verify GPS position remains valid. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-52 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 2. Navigation a. VOR / ILS Verify the operation of each VHF Nav receiver in both VOR and ILS modes (including glideslope) while monitoring the effects of the unit. b. DME Verify the operation of each DME while monitoring the effects of the unit. The same frequencies used for VOR and ILS testing may be used for this test. c. Marker Beacon Verify the operation of the Marker Beacon Receiver while monitoring the effects of the unit. d. ADF Verify the operation of the ADF receiver while monitoring the effects of the unit. Frequencies from each band should be tested when possible. Public broadcast stations are acceptable for conducting test. 3. Flight Director / Autopilot Operate the flight director/autopilot system and verify it responds to commands from the flight guidance panel while monitoring the effects of the unit. 4. Compass System Verify each compass system is presenting correct information while monitoring the effects of the unit. 5. Attitude System Verify each attitude system is presenting correct information while monitoring the effects of the unit. 6. Safety Equipment a. Class B TAWS (If Installed) Verify the function of the TAWS and Terrain Display while monitoring the effects of the unit. b. Weather Monitoring System (If Installed) Verify the function of the weather monitoring system while monitoring the effects of the unit. 7. RF Transmissions Check other avionics equipment on the aircraft when activating the following functions of the Lynx NGT-9000: Mode S Transponder, ADS-B Out, TAS, and TCAS as applicable to the installation. 3.11.4 Panel mount NGT-9000 Display Check 1. Position the aircraft outside with an unobstructed view of the sky. Apply power to the unit and supporting equipment. 2. Verify that system status has passed. 3. Verify that there are no new system messages, indicated by a blinking MSG button. 4. Verify that the Transponder Application (left screen) and the Traffic Application (right screen) are providing data. Note The data may be degraded until the GPS has acquired a position fix. 3.11.5 Flight Test It is recommended that a flight test be conducted after installation to verify proper operation of the Lynx NGT-9000 system per the AML STC. 3.11.6 This completes the Checkout procedure. Installation Checkout Complete 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-53 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual This page intentionally blank 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Installation Checkout Page 3-54 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Section 4 Maintenance 4.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter contains general flightline maintenance and fault isolation procedures. Fault isolation is intended to aid in identifying and correcting invalidities or isolating failures to a defective assembly. 4.2 CONTINUED AIRWORTHINESS Regular maintenance of the Lynx NGT-9000 is not required except as included in this section and is to be maintained on a Condition Monitored basis. Condition monitoring is based upon the following:
Visual observation by the user. All units have unlimited service life, where service life is defined as that point in time when repair is no longer economical. Title 14 CFR Part 91.411 (Altimeter) Title 14 CFR Part 91.413 (Transponder) Title 14 CFR Part 43 Appendix E & F The unit is subject to the following requirements:
The Directional Antennas (NY156 or NY164) do not require scheduled maintenance or scheduled overhaul and shall be maintained on a Condition Monitored basis. 4.3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Perform the following at regular aircraft inspection intervals:
Visually inspect for signs of corrosion. Visually Inspect for condition of wiring, shield terminations for proper grounding, routing, and attachment/clamping. Visually inspect the unit mounting to the aircraft, verify visually that the screw heads are in full contact with the mounting holes etc. Re-torque the screws if required. Panel Mount NGT-9000 only. Check the display for cleanliness. The bezel, ambient light sensor, and display glass can be cleaned with a damp lint-free, static-free cloth. If necessary, clean with a soft cloth moistened with a mild solution of soap and water. Care should be taken to avoid scratching the surface of the display or getting water inside the USB maintenance port. Do not spray cleaner directly on the screen. If the touch screen does not respond to a tap in the right location, perform the screen calibration in paragraph 4.3.1. It is recommended that an electrical bond check be performed between the unit and nearby exposed portion of the aircraft metallic structure and verify that the measured value is less than or equal to 2.5 milliohms. In the event of bonding check failure, remove the unit and clean it and its mounting holes at both the unit and the aircraft structure and reattach the unit. Re-verify the resistance between the unit and nearby exposed portion of aircraft metallic structure, and ensure it is less than or equal to 2.5 milliohms. For installation configurations using the 68DC (airport), 71DC (terrain), or 72DC (map) databases, update information may be available. Updates to the databases are not mandatory and are updated at the discretion of the user. Update procedures are located in paragraph 4.5.2. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.3.1 Screen Calibration Use this procedure to calibrate the panel mount Lynx NGT-9000 touch screen for more accurate display control. When performing this calibration, the user must be as accurate as possible. For best results, a stylus is recommended. This procedure can also be accomplished using the MPC and MPC (MAT). Refer to procedure in Calibration and Test in the installation checkout section. Note: If the screen is severely out of calibration, this procedure will not work and the screen calibration procedure in the MPC (MAT) will need to be performed. 1. Apply power to the unit using applicable essential or emergency electrical buses. Initialization and self-tests begin. 2. After the splash screen is shown (i.e. L3 Logo) and begins to dim, press and hold in the lower left corner (see red target below) of the display (continue holding when the status and version screens are showing) until the Activate Maintenance Mode window is shown on the right screen. See Figure 4-1. Figure 4-1: Activate Maintenance Mode Window 3. Tap the Yes button to restart the unit in Maintenance Mode. Note - Tapping the No screen button or 10 seconds of inactivity starts normal operation mode. 4. The Maintenance Mode windows are shown in Figure 4-2. Main Screen Calibration Screen Calibration Timeout Reboot Page Figure 4-2: Maintenance Mode Screens 5. Tap the Screen Calibration text. 6. In the Calibration screen touch and release each target shown. (Four calibration targets and two verification targets). This must be completed within 15 seconds for each touch or the Calibration Timeout message is shown. The unit returns to the main screen. If normal operation is desired cycle power to the unit or tap the Reboot text on the main screen followed by tapping the Main App > text to perform a warm startup. 7. 8. When in normal operation check that the touch screen accuracy has improved. If the accuracy has not improved, try the calibration procedure again. If the issue continues contact ACSS Field Service for help in resolving the issue prior to removing the unit for repair. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-2 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.3.2 Directional Antenna (NY156 and NY164) CAUTION Do not paint the antennas. Do not use cleaning solvents on the antennas. Check for dents, cracks, and punctures. Remove all dirt and grease from surface areas. Clean with a soft cloth moistened with mild soap and water. Visually inspect sealant around the antenna base. Reapply sealant if required. 4.4 FAULT ISOLATION In addition to this manual, the Support Videos and FAQS page on the L3Harris Lynx website
(https://www.l-3lynx.com/support-videos-and-faq) provides assistance through instructional videos and Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) for common problems faced during installation or operation. If the support webpage does not address the area of concern, the following subsections provide more detailed guidance on troubleshooting issues and isolating faults. 4.4.1 Panel Mount NGT-9000 Use the following information for initial installations and debugging issues that may appear during operation. Use Table 4-1 to view observed failures or conditions and possible cause and corrective actions. The symptoms listed are for all the possible equipment installations. It is up to the user to identify their particular installation. Use Table 4-2 to review system status messages that may be seen on the screen during start up or when the system test button is pressed. NOTE The information listed in the Symptoms column encompass all the possible issues that a technician may observe, but only some of the items may actually be seen depending on model options and secondary equipment being used. A MPC connected to the USB port of the Panel Mount NGT-9000 is essential in troubleshooting. Refer to paragraph 4.5.3.2 (list of fault log messages) and Table 4-4 for instructions on viewing fault logs and using the service functions of the MPC (MAT). The information provided here should be in conjunction with the information provided in Table 4-1 and Table 4-2. It should be noted that the ADS-B Out Fail Lamp (if installed) will be ON when the unit is in maintenance mode (via the MPC (MAT)). If the only corrective action left is to contact L 3 Field Service, then L 3 Field service personnel may request that a file be created using the MPC that would provide them with information on the unit (i.e. version, faults, and configuration). Create this file by going to the File menu of the MPC (MAT), selecting Save, and placing the file in a location that can be easily located for transfer to L 3 Field Service. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-3 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-1: Troubleshooting The Panel Mount NGT-9000 SYMPTOM Blank display. ADS-B Fail lamp is OFF. The unit has manual brightness adjustment only. Note: It may take several seconds for the display to fully dim after covering the ambient light sensor. This is normal operation. When touching the screen, the command function seems to be slightly off from the center of the screen symbol or area. No communication between NGT-9000 and MAT tool. Panel Mount Display is NOT blank SCREEN CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS All All All All Loss of power or damaged unit. 1. Check power connections, breakers, and main avionics switch. 2. Verify Battery (BAT) Master switch is on. 3. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 4. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Loss of light sensor data. 1. Try clearing the failure by restarting the unit by tapping the Restart button. 2. Check System Status Messages. 3. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 4. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. The screen calibration is out of tolerance. 1. Perform the Screen Calibration has described in paragraph 4.3.1. 2. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. 1. Check Device Manager and look for NGT-9000 on USB 2. 3. port. If Device Manager shows no USB connection of NGT-
9000, troubleshoot USB cable. Check laptop for ability to connect USB to other device (printer, etc.). If Device Manager shows USB connection to a generic device, right click on this connection and load Zadig driver for this connection. Internal fan is always active. MSG button on screen. N/A Message page contains messages that do not indicate a functional failure on the system status page. N/A Loss of temperature sensor data. The message seen is Unit Over Temp Service Soon. 1. Try clearing the failure by restarting the unit by tapping the Restart button. If in maintenance mode, the fan remains active. This is normal. 2. 3. Check System Status Messages. 4. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 5. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. The following internal tests do not create a fail message in the system status page. Configuration Module Test Configuration Module Configuration Validity Mutual Suppression Bus Self-Test Over-Temperature Monitor (in air) Although no immediate loss of function is occurring, an undesired condition is taking place. At the earliest convenience, perform the following action:
1. Try clearing the failure by restarting the unit by tapping Power Fail Monitor the Restart button (or cycling power). 2. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-4 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-1: Troubleshooting The Panel Mount NGT-9000 SCREEN CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS SYMPTOM Unit does not operate in normal mode and starts in Bootloader or maintenance mode. MSG button on screen. N/A ARINC 429 Receiver Loop Back Self-Test Panel Mount Refresh Display Test Panel Mount Frozen Display Test SDRAM Self-Test Persistent Memory Self-Test FPGA CBIT Test/Monitor System Clock Test/Monitor The following internal hardware test failures cause the unit to automatically reset. This happens without cycling power to the unit. If the hardware failure being detected does not clear, a system fail message is sent. RAM Continuous Monitor NVM Copy Test 1. Cycle power to the unit. 2. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. This indication is shown on the traffic map and all other screen information is not shown. Flash Copy OPS Test Flash Copy Airport DB Test Flash Copy Map DB Test SW Exception Interrupt Monitor A Calibration Complete indicator is shown after calibration is finished. A CALIBRATION FAILED indicator is shown after calibration is complete, but it did not work. Perform calibration again. Check antenna installation. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. This indication is shown in the upper right hand corner of the traffic screen. It is shown when the unit is connected to the MPC and the MPC (MAT) is active with the ground test function started. Cycle power to the NGT-9000 to return to normal operation. Indicates that the traffic display orientation is true track. 1. This is a normal condition used for pilot information. A traffic mode indicator that is shown when TAS/TCAS is failed (or not available) and ADS-B is operating. 1. Possible problem with directional antenna or internal hardware. 2. Cycle power to the unit. 3. Check System Status Messages. 4. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 5. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Display indicator CALIBRATING ANTENNA Traffic Display indicator GROUND TEST Traffic Display indicator TRK (Track) Traffic Display indicator ADS ONLY
(Models with TAS/TCAS only) showing on traffic screen. MSG button on screen. Traffic 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-5 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-1: Troubleshooting The Panel Mount NGT-9000 SYMPTOM Display indicator TAS ONLY or TCAS ONLY (Models with TAS/TCAS only) showing on traffic screen. MSG button on screen. SCREEN CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Traffic A traffic mode indicator that is shown when TAS/TCAS is in operation but ADS-B traffic information is not available 1. The TAS/TCAS is operational but ADS-B Data is not available e.g. on the ground with no heading or track input (track invalid when ground speed is < 7kts). 2. Check System Status Messages possible for cause of loss of ADS-B data. 3. The GPS is failed (GPS has not acquired). 4. Possible problem with L-Band antenna or internal hardware. Display indicator TAS/TCAS STBY (Models with TAS/TCAS only) showing on traffic screen. Traffic Display indicator TRAFFIC FAILED (Amber text) showing on traffic screen. MSG button on screen. Traffic Traffic Display indicator TRAFFIC UNAVAILABLE (Amber text) showing on traffic screen. Indicates both TAS/TCAS and ADS-B traffic sources are not available for a variety of reasons: However, both are not failed. If all available traffic sources are unavailable due to failure, Traffic Failed will be indicated. This will be the normal indication for units on the ground with no heading input.
(TAS/TCAS in standby). 5. Cycle power to the unit. 6. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 7. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. A traffic mode indicator that is shown when the TAS/TCAS system is in standby. 1. This is a normal condition when the aircraft is on 2. ground. If the indication is seen during flight. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Displayed if both ADS-B and TAS/TCAS (optional) have failed. 1. Cycle power to the unit. 2. Check the secondary equipment (antenna) for problems. (May need to calibrate Directional antenna.) 3. Check System Status Messages. 4. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 5. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. ADS-B is operational but heading and track are invalid or GPS is failed. TAS/TCAS is in Standby. Transponder Mode Control is ON which inhibits the display of relative altitude so traffic is unavailable. 1. This is normal operation if the aircraft is less than 14 knots, TAS is not installed or in standby and there is no heading input. Check traffic display in Ground Test mode or at speeds greater than 7 knots. 2. View the GPS page under the information button and verify GPS is operational. If not, check the GPS antenna location and ensure that the aircraft is not inside the hangar or repeater is on if inside the hangar, GPS antenna is exposed to clear sky. 3. Cycle power to the unit. 4. Check the GPS antenna for problems. 5. Check System Status Messages. 6. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 7. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-6 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-1: Troubleshooting The Panel Mount NGT-9000 SCREEN CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Traffic The aircraft is not in an ADS-B (UAT / 1090ES) coverage area, or the targets are not transmitting ADS-B data, or the ground station is not transmitting TIS-B data. 1. The symptoms are normal if the target or ground station is not transmitting TIS-B data. SYMPTOM Other aircraft are not shown on the traffic screen. Ownship data is displayed. Alternate display shows normal operation. ADS-B Out Fail lamp is OFF. No Coverage Indicator is showing on the display. Other aircraft are not shown on the traffic screen. Ownship data may or may not be displayed on the weather screen. MSG button on screen. Ownship is shown, but no traffic is being displayed. ADS-B Out Fail lamp is OFF. Traffic Traffic The traffic symbols on the traffic display are non-directional
(diamond shape). Traffic 2. The target or ground station needs to be within line-of-
site range. 3. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Possible hardware problem with the unit. 1. Cycle power to the unit. 2. Check System Status Messages. 3. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 4. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Possible problem with the UAT/1090 antenna or RF cables. 1. Cycle power to the unit. 2. Check cable connections. 3. Check System Status Messages. 4. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 5. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Non-directional traffic symbols on the traffic display is due to one of the following reasons:
1. The traffic information that is being received by the unit does not have directional data. The unit continues to transmit non-directional data to the traffic display. Note - TAS/TCAS traffic is not displayed as directional. A TAS/TCAS and ADS-B correlated target will use the ADS-B/TIS-B directional information. 2. An alternate (secondary STIF) traffic display does not support the DTIF data format necessary to show directional data provided by ADS-B. Traffic display is working correctly, but some aircraft are not showing up on the display. Traffic Lack of data as described below:
1. The ADS-B In requires other aircraft to be equipped with ADS-B Out. 3. 2. The TIS-B and ADS-R services are supported when in range of ground stations and are providing the service. If receiving the TIS-B service, but the Mode C and Mode S transponder equipped aircraft that do not provide altitude information are not seen on the traffic display. If receiving the TIS-B service, but aircraft not equipped with a transponder, or equipped with a Mode A transponder are not part of the TISB data and will not be seen on the traffic display. Refer to the NGT-9000 Pilot guide for more information regarding what traffic can be displayed. 4. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-7 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-1: Troubleshooting The Panel Mount NGT-9000 SYMPTOM Traffic display is working correctly, but TAS/TCAS aircraft are not showing up on the display. SCREEN CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Lack of data as described below:
Traffic 1. Aircraft is out of the selected TAS/TCAS altitude range.
(Above/Below/Unrestricted). 2. The installed Lynx NGT-9000 does not have the TAS/TCAS functionality. 3. The TAS/TCAS Configuration option is not active. 4. The TAS/TCAS requires other aircraft to be equipped with equipped with an active ATCRABS transponder. TIS-B No Coverage Indicator Traffic It is located on the traffic screen next to the Zoom Out button. Note: The indicator is suppressed when TAS/TCAS is operational (i.e. installed, not failed, not in standby). It can be disabled via configuration options. The No Coverage Indicator is shown on the traffic display for the following reasons:
1. No TIS-B / ADS-R data available in the area Aircraft is not within range of an ADS-B ground station. Move aircraft in location where information can be received. 2. UAT-In test fails (indicator seen after 60 seconds of test failure) 3. 1090 Receiver fails Try clearing the failure by cycling power to the unit. Check the L-Band antenna or cables for possible errors. If the problem continues, replacement of the L-
Band antenna or the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Display indicator ON-GND showing on transponder screen. Transponder Transponder is operating in the on-ground mode. 1. This is a normal condition when the aircraft is on ground. If the indication is seen during flight. Contact ACSS Field Service. 2. Display indicator XPDR FAIL Transponder Transponder data is invalid. This indication is shown on the
(Amber text) showing on transponder screen. MSG button on screen. Pressure Altitude digits replaced with amber dashes. transponder screen and alternate traffic screen. 1. Possible problem with internal hardware. 2. Cycle power to the unit. 3. Check System Status Messages. 4. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 5. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Transponder Invalid Pressure Altitude. Note: Some altitude encoders may not provide pressure altitude until after 1-3 minutes of operation. 1. Cycle power to the unit. 2. Check System Status Messages. 3. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 4. Check the wiring between the unit and the secondary equipment supplying the pressure altitude. 5. Check the secondary equipment for problems. 6. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-8 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-1: Troubleshooting The Panel Mount NGT-9000 SYMPTOM No data on the weather display. ADS-B Out Fail lamp is OFF. SCREEN CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Weather FIS-B No Coverage Indicator Weather It is located on the Weather screens at the bottom center. Note: It can be disabled via configuration options. Weather Display indicator INITIALIZING (white text) showing on FIS-B application screen. ADS-B Out Fail lamp is Off for 2 minutes and then flashes (1 second On/Off) indefinitely until a GPS position is acquired. Compatible displays may indicate STANDBY or
"DATA-FAIL" and WI-FI information is not available. The FIS-B data is not being transmitted to the weather display. Note: NEXRAD data is only transmitted every 5 minutes. CONUS data is only transmitted every 15 minutes. 1. No ground station is in range. 2. The ground station may not provide FIS-B service. The No Coverage Indicator is shown on the weather display for the following reasons:
1. No FIS-B data available in the area Aircraft is not within range of an ADS-B ground station. Move aircraft in location where information can be received. 2. UAT-In test fails (indicator seen after 15 minutes of test failure) Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button or cycling power to the unit. Check the L-Band antenna or cables for possible errors. If the problem continues, replacement of the L-
Band antenna or the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The indication is shown on the weather map indicating that GPS is Acquiring (On Ground no previous position fix). 1. This is a normal condition. It continues to be shown until internal operations have completed. The GPS may need up to 4 minutes to provide a position after power is applied to the unit. 2. The GPS signal may be weak. Move the aircraft into an area where the unit can acquire the GPS signal. 3. Make sure nothing is covering or blocking the GPS antenna. 4. Cycle power to the unit. 5. Check System Status Messages. 6. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 7. Check for a short to ground on the GPS Antenna pin. 8. Observe the GPS Receiver Information MPC (Service GPS) for correct signal strength (C/No) of the GPS satellites. This has a range from 30 dB to 50 dB. If this is not the case, then check if the antenna cable loss is more than 10 dB. 9. Check if 12V power is available at GPS antenna port, when the unit is powered on. 10. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-9 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-1: Troubleshooting The Panel Mount NGT-9000 SYMPTOM ADS-B Out Fail lamp flashes (1 second On/Off) for 2 minutes, and then remains ON indefinitely until a GPS position is acquired. Compatible displays may indicate STANDBY or
"DATA-FAIL" and WI-FI information is not available. Display indicator MAP FAIL
(red text) showing on FIS-B application screen. ADS-B Out Fail lamp is Flashing (1 second On/Off) for 2 minutes and then remains ON. Compatible displays may indicate STANDBY or
"DATA-FAIL" and WI-FI information is not available. SCREEN CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Weather GPS is Acquiring (In Air no previous position fix). 1. The GPS may need up to 4 minutes to provide a position after power is applied to the unit. 2. The GPS signal may be weak. Move the aircraft into an area where the unit can acquire the GPS signal. 3. Cycle power to the unit. 4. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Weather GPS-Acquiring (previous position fix - On Ground or In Air) This means only GPS data is not available however, the GPS position was available once during this power ON or it is shown when a fault is detected that prevents the FIS-B data from showing on the screen. 1. The GPS signal may be weak. Move the aircraft into an area where the unit can reacquire the GPS signal. 2. Cycle power to the unit. 3. Possible problem with L-Band antenna or internal hardware. 4. Check System Status Messages. 5. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 6. Observe the GPS Receiver Information using the MPC
(MAT) (Service GPS) for correct signal strength. Verify that the signal bars are showing at least 40 -50%
in the GPS Receiver Information Packet. If this is not the case, then check if the antenna cable loss is more than 10 dB. 7. Check if 12V power is available at GPS antenna port, when the unit is powered ON. 8. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Displayed when TAWS is not available. 1. Cycle power to the unit. 2. Check System Status Messages. 3. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 4. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Displayed when TAWS is Failed. 1. Cycle power to the unit. 2. Check System Status Messages. 3. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 4. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Displayed when an alert fault causing loss of terrain display. Alerting is still operational. 1. Cycle power to the unit. 2. Check System Status Messages. 3. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 4. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Display indicator TAWS UNAVAILABLE (White text) showing on TAWS screen. MSG button on screen. Display indicator TAWS FAILED (Amber text) showing on TAWS screen. MSG button on screen. Display indicator TERRAIN DISPLAY FAILED (Amber text) showing on TAWS screen. MSG button on screen. TAWS TAWS TAWS 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-10 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-1: Troubleshooting The Panel Mount NGT-9000 SYMPTOM Display indicator Lightning Failed (amber text) showing on Lightning screen. Heading shows - - - on Lightning screen. SCREEN CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Lightning Displayed when Lightning detection is not available. 1. Cycle power to the unit. 2. Cycle power to the WX-500. 3. Check System Status Messages. 4. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 5. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. Lightning Heading input is missing. 1. Verify STAB is set to ON (see lightning setting page) 2. Cycle power to the unit. 3. Cycle power to the WX-500. 4. Check System Status Messages. 5. Check heading source for failure. 6. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-11 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.4.2 System Status Messages The system status messages are seen on the panel mount Lynx NGT-9000 during either start up or when the System Test button is pressed. The typical meanings of the messages are detailed in the bullets below. Use the information in Table 4-2 to help determine cause and corrective actions. A Fail message is caused by something internal to the unit. An External Fail message is caused by a problem with the external equipment input signals. The unit continues to attempt to acquire the signal without rebooting. These messages automatically clear once communications have been restored to the external equipment. A Degraded message indicates a function has limited capability due to an internal failure. An External Degraded message indicates a function has limited capability due to an external failure. A Coverage or No Signal message indicates that no signal is being received from a ground station. Attempt to clear fail or degraded messages by cycling power to the unit. View the message list and use the MPC (MAT) to access the configuration and fault logs to isolate this issue. The Continue button is active whenever a failure or degraded window message is shown. It may be used to begin normal operation with degraded performance. The unit continues to operate non-fatal failures detected during the System Test by providing any functionality unaffected by the failures. If one or more of the secondary faults are detected, then the unit displays the "Service Unit Soon" as part of the message. (That information is recorded in the maintenance log, but is not displayed. These faults do not directly affect the operation and function of the NGT-9000.) Tap the MSG button located on the Transponder Application screen to view fail messages during normal operation. The MSG button blinks when new messages have been received and have not yet been viewed. When all the faults are cleared, the MSG button is removed from the screen. Table 4-2: System Status Messages SYMPTOM ADS-B In External Degraded ATAS External Degraded (if ATAS enabled) CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
1. Cycle power to the unit to try clearing the failure. 2. ARINC 429 AHRS Input Altimeter Gillham Altitude Input Altimeter RS-232 Input Altimeter ARINC 429 Input 3. If the problem continues check, the interface devices listed above for possible errors. If the problem continues, replacement or the listed input device may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-12 SYMPTOM ADS-B In Fail *
ATAS Fail (if ATAS enabled) Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-2: System Status Messages CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
GPS Sensor Bus Monitor 1090 ADS-B In Receiver [For international (non U.S.) installations]
1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button. 2. Check GPS equipment for errors. 3. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit or GPS antenna may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. ADS-B In External Fail ATAS External Fail (if ATAS enabled) The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
GPS Antenna/Cable 1. A reboot may clear the failure. Tap the Restart screen button to perform a warm startup. Incorrect configuration options have been selected. If the problem continues check, the interface devices listed above for possible errors. 4. Message is seen when aircraft is on ground and audio is muted. If the problem continues, replacement of the interface device may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 2. 3. 5. ADS-B In Degraded ATAS Degraded (if ATAS enabled) The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
1090 ADS-B In Receiver. GPS Signal still searching. UAT In 1. Wait 2-3 minutes for the GPS signal to acquire. 2. Move aircraft in area where the GPS signal is not being blocked. 3. Cycle power to the unit to try clearing the failure. 4. If the problem continues check, the interface devices listed above for possible errors. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit or the listed input device may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 5. ADS-B Out External Degrade ADS-B Out - Degrade The message is seen if a failure of the GPS Antenna/Cable is detected. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, check the GPS equipment for errors. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The message is seen if a failure of the GPS Sensor is detected. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 2. 2. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-13 SYMPTOM ADS-B Out Fail *
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-2: System Status Messages 1090 Transmitter CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
GPS Sensor Bus Monitor Transponder Rate Invalid Mode S ID (ICAO Code) 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by 2. tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Airport DB Fail Airport Database (68DC) compatibility failure. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button. Ambient Light Sensor Fail Audio External Fail Audio Fail If the problem continues. Contact ACSS Field Service. 2. Reload the airport database using the MPC (MAT). 3. Ambient Light Sensor communication failure. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by 2. tapping the Restart button or cycling power. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The message is seen if a failure of the Audio Mute Discrete
(audio suppression) is detected. This only occurs when aircraft is On Ground. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button. 2. Check the audio mute wiring or interface for possible errors. 3. Contact ACSS Field Service if problem continues. Note: The following messages will also be seen: TAS/TCAS Fail (when TAS/TCAS installed), TAWS Fail (when TAWS installed), and ADS-B/ATAS/TCAS Fail (when ATAS installed). The message is seen if the Internal audio test fails. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by 2. tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Note: The following messages will also be seen: TAS/TCAS Fail (when TAS/TCAS installed), TAWS Fail (when TAWS installed), and ADS-B/ATAS/TCAS Fail (when ATAS installed). 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-14 SYMPTOM Config Module Service soon Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-2: System Status Messages CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Configuration module is not attached, signal is intermittent, or the data on Configuration Module failed has failed. 1. Use the MPC (MAT) (via the MPC) to retrieve configuration data and verify that the Configuration Module is attached and working correctly. 2. Use the MPC (MAT) (via the MPC) to save configuration data to DCM. If the problem continues, replacement of the DCM or unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 3. Cross Check Heading The message is seen when the GPS ground track is 60 degrees different from the external heading input. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button or cycling power to the unit. FIS-B - Fail *
FIS-B Degraded GPS Acquiring 2. Check heading source for errors. 3. If in ground test mode, ensure that the Simulated Own Direction field is set to the current actual heading, where the Simulated Own Direction is entered as the ground track. If the problem continues, contact ACSS Field Service. 4. The message is seen if the following test fails or signal is lost:
UAT Module Failure 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by L-Band (UAT/1090) Antenna tapping the Restart button. 2. Check the L-Band antenna or cables for possible errors. 3. If the problem continues, replacement of the L-Band antenna or the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Airport or Map Database compatibility failure. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button or cycling power to the unit. 2. Reload the Databases using the MPC (MAT). 3. If the problem continues, contact ACSS Field Service. The message is seen if the GPS is searching for a signal:
1. Move the aircraft in an area that does not block the GPS signal. 2. Wait for signal to connect. New installations can take longer than normal operation. 4. 3. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, check the GPS Antenna or cable for problems. Replacement of the GPS antenna or unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-15 SYMPTOM GPS External Fail GPS Fail *
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-2: System Status Messages CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
GPS Antenna/Cable 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by 2. 3. tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, check the GPS antenna or cables for possible errors. If the problem continues, replacement of the GPS antenna may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
GPS Sensor Bus Monitor 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by 2. tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Lightning External Degraded The message is seen if heading data is no longer being received. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button. 2. Try restarting the heading source. 3. Check the heading source for installation issues or 4. 5. failures. If using the WX-500 as the heading source, check the configuration settings on the WX-500. The MPC (MAT) may be used to view (Procedure in Installation Checkout section). If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Lightning External Fail The message is seen due to the failure of the WX-500 Stormscope or missing data. 1. Restart the WX-500 LRU. 2. Check the Stormscope antenna or cables for installation issues or failures. Refer to the WX-500 Installation Manual for more details. Fault data can be viewed using the MPC (MAT). 3. Check the configuration settings on the WX-500. The MPC (MAT) may be used to view (Procedure in Installation Checkout section). If the problem continues, Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 4. Map DB Fail Map Database (72DC) compatibility failure. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button or cycling power. 2. Reload the map database using the MPC (MAT). 3. If the problem continues. Contact ACSS Field Service. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-16 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-2: System Status Messages SYMPTOM System Degraded
(This message is not indicated in the system message window but on the status screen after system startup or self test has executed) System Fail
(This message is not indicated in the system message window but on the status screen after system startup or self test has executed) TAS External Degrade TCAS External Degrade CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS The message is seen during start up due to the following failure(s):
CRC Failure Configuration Other system functions indicated as degraded 1. Cycle power to the unit to clear the failure. 2. The configuration module data may be corrupted or missing. The original configuration settings are still present, but the backup copy is corrupt. Using the instructions provided in this manual to load the configuration data. 3. Replacement of the configuration module may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. AHRS ARINC 429 Receiver ADC ARINC 429 Receiver The message is seen during start up due to the following failure(s):
Mode S Address Config Data NVM CRC or Compatibility Other system functions indicated as failed. 1. Clear the failure by tapping the Restart button to perform Factory Data CRC or Compatibility a warm startup. 2. The unit configuration data may be corrupted or missing. Using the instructions provided in this manual to load the configuration data 3. Replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The message is seen if any of the following signals are degraded:
1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by AHRS - ARINC 429 Input Bus 2. tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-17 SYMPTOM TAS External Fail TCAS External Fail TAS - Fail *
TCAS - Fail *
TAWS - Degraded or Terrain Degraded TAWS - External Fail Or Terrain External Fail Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-2: System Status Messages CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by Altimeter Gillham Altitude Input Altimeter RS-232 Input Altimeter ARINC 429 Input ARINC 429 AHRS Input 2. 4. tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, check the directional antenna or cables for possible errors. 3. Message is seen when aircraft is on ground and audio is muted. If the problem continues, replacement of the directional antenna may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by 1090 ADS-B In Receiver 1030 Transmission 1030 Transponder Receiver TAS/TCAS 1030 Transmission TAS/TCAS 1090 Receiver tapping the Restart button. 2. Try clearing the failure by calibrating the directional 3. antenna per section 3.8.3. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The message is caused by an internal issue with the software. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button or cycle power to the unit. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 2. The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
GPS Antenna/Cable Audio Mute Failure 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by 2. 4. tapping the Restart button. If the problem continues, check the GPS antenna (short), cables, or Audio Mute wiring/switch for possible errors. 3. Message is seen when aircraft is on ground and audio is muted. If the problem continues, replacement of the GPS antenna may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-18 SYMPTOM TAWS Fail *
Or Terrain Fail *
TAWS Unavailable Or Terrain Unavailable Transponder External Fail Transponder Fail *
Unit Over Temp Service Soon Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-2: System Status Messages CAUSE/CORRECTIVE ACTIONS The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
GPS Fail Terrain (71DC) or Airport (68DC) Database compatibility failure. 1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by tapping the Restart button or cycling power to the unit. If the problem continues, contact ACSS Field Service. 2. Reload the Databases using the MPC (MAT). 3. The message is seen when the GPS quality is not great enough for TAWS/Terrain to operate or by flying into an area outside of the terrain database (71DC) coverage. 1. The message is removed after the conditions listed above causing the issue are resolved. The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by 1090 Invalid Mode S Address Altimeter Gillham Altitude Input Altimeter RS-232 Input Altimeter ARINC 429 Input tapping the Restart button. 2. Check that the equipment listed above is operational. 3. If the problem continues, replacement or the listed input device may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The message is seen due to the following failure(s):
1. Try clearing the failure performing a warm startup by 1090 Transmission 1030 Transponder Receiver tapping the Restart button. 2. An invalid Mode S Address fault may indicate that the address was not properly entered during configuration setup. Refer to the Installation checkout for details. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 3. Internal over temperature condition detected. 1. Make sure the ventilation holes are clear to permit 2. sufficient airflow for cooling. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal.
* Note: There are internal hardware failures that could occur, which will cause all of the system functions to indicate failure. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-19 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.4.3 Remote Mount NGT-9000R Use the following information for initial installations and debugging issues that may appear during operation. An invalidity may not stop operation of the unit, but may degrade performance. Invalidities may self-
correct depending on the issue. Verify that the aircraft has a clear view of the sky for good GPS Operation. A failure indicates a problem with the interface to the Remote Mount NGT-9000R or that a problem exists with the Lynx MSS or one of the system components. If a "Fail" message (or No LRU response) is observed cycle power to the Remote Mount NGT-9000R system. If the problem continues refer to Table 4-3 for possible cause and corrective actions. The symptoms listed are for all the possible equipment installations. It is up to the user to identify their particular installation. Failures are typically observed via messages displayed on the CP-2500 Control Panel or indicator lamps (ADS-B Fail) depending on the particular installation. A message being received by the CP-2500 from the Remote Mount NGT-9000R has priority over normal display operation and is seen scrolling across the display. Rotating the large knob scrolls through unseen messages and the normal display operation (showing operational mode and squawk code). The display begins showing the highest priority message again after 10 seconds of no activity. NOTE The information listed in the Symptoms column encompass all the possible issues that a technician may observe, but only some of the items may actually be seen depending on model options and secondary equipment being used. A MPC connected to the USB port of the Remote Mount NGT-9000R is essential in troubleshooting. Refer to paragraph 4.5.3.2 (list of fault log messages) and Table 4-4 for instructions on viewing fault logs and using the service functions of the MPC (MAT). The information provided here should be in conjunction with the information provided in Table 4-3. It should be noted that the ADS-B Out Fail Lamp will be ON when the unit is in maintenance mode (via the MPC (MAT)). If the only corrective action left is to contact L 3 Field Service, then L 3 Field service personnel may request that a file be created using the MPC that would provide them with information on the unit (i.e. version, faults, and configuration). Create this file by going to the File menu of the MPC (MAT), selecting Save, and placing the file in a location that can be easily located for transfer to L 3 Field Service. Table 4-3: Troubleshooting The Remote Mount NGT-9000R SYMPTOMS CAUSE / CORRECTIVE ACTIONS No sign of power:
CP-2500 displays "No LRU Response (FW 15 and later). Cannot communicate to the unit with the MAT tool. ADS-B Out Fail lamp is ON. Traffic (STIF) displays indicate
"DATA-FAIL" and no WI-FI information is available. The Lynx NGT-9000R is not operating. 1. Verify that the mating connector is secure. 2. Verify the breaker is closed. Check and reset the circuit breaker. 3. Verify power and ground supplied to the unit. 4. If lamps do not illuminate, but you can connect to the unit with the MAT, then verify that the lamps have power from the aircraft dimming circuit. 5. Replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-20 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-3: Troubleshooting The Remote Mount NGT-9000R SYMPTOMS CAUSE / CORRECTIVE ACTIONS No communication between NGT-
9000R and MAT tool. CP-2500 does NOT display No LRU Response (FW 15 and later). The CP-2500 menu Initiated Self Test shows Fail. CP-2500 displays "ADS-B SYSTEM FAIL". ADS-B Out Fail lamp flashes for 2 minutes and then remains ON or ADS-B Out Fail lamp illuminates without flashing Traffic (STIF) displays indicate
"DATA-FAIL" and WI-FI information is not available. CP-2500 displays NO ADS-B COVERAGE. Displays Normal operation. NOTE The lamp does not illuminate and the CP-2500 message is not shown if TAS/TCAS is active, if so equipped. 1. Check Device Manager and look for NGT-9000 on USB 2. 3. port. If Device Manager shows no USB connection of NGT-
9000R, troubleshoot USB cable. Check laptop for ability to connect USB to other device (printer, etc.). If Device Manager shows USB connection to a generic device, right click on this connection and load Zadig driver for this connection. A fail condition is detected on the Lynx NGT-9000R. 1. Cycle power to the NGT-9000R and the CP-2500. 2. Replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. The unit is operating, but has failed. If installation was previously operational:
1. Connect to MAT and view fault logs and status screens to troubleshoot cause of the failure. 2. Replacement of the Unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. In new installation (Assuming wiring has been verified):
1. Verify DCM was configured properly, applied, and the power to the Unit was cycled to apply those settings. 2. Connect to MAT and view fault logs and status screens to troubleshoot cause of the failure. 3. Replacement of the Unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. A ground station is not being detected by the Lynx NGT-9000R. 1. Aircraft may not be within range of a local ground station. 2. Replacement of the Unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. NOTE When crossing boundaries between ground station coverage areas, out of coverage indications are normal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-21 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-3: Troubleshooting The Remote Mount NGT-9000R SYMPTOMS CAUSE / CORRECTIVE ACTIONS CP-2500 displays no message for first 2 minutes, then displays
"GPS-INIT" indefinitely until a GPS position is acquired. ADS-B Out Fail lamp is Off for 2 minutes and then flashes (1 second On/Off) indefinitely until a GPS position is acquired. Compatible displays may indicate STANDBY or "DATA-
FAIL" and WI-FI information is not available. CP-2500 displays "GPS-INIT"
for first 2 minutes and then changes to ADS-B System Fail and GPS Fail indefinitely until a GPS position is acquired. ADS-B Out Fail lamp flashes (1 second On/Off) for 2 minutes, and then remains ON indefinitely until a GPS position is acquired. CP-2500 displays "GPS-INIT"
for 2 minutes, and then displays ADS-B System Fail and GPS Fail. ADS-B Out Fail lamp is Flashing
(1 second On/Off) for 2 minutes and then remains ON. Compatible displays may indicate STANDBY or "DATA-FAIL" and WI-FI information is not available. GPS is Acquiring (On Ground no previous position fix). 1. The GPS may need up to 4 minutes to provide a position after power is applied to the unit. 2. The GPS signal may be weak. Move the aircraft into an area where the unit can acquire the GPS signal. 3. Make sure nothing is covering or blocking the GPS antenna. 4. Cycle power to the unit. 5. Check System Status Messages. 6. Check the MPC (MAT) fault log. 7. Check that GPS Antenna Short pin doesnt get grounded. 8. Observe the GPS Receiver Information MPC (Service GPS) for correct signal strength (C/No) of the GPS satellites. This has a range from 30 dB to 50 dB. If this is not the case, then check if the antenna cable loss is more than 10 dB. 9. Check if 12V power is available at GPS antenna port, when the unit is powered on. 10. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. GPS is Acquiring (In Air no previous position fix). 1. The GPS may need up to 4 minutes to provide a position after power is applied to the unit. 2. The GPS signal may be weak. Move the aircraft into an area where the unit can acquire the GPS signal. 3. Cycle power to the unit. 4. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of unit. GPS-Acquiring (previous position fix - On Ground or In Air) This means only GPS data is not available however, the GPS position was available once during this power ON or it is shown when a fault is detected that prevents the FIS-B data from showing on the screen. 1. The GPS signal may be weak. Move the aircraft into an area where the unit can reacquire the GPS signal. If inside a hangar, verify GPS repeater is operational and is within line of site of the aircraft GPS antenna. 2. 3. Verify correct wiring of the GPS antenna. Verify that the GPS and L-band antenna cables are not swapped. 4. Observe the GPS Receiver Information using the MPC
(MAT) (Service GPS) for correct signal strength. Verify that the signal bars are showing at least 40 -50% in the GPS Receiver Information Packet. If this is not the case, then check if the antenna cable loss is more than 10 dB. 5. Remove the GPS antenna connector from the Unit, and verify that approx +12 VDC is available at the center pin of the GPS connector of the Unit. 6. Remove power from other broadcasting equipment and wait 2 minutes for the GPS to acquire a signal. 7. Replacement of the Unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-22 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-3: Troubleshooting The Remote Mount NGT-9000R SYMPTOMS CAUSE / CORRECTIVE ACTIONS CP-2500 - Normal operation. Lamps - Normal operation. Traffic (STIF) displays continues to show "DATA-FAIL" even though no ADS-B Out Fail lamp or message is indicated. Display is not receiving 429 STIF data. Normal operation is that
"DATA-FAIL" is displayed until GPS is acquired, and then the STIF display should indicate Standby mode. 1. Verify DCM and display are configured for STIF traffic only
(not set to both, i.e. not set to DTIF or Both) and the correct speed. The Unit emulates L3 Avionics System SKY497 format. This is a high speed 429 bus. Consult display manufacturer's installation manual for proper set-up procedures. 2. Replacement of the Unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. CP-2500 - Normal operation. Lamps - Normal operation. Traffic symbols on the Traffic display are open diamonds and not directional traffic
(arrowheads or triangles). The four digit squawk code is missing from the ALT and ON screen of the CP-2500. NOTE: Code appears OK in STB mode. This is normal for all STIF displays. Directional symbology can only be displayed on a DTIF display. 1. The traffic display does not support the DTIF format necessary to show directional data provided by ADS-B. 2. The directional information that is being received by the Unit does not have directional data. The Unit continues to transmit non-directional data to the traffic display. This is an indication that the Lynx NGT-9000R has failed and may also be seen if the aircraft is in the hanger with no GPS signal for > 2 minutes. 1. Move the aircraft into an area with access to a GPS signal. 2. Cycle power to the Lynx MSS. 3. Replacement of the Lynx MSS or system component may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. XPDR FAIL is displayed on the CP-2500. The CP-2500 altitude page displays "INVLD PA". Baro Altitude (Pressure altitude) is not being transmitted as indicated by the IFR-6000 in Monitor mode. Geometric altitude is being transmitted from the Unit, and all other information is available. Lamps - Normal operation. Display/PED Altitude information is shown as dashes. Either the Unit is not receiving BARO-ALT (Pressure altitude), or the control panel is set to ON mode. 1. Verify that the CP-2500 is set to ALT Mode. 2. Verify that the Unit is receiving BARO-ALT (Pressure altitude). On the CP-2500 go to the Altitude page. The page should display the altitude for example as: 800PA (for 800 ft pressure altitude). In the case of missing altitude, it displays
"INVLD PA". Pressure altitude is a required output for FAA compliance. In the event of the loss of Pressure altitude, the UAT device continues to operate by reverting to GPS altitude as a back-up. The GPS altitude can be viewed with the MAT device. NOTE Some altitude encoders can take 1-3 minutes to output data after initial power on. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-23 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-3: Troubleshooting The Remote Mount NGT-9000R SYMPTOMS CAUSE / CORRECTIVE ACTIONS CP-2500 - Normal operation. Lamps - Normal operation. No traffic or weather information is being displayed on the PED over WI-FI. 1. Verify WI-FI module is receiving data from the Unit. For example, on the RN-370M models, this is indicated from visually seeing the blue flashing light on the unit. If indicator light is not flashing, verify WI-FI is configured properly in the DCM settings. Also, verify the device has power (batteries) and that the connections between the WI-FI module and the Unit are correct. If WI-FI module is indicating it is receiving data, verify that the PED WI-FI connection is configured to receive the correct device name. (I.E. "WI-FLY-100"). 2. 3. Verify PED App is compatible with the Unit. 4. Verify the configuration setting for the PED App being used. 5. Replacement of the Unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. CP-2500 - Normal operation. Lamps - Normal operation. FIS-B weather (such as METARS, NEXRAD, CONUS Data) is not being seen on the weather displays. Ground testing with the IFR-6000 can only simulate textural data such as METARS. 1. When used in flight, the aircraft must be within range of a ground station NEXRAD information is only transmitted every 5 minutes, and CONUS information is only available from certain ground stations, and is only transmitted every 15 minutes. Cannot connect to the Unit with the MPC/MAT tool. Lamps - Normal operation. CP-2500 - Normal operation. Displays - Normal operation. XPDR FAIL is displayed on the CP-2500. If installed, ADS-B Fail lamp is OFF. TAWS FAIL is displayed on the CP-2500. Release 2.0 or later Any of the following messages displayed on the CP-2500:
GPS FAIL TAWS UNAVAILABLE ADS-B IN UNAVAIL - POS Release 2.0 or later 1. Verify that the Lynx NGT-9000R is on ground. It is only possible to connect to the maintenance mode for the first 2 minutes after power on if the unit is "in-air". 2. The USB connection to the unit requires special drivers that must be installed on the MPC being used (see the general information section for details). If that has been successfully accomplished, replacement of the Unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit. 2. Verify that the MAT being used is compatible with the software in the Unit being serviced. Contact ACSS Field service for more information. The transponder function of the Lynx NGT-9000R has failed or is not communicating with the CP-2500. 1. At next power cycle if symptoms persist, contact ACSS Field Service before removal of the unit or other equipment. The TAWS function of the Lynx NGT-9000R has failed or is not communicating with the CP-2500. 1. One of the following failure(s) has been detected:
GPS Fail Terrain (71DC) or Airport (68DC) Database compatibility failure. 2. Reload Database (71DC) and (68DC) using the MPC
(MAT). If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 3. An insufficient quality to the GPS position. 1. The GPS may be acquiring a signal. The GPS may need up to 4 minutes to provide position 2. The GPS signal may be weak. Move the aircraft into an area where the unit can receive a better GPS signal. 3. Cycle power to the NGT-9000R and the CP-2500. 4. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-24 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-3: Troubleshooting The Remote Mount NGT-9000R SYMPTOMS CAUSE / CORRECTIVE ACTIONS The following message displayed on the CP-2500:
ADS-B IN UNAVAIL - POS
(NGT-9000R) Release 2.0 or later No valid track/heading information:
1. ADS-B Data is not available e.g. on the ground with no 2. heading or track input (track invalid when ground speed is <
7kts). This can be overcome via a ground override step shown in section 3.10.2.1. Insufficient GPS quality:
The GPS may be acquiring a signal. The GPS may need up to 4 minutes to provide position. The GPS signal may be weak. Move the aircraft into an area where the unit can receive a better GPS signal. Cycle power to the NGT-9000R and the CP-2500. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact L-3 Field Service before removal. ADS-B OUT FAIL displayed on CP-2500. Release 2.0 or later Any of the following messages displayed on the CP-2500:
ADS-B IN FAIL FIS-B FAIL TAS/TCAS FAIL Release 2.0 or later NO LRU RESPONSE displayed on CP-2500. Release 2.0 or later CONFIG MODULE - SERVICE SOON displayed on CP-2500. Release 2.0 or later Any of the following messages displayed on the CP-2500:
TAS/TCAS Degraded ADS-B IN Degraded ADS-B OUT Degraded FIS-B Degraded Release 2.0 or later CP-2500 will not allow operational mode changes to on or alt, (stuck in standby). Release 2.1 or later The ADS-B OUT function of the Lynx NGT-9000R has failed or GPS position has not been available for more than 2 minutes. 1. The GPS may need up to 4 minutes to provide position. 2. Cycle power to the NGT-9000R and the CP-2500. 3. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The function on the Lynx NGT-9000R has failed or the Lynx NGT-9000R is not communicating with the CP-2500. 1. Cycle power to the NGT-9000R and the CP-2500. 2. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. The Lynx NGT-9000R is not communicating with the CP-2500. 1. Cycle power to the NGT-9000R and the CP-2500. 2. If the problem continues, replacement of the unit may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. A problem has been detected with the configuration module. Replacement of the configuration module may be required. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. A Degraded message is not a failure, and is an indication to the user that the function is operating in a degraded condition. External "Standby" discrete is active (grounded). Place external "Standby" discrete in Off (open) position. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-25 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.4.4 Antenna Coax Ohm Check Use the following procedure to check the directional antenna (i.e. NY 156 or NY 164) used by TAS or TCAS function. The following Ohm check is accomplished by using a typical Ohmmeter and placing one lead on the center pin and the second lead on the outer shield of the coax. PORT NAME Sum (Sigma) Port Bit Probe Port DESCRIPTION The Sum (Sigma) port is the forward antenna connector marked with a blue band. Connected to the NGT-9000 (A4) Sum Port The Bit Probe port is the center antenna connector. Connected to the NGT-9000 (A1) Bit Port. Difference (Delta) Port Difference (Delta) port is the rear antenna connector marked with a red band. Connected to the NGT-9000 (A2) Difference Port. TEST RESULT
< 1 ohm 85 +/- 5 ohms
< 1 ohm 4.4.5 WX-500 Stormscope Press the Options Icon WX-500. on the Stormscope screen to access the System Data and Test Modes for the NOTE The MPC (MAT) is required to view installation configuration, environmental information, and fault data. See Installation Checkout Section (para. 3.9.5). 4.4.5.1 System Data System Data is viewed on the Settings Screen (see Figure 4-3). This screen shows model information, software versions, status information, and status. The Settings screen contains data that is only read at start-up (i.e., the information is not be updated again, unless the power is cycled). In addition to the system data as the following functions:
Press the View button to set the View Mode to 120 and 360. Press the STAB button to set the Heading Stabilization Mode to On or Off. Note - Heading stabilization uses the aircraft heading source as a reference for the display to maintain the storm display orientation relative to the aircraft. If STAB is turned off, the heading on the main screen appears as amber dashes (---). Figure 4-3: WX-500 Settings Screen 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-26 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Status Information provides functional status of the WX-500 at power up. This information is not updated during operation. Use the Self Test button on the Tests screen to determine current status. An OK message indicates that the WX-500 is operational and no errors are being detected. A Degraded message has amber text and is followed by a Fault Code number and a display of the problem. Cycle power to the WX-500 and the NGT-9000 if a degraded message is shown. Check the startup test again to see if the degraded message has been cleared. If not note the fault code and description. Refer to the WX-500 Installation Manual for fault isolation information. A Failed message has red text and is followed by a Fault Code number and a display of the problem. Cycle power to the WX-500 and the NGT-9000 if a failed message is shown. Check the startup test again to see if the failed message has been cleared. If not note the fault code and description. Refer to the WX-500 Installation Manual for fault isolation information. Errors 01 thru 15, 21, 25 thru 36, 40 thru 42 typically indicate an internal failure and that the unit needs to be sent to the factory for repair. 4.4.5.2 Test Modes The test modes are intended as aids in installing, testing and troubleshooting the WX-500. These test modes are to be used only for testing and troubleshooting an installation. The test modes provide the following options:
Noise Monitor Test Modes are viewed on the Test Screen (see Figure 4-4). Press the Tests button (if not done already). Individual tests are explained in the following paragraphs. Test Strikes Self Test Figure 4-4: Tests Screen 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-27 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.4.5.3 Noise Monitor The Noise Monitor screen (see Figure 4-5) displays indications of electrical noise as well as lightning/atmospheric electrical discharge activity that occurs within electrical range of the WX-500 system. It is used to see if electrical noise that will interfere with normal system operation is present. No compression is applied to the strikes. The circle (solid ring) provides a reference for an acceptable noise level. No range markings are displayed. Old data is removed (bumped off) after 3 minutes or when the CLR (Clear) button is pressed. A counter that indicates the number of triggers detected (i.e., electrical discharges including noise and/or strikes) is shown at the top of the figure. The counter rolls over at 99999, and is reset using the CLR button. It should be noted that noise can cause triggers, but not result in a strike symbol. Figure 4-5: Noise Monitor NOTES 1. Thunderstorm activity within the inner and outer circle will register on the Noise Monitor and may affect the Test Strike display causing the test strikes to fall outside the box. 2. The NGT-9000 display refresh rate may delay the appearance of noise. 1. Press the Noise Monitor button to start test (see Figure 4-4). 2. Verify no triggers or strikes are present. 3. Press CLR to erase the screen and then check for electrical noise indications. Compare the results with the PASS and FAIL instructions listed below. PASS There should normally be no noise indications inside the solid ring. (A small number of triggers and/or random noise points inside the displayed ring is acceptable.) FAIL Reoccurring and/or persistent indications of electrical noise inside the solid ring are unacceptable (i.e. strikes in same location each time). (Troubleshooting electrical noise is discussed in in the WX-500 Installation Manual.) 4. If the noise monitor test is satisfactory, perform the Test Strikes test. 5. Press the Exit button to return to the Tests Screen. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-28 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.4.5.4 Test Strikes The Test Strikes (see Figure 4-6) test is used by installers to visually verify the operation of the internal strike test signal. No range indication is displayed. The rectangular shaped box is displayed on the screen to enclose the area in which the test strikes should appear. Test strikes are generated and sent to the antenna at a rate of one pulse per every 2 seconds. The resulting test strike received by the system is displayed on the screen, and is indicated by a single strike symbol (+). The last strike is erased before the next strike is generated. Figure 4-6: Test Strikes 1. Press the Strike Test button to start test (see Figure 4-4). 2. Verify the test strike is inside the box. The test strike screen verifies the processing and plotting of electrical discharge data. A strike indication ("+") should appear inside the displayed box every 2 seconds. PASS A strike indication is typically displayed and cleared every 2 seconds (timing may be affected by the MFD refresh rate), so that it appears to flash. The strike symbol should appear inside the box. FAIL If the generated strike indications appear outside of the box, or do not appear at all. NOTE Occasional strikes appearing outside the box or, that do not appear at all, should not be interpreted as failing the test. 3. Switch back and forth between the Test Strikes and Noise Monitor to check for accurate plotting of the internally generated test strikes and for electrical noise that could interfere with weather mapping.
(Troubleshooting electrical noise is discussed in in the WX-500 Installation Manual.) NOTE The system must pass both the Noise Monitor and Test Strikes criteria to ensure proper operation. 4. Press the Exit button to return to the Tests Screen. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-29 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.4.5.5 Self-Test The Self-Test (see Figure 4-4) is used to check the status of WX-500 after power up. 1. Press the Self-Test button to start test. 2. During the test an In Progress message is shown. 3. The results of the test are Passed, Degraded, or Failed. A Passaged message indicates that the WX-500 is operational and no errors are being detected. A Degraded message has amber text and indicates that information is missing. Cycle power to the WX-500 and the NGT-9000 and check the startup self-test to see if the degraded status has been cleared. If not note the fault code and description. Refer to the WX-
500 Installation Manual for fault isolation information. A Failed message has red text and is followed by a Fault Code number and a display of the problem. Cycle power to the WX-500 and the NGT-9000 and check the startup self-test to see if the failed status has been cleared. If not note the fault code and description. Refer to the WX-500 Installation Manual for fault isolation information. Also the MPC (MAT) can be used to view fault data (see Installation Checkout section). Errors 01 thru 15, 21, 25 thru 36, 40 thru 42 typically indicate an internal failure and that the unit needs to be sent to the factory for repair. 4.5 USING THE MAINTENANCE PC The Maintenance PC (MPC) and Lynx Maintenance Application Tool (MPC (MAT)) are used to interface with the Lynx NGT-9000 to load software/firmware/databases, view factory / version data, retrieve fault /
event logs, data recording, and simulating live data. These procedures assume the following:
Power is being supplied to the aircraft and unit and system components. The correct MPC (MAT) software is being used to load software. See the General Information section (Software Versions) for software details. Note - Each version of software for the Lynx NGT-
9000 requires a specific MAT software version that is compatible. The software to be loaded is available on the MPC being used. The MPC (MAT) is active on the MPC. The MPC is interfaced to the unit. The MPC and unit are communicating and the unit is in Maintenance Mode. Additional instructions on using the MPC are given in the Installation Checkout section. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-30 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.5.1 Load Software This procedure is used to update the system software used by the unit. The MPC must be connected via the USB connection for this procedure. The WiFi interface is not supported. 1. From the MPC (MAT) select UpdateZLoad Software. See Figure 4-7.The tool has the option of loading either of the following software files. Note - Do not remove power to the unit or disconnect the MPC during this procedure. Lynx NGT-9000 Software Package File (composed of Flight and Maintenance) GPS/UAT Composite Binary file (composed of CCA Operation SW and Firmware) Press the Browse button to open a file window. Select the appropriate file. (i.e. 1090MSS.pkg /
GPS-UAT.bin or similar looking file). The MAT verifies the contents of the file to be loaded. This takes approximately 5 seconds. Press the Upload button to begin loading the software to the unit. A progress bar is shown for each SW load. Figure 4-7: MPC (MAT) Update Software 2. An upload completed message is shown when the procedure has finished. A failure message is shown if a problem loading the Lynx NGT-9000 Software Package File is detected. Check that the file being loaded is correct and try the procedure again. If the problem continues cycle power to the unit. A problem is detected for the GPS/UAT Composite Binary File if the validation check of the file has failed. Check that the file being loaded is correct and try the procedure again. If the problem continues cycle, power to the unit and try again. When upload of Lynx NGT-9000 Software Package File is complete the unit will automatically reset into maintenance mode. When upload of GPS/UAT Composite Binary File is complete, a dialog will instruct the operator to cycle power on the unit. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-31 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 3. After the unit restarts, re-connect the unit to the MPC (MAT). 4. This step is only required only when uploading GPS/UAT Composite Binary File. Re-connect the unit to the MPC (MAT). From the MPC (MAT) select ServiceZRestart Unit ModeZ Maintenance. 5. Verify that the software was updated by going to the Versions page. From the MPC (MAT) select InfoZVersions. 6. Cycle power to the unit. (Note The MPC (MAT) and PC may be disconnected at this time if no other maintenance is required. 7. Perform a functional check (paragraph 3.10.1) to verify unit is functioning correctly. Refer to the fault isolation section if errors are detected. 4.5.2 Load Databases This procedure is used to update the databases used by the Lynx NGT-9000. Updates to the databases are not mandatory and are updated at the discretion of the user. Refer to Obtaining Software in the General Information section for details on obtaining new database files. Refer to Figure 4-8 specifically for MPC
(MAT) versions 8010-17002-0201 and 8010-17002-030x. The previous MPC (MAT) versions do not have the Jeppesen Security File (JSF) requirements so appear slightly different. 1. MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-010x a. From the MPC (MAT) select UpdateZ Load Database. The tool has the option of loading the following database files: 68.bin - Airport Database, 72.bin - Map Database. 2. MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-020x and 8010-17002-030x a. From the MPC (MAT) select UpdateZ Load Database. Upload the following databases as needed. b. Select Airport to load the 68.bin - Airport Database. c. Select Terrain to load the 71.bin - Terrain Database. d. Select Map to load the 72.bin - Map Database. 3. Press the Browse button to open a file window. Select the appropriate file. Note MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-0201 and MPC (MAT) 8010-17002-030x. When loading Airport and Map databases, the file to be selected is the Jeppesen Security File (JSF) associated with the database to be loaded. Once this file is loaded the Upload Button is made available. The JSF has a limited amount of uploads. This information is shown on the screen (Uploads Available). 4. Press the Upload button to begin loading the database to the unit. 5. An upload completed message is shown when the procedure has finished. A failure message is shown if a problem loading the database is detected. Check that the file being loaded is correct and try the procedure again. If the problem continues cycle power to the unit. 6. When the procedures are complete cycle power to the unit and perform a functional check (paragraph 3.10.1) to verify unit is functioning correctly. Refer to the fault isolation section if errors are detected. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-32 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure 4-8: MPC (MAT) Update Database 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-33 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.5.3 View or Retrieve Data Use the MPC (MAT) to view versions and factory information and retrieve fault and event logs. See Figure 4-9. The versions data, event log, and factory log can be saved to a file for later viewing. Figure 4-9: MPC (MAT) Information 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-34 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.5.3.1 Versions The Versions pages show the current software and database versions on the unit. Buttons on the bottom of both pages provide the user the options of Refresh, Save, and Load. Figure 4-10: MPC (MAT) Versions 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-35 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.5.3.2 Fault Log The Fault Log can be used for troubleshooting. Each fault is entered on its own indexed row, with details for date, time, etc. Clicking on a row provides the user with additional information at the top of the page. This information includes a fault description and a possible description of the loss of functionality. Buttons on the bottom of the page provide the user the options of Refresh, Clear, Filter, Save, Load, and Export to CSV. The fault data can be cleared at the option of the user. NOTE Typically, the fault log should not be cleared unless instructed by ACSS Field Service personnel. A saved fault log can be viewed by the MPC (MAT) when the unit is not connected by using the Load function. FAULT ID/ CODE
(HEX) 0x00000001 Kernel Fault Wd Expire Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages FAULT DESCRIPTION CORRECTIVE ACTION 0x00000002 Kernel Fault Process Term 0x00000003 Kernel Fault Thread Term 0x00000004 Kernel Fault Thread Timeout 0x00000005 Kernel Fault Trap 0x00000006 Kernel Fault BIT Wd 0x00000007 Kernel Fault BIT Clock 0x00000008 Kernel Fault CBIT CRC 0x00000009 Kernel Fault ISR Limit 0x0000000A Kernel Fault CBIT FPGA 0x0000000B Kernel Fault CBIT SW Exception 0x00000021 Touch INIT Fault Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-36 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages FAULT DESCRIPTION CORRECTIVE ACTION FAULT ID/ CODE
(HEX) 0x00000033 IODC INIT Fault 0x00000034 IODC Read Fault 0x00000035 IODC Overflow Fault 0x00000036 IODC Buffer Overflow Fault 0x00000037 IODC Parity Fault Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0x00000047 0x00000048 0x00000049 0x0000004A 0x0000004B 0x0000004C 0x0000004D 0x00001001 0x00001002 0x00001003 Fault ID for the memory test failure Fault ID for the DSP Clock test failure Fault ID for the watchdog test failure Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Fault ID for the Power management test failure Fault ID for the FPGA test failure Fault ID for the Secondary Image failure Fault ID for the Primary Image failure Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Oscillator Synthesizer Out of Lock Possible Cause ADS-B In Internal Degraded ADS-B Out Internal Failure TAS Internal Failure TCAS Internal Failure Transponder Internal Failure Mutual Supp Bus Failed to Assert No failures of the box only log the fault Mutual Supp Bus Stuck High No failures of the box only log the fault Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-37 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages FAULT DESCRIPTION CORRECTIVE ACTION FAULT ID/ CODE
(HEX) 0x00001004 0x00001006 0x00001007 0x00001008 DCM CRC Failure No failures of the box only log the fault DCM Configuration Failure Over Temp on Ground Possible Cause ADS-B In Internal failure ADS-B Out Internal failure TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure Transponder Internal failure GPS Internal failure FIS-B Internal failure TAWS Internal failure Over Temp in Air No failures of the box only log the fault 0x00001009 Failure of Power Monitor 0x0000100A 0x0000100B 0x0000100C Power Out of Tolerance Possible Cause ADS-B In Internal failure ADS-B Out Internal failure TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure Transponder Internal failure GPS Internal failure FIS-B Internal failure TAWS Internal failure Airport DB Flash CRC Failure Possible Cause Airport database failure FIS-B internal degraded TAWS Internal failure Airport DB Flash Compatibility Failure Possible Cause Airport database failure FIS-B internal degraded TAWS Internal failure Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load configuration data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault and allow the unit to cool down. If the fault continues to be seen contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault and allow the unit to cool down. If the fault continues to be seen contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load configuration data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load configuration data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load navigation database data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load navigation database data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-38 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages FAULT DESCRIPTION CORRECTIVE ACTION FAULT ID/ CODE
(HEX) 0x0000100D Map DB Flash CRC Failure Map database failure FIS-B internal degraded 0x0000100E Map DB Flash Compatibility Failure Map database failure FIS-B internal degraded 0x0000100F TAWS Terrain DB Flash Failure Possible Cause TAWS Internal failure 0x00001010 TAWS Airport DB Flash Failure Possible Cause Airport database failure TAWS Internal failure 0x00001011 0x00001012 Operational SW RAM CRC Failure Failure causes a reset Airport DB RAM CRC Failure Failure causes a reset 0x00001013 0x00001014 0x00001015 0x00001016 0x00001017 0x00001018 0x00001019 0x0000101A 0x0000101B 0x0000101C Map DB RAM CRC Failure Failure causes a reset TAWS Terrain Block CRC Failure Factory Data RAM CRC Failure Failure causes a reset Config Data RAM CRC Failure Failure causes a reset Factory Data NVM CRC Failure Failure causes a reset Factory Data Compatibility Failure Failure causes a reset Config Data NVM CRC Failure Failure causes a reset Config Data NVM Compatibility Failure Failure causes a reset Power Loss In Air Ambient Light Sensor Failure Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load map database data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load map database data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load TAWS database data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load airport database data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. May need to update or load airport database data. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Check Table 4-1, Table 4-3, or Table 4-2 Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-39 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages FAULT DESCRIPTION CORRECTIVE ACTION FAULT ID/ CODE
(HEX) 0x00001801 Clear Oscillator Synthesizer Out of Lock 0x00001802 Clear Mutual Supp Bus Failed to Assert 0x00001803 Clear Mutual Supp Bus Stuck High Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. 0x00001804 0x00001806 0x00001807 0x00001808 0x00001809 0x0000180A 0x0000180B 0x0000180C 0x0000180D 0x0000180E 0x00001811 0x00001812 0x00001813 0x00001815 0x00001816 0x00001817 0x00001818 0x00001819 0x0000181A 0x0000181B 0x0000181C 0x00002001 0x00002002 0x00002003 Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Clear DCM CRC Failure Clear DCM Configuration Fail Clear Over Temp on Ground Clear Over Temp in Air Clear Failure of Power Monitor Clear Power Out of Tolerance Clear Airport DB Flash CRC Failure Clear Airport DB Flash Compatibility Failure Clear Map DB Flash CRC Failure Clear Map DB Flash Compatibility Failure Clear Operational SW RAM CRC Failure Clear Airport DB RAM CRC Failure Clear Map DB RAM CRC Failure Clear Factory Data RAM CRC Failure Clear Config Data RAM CRC Failure Log the fault. Log the fault. Clear Factory Data NVM CRC Failure Clear Factory Data Compatibility Failure Clear Config Data NVM CRC Failure Log the fault. Log the fault. Clear Config Data NVM Compatibility Failure Clear Power Loss In Air Clear Ambient Light Sensor Failure Audio Mute While On Ground Audio external failure TAS Antenna Failure TAS External failure TCAS Antenna Failure TCAS External failure 1090 ADSB Rcvr Btm Power Failure ADS-B In Internal degraded TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Check Table 4-1, Table 4-3, or Table 4-2 Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-40 FAULT ID/ CODE
(HEX) 0x00002004 0x00002005 0x00002008 0x00002009 0x00002801 0x00002802 0x00002803 0x00002804 0x00002805 0x00002808 0x00002809 0x00003001 0x00003002 0x00003003 0x00003004 0x00003005 0x00003006 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages FAULT DESCRIPTION CORRECTIVE ACTION 1090 ADSB Rcvr Top Power Failure ADS-B In Internal degraded TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure TAS/TCAS 1090 (ATCRBS) Receiver Data Failure TAS Internal failure TCAS internal failure FPGA TAS/TCAS 1030 transmission failure TAS Internal failure TCAS internal failure TAS/TCAS 1030 Transmission Power Failure TAS Internal failure TCAS internal failure Clear audio Mute While On Ground Clear AS Antenna Failure Clear 1090 ADSB Rcvr Btm Power Failure Clear 1090 ADSB Rcvr Top Power Failure Clear TAS/TCAS 1090 (ATCRBS) Receiver Failure Clear FPGA TAS/TCAS 1030 transmission failure Clear TAS/TCAS 1030 Transmission Power Failure Invalid Mode S Address Transponder External failure ADS-B Out Internal failure FPGA 1090 Transmission Failure Transponder Internal failure ADS-B Out Internal failure Squitter rate failure ADS-B Out Internal failure Squitter scheduler process not running at expected rate ADS-B Out Internal failure 1090 ATCRBS Rx Failure(loopback without TAS antenna) Transponder Internal failure ADS-B Out Internal failure 1030 Rcvr Btm Power Failure Transponder Internal failure TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Change DCM setting (ICAO address should be other than 00000 or FFFFFF in hex). See installation checkout for details. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-41 FAULT ID/ CODE
(HEX) 0x00003007 0x00003008 0x00003009 0x0000300A 0x0000300B 0x0000300C 0x0000300D 0x0000300E 0x00003801 0x00003802 0x00003803 0x00003804 0x00003805 0x00003806 0x00003807 0x00003808 0x00003809 0x0000380A Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages FAULT DESCRIPTION 1030 Rcvr Top Power Failure Transponder Internal failure TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure 1030 Rcvr Btm PIN Isolation Failure Transponder Internal failure TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure 1030 Rcvr Top PIN Isolation Failure Transponder Internal failure TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure 1030 Rcvr Btm TR Isolation Failure Transponder Internal failure TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure 1030 Rcvr Top TR Isolation Failure Transponder Internal failure TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure 1030 XPDR ATCRBS Receiver Failure Transponder Internal failure TAS Internal failure TCAS Internal failure XPDR 1090 XMIT Bottom Power Failure Transponder Internal failure ADS-B Internal failure XPDR 1090 XMIT Top Power Failure Transponder Internal failure ADS-B Internal failure Clear Invalid Mode S Address Clear FPGA 1090 Transmission Failure Clear Squitter rate failure Clear Squitter scheduler process not running at expected rate Clear 1090 ATCRBS rx Failure(without directional antenna) Clear 1030 Rcvr Btm Power Failure Clear 1030 Rcvr Top Power Failure Clear 1030 Rcvr Btm PIN Isolation Failure Clear 1030 Rcvr Top PIN Isolation Failure Clear 1030 Rcvr Btm TR Isolation Failure CORRECTIVE ACTION Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-42 FAULT ID/ CODE
(HEX) 0x0000380B 0x0000380C 0x0000380D 0x0000380E 0x00004001 0x00004002 0x00004003 0x00004801 0x00004802 0x00004803 0x00005001 0x00005801 0x00006003 0x00006004 0x00006005 0x00006006 0x00006007 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages FAULT DESCRIPTION CORRECTIVE ACTION Clear 1030 Rcvr Top TR Isolation Failure Clear 1030 XPDR ATCRBS Receiver Failure Clear XPDR 1090 XMIT Bottom Power Failure Clear XPDR 1090 XMIT Top Power Failure GPS Sensor Fail ADS-B In Internal failure ADS-B Out Internal Degraded GPS Internal failure GPS Antenna Open/Short ADS-B In External failure ADS-B Out External Degraded GPS External failure GPS/UAT LVDS Bus ADS-B In Internal failure ADS-B Out Internal Degraded GPS Internal failure FIS-B Internal failure Clear GPS Sensor Fail Clear GPS Antenna Open/Short Clear GPS/UAT LVDS Bus UAT Sensor Failure ADS-B In Internal degraded FIS-B Internal failure Clear UAT Sensor Failure Gillham C Bit Error ADS-B In External failure TAS External failure TCAS External failure Transponder External failure RS232 Altitude Input Fail ADS-B In External failure TAS External failure TCAS External failure Transponder External failure ARINC 429 Altitude Input Fail ADS-B In External failure TAS External failure TCAS External failure Transponder External failure ARINC 429 AHRS Input Fail ADS-B In External degraded TAS External degraded TCAS External degraded ARINC 429 Receiver #1 Loop Back Failure causes a reset Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Check Table 4-1, Table 4-3, or Table 4-2 Check if GPS antenna is properly connected. Check Table 4-1, Table 4-3, or Table 4-2 Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault. Check wiring Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Check wiring Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Check wiring Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Check wiring Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-43 FAULT ID/ CODE
(HEX) 0x00006008 0x00006009 0x0000600A 0x0000600B 0x00006803 0x00006804 0x00006805 0x00006806 0x00006807 0x00006808 0x00006809 0x00008xxx Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table 4-4: List of Fault Log Messages FAULT DESCRIPTION CORRECTIVE ACTION Log the fault. Check Control Panel wiring. Reboot the unit and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Check WX-500 wiring to the synchro heading input and Synchro LRU. Reboot the unit and WX-500 system and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Check WX-500 and Antenna. Reboot the unit and WX-500 system and check if the fault persists. Contact ACSS Field Service before removal. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. Log the fault. ARINC 429 Receiver #2 Loop Back Failure causes a reset Control Panel Input Fail Transponder External failure WX-500 Synchro Heading Input Fail Fault causes the following:
ADS-B In External Degraded TAS External Degraded TCAS External degraded Lightning External Degrade Lightning Sensor Fail Clear Gillham C Bit Error Clear RS232 Altitude Input Fail Clear ARINC 429 Altitude Input Fail Clear ARINC 429 AHRS Input Fail Clear ARINC 429 Receiver #1 Loop Back Clear ARINC 429 Receiver #2 Loop Back Clear Control Panel Input Fail Fault codes with the "8xxx" are all clear codes that log the moment a fault has been cleared. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-44 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.5.4 Configuration Restore This procedure is used to automatically fill in the configuration options from a backup file. See Figure 4-11. Perform the following procedure using a MPC and MPC (MAT). This procedure assumes that the unit is in Maintenance Mode and the MPC is interfaced to the unit using either the USB. These procedures assume the following:
A DCM is connected (via the mating connector) Power is being supplied to the aircraft and Lynx NGT-9000. The MPC (MAT) is active on the MPC. The MPC is connected to the unit. The MPC and unit are communicating. If not then from the MPC (MAT) panel, select ConnectZNGT9000ZUSB. This is required each time the unit power is cycled. 1. From the MPC (MAT) select Setup Z Configuration Z Restore. See Figure 4-11. 2. Click on the Load button to Load a Pre-Existing Configuration File to load the configuration data into the MPC (MAT). After the file is loaded into the MPC (MAT) click on any of the Apply buttons to save all the configuration options (see Note below). Note - A dialog window is shown asking if changes should be saved immediately. See instructions given in the Installation Checkout section. NOTE The Tail Number and Mode S Identifier are unique for every aircraft. From the MPC (MAT) select Setup Z Configuration Z Modify Z Aircraft Specific and enter the new data before pressing the Apply button. 3. Click on the Restore button to Restore Installation Configuration from Backup (NVM) to save the backup configuration module data stored in the units memory to the configuration module. 4. Click on the Set Defaults button to load default information to the configuration module. 5. From the MPC (MAT) select ServiceZRestart Unit ModeZ Maintenance. Figure 4-11: MPC (MAT) Configuration Restore 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-45 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.5.5 Service This procedure is used to service and troubleshoot the Lynx NGT-9000. See Figure 4-12. 4.5.5.1 Data Recording The information generated by the Data Recording page is not typically used unless requested by the factory during service. 1. From the MPC (MAT) select ServiceZData Recording. 2. Select the MMC Mode. Selecting Truncate restarts the recording. Selecting Append adds any new recording to the end of the current data recording. 3. Click on the Enable button. 4. From the MPC (MAT) select ServiceZRestart UnitZ Operational Mode. 5. Data recording begins. Recording continues until the unit is restarted again. 6. When needed use the Clear button to erase the current recorded data. 7. The data can be stored to a file using the Browse and Download buttons. 4.5.5.2 Live Data The Live Data function is used for troubleshooting. Instructions on how to use live data are located in the Installation Checkout section under configuration check. Figure 4-12: MPC (MAT) Service 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-46 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.6 RETURN TO SERVICE Use this section to validate the return to service of the Lynx NGT-9000 and system components. 4.6.1 Panel Mount NGT-9000 Use this procedure to remove and replace all models of the panel mount Lynx NGT-9000. The instructions herein are generic in scope. The best established methods, techniques and practices should be used where no specific procedure is given. 1. Removal Procedure a. Locate the Panel Retainer access on the bottom left of the bezel. b. Rotate the Panel Retainer CCW using 3/32 Allen Hex Socket Screw Driver. Rotate Panel Retainer, approximately 40 turns, until it stops. Do not exceed 5.0 inch-pounds of torque. c. Pull the unit from panel separating the main connector and antenna connections. 2. Installation Procedure a. Use 3/32 Allen Hex Socket Screw Driver to rotate the Panel Retainer CCW to avoid interference with the bottom edge of the panel. Insert the unit in panel allowing the alignment guides to settle the unit into place. b. c. Press the sides of the unit until the back side of the bezel is against the panel. d. Rotate the Panel Retainer CW (approximately 40 turns) to lock the unit in place. The Panel Retainer torque limit is 5.0 inch-pounds. 4.6.2 Remote Mount NGT-9000R Use this procedure to remove and replace all models of the Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R. The instructions herein are generic in scope. The best established methods, techniques and practices should be used where no specific procedure is given. 1. Removal Procedure a. Rotate the Retainer Knob CCW until loose. b. Pull the unit from tray separating the main connector and antenna connections. 2. Installation Procedure Insert the unit in tray allowing the alignment guides to settle the unit into place. a. b. Rotate the Retainer Knob CW to snug. 4.6.3 Lynx NGT-9000 Functional Check Procedure 1. Cycle power to the unit and system components. 2. The Lynx NGT-9000 contain a GPS receiver that requires a full functional check (paragraph 3.10, Installation Checkout) be performed to verify unit is functioning correctly. 3. Models of NGT-9000 with the TAS/TCAS function must perform the Directional Antenna Calibration (installation checkout paragraph 3.8.3) prior to doing a functional check. 4. Refer to the fault isolation section if errors are detected. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-47 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.6.4 Detachable Configuration Module Use this procedure to remove and replace the DCM. The instructions herein are generic in scope. The best established methods, techniques and practices should be used where no specific procedure is given. NOTE Before removal (and if possible) the configuration data should be saved. Refer to the MPC (MAT) Backup instructions located in the installation checkout section. 1. Removal Procedure a. Locate the Panel Retainer access on the bottom left of the Lynx NGT-9000 bezel. b. Rotate the Panel Retainer CCW using 3/32 Allen Hex Socket Screw Driver. c. Pull the unit from panel separating the main connector and antenna connections. d. Remove 6 screws securing panel rack and remove panel. e. Remove 4 screws securing rear plate to panel rack. f. Remove 2 screws securing P1 mating connector and nut plate. Remove screw securing ground strap to rear plate. If installed - Remove tie wraps securing overbraid to the wire bundle. If installed - Slide overbraid to expose configuration module. g. h. i. Remove configuration module contacts from the P1 mating connector. 2. Installation Procedure a. Insert contacts of new configuration module into P1 mating connector. Refer to Installation Guidelines for the Configuration Module in the installation section for details on the configuration module and configuration module electrical interface. If installed - Slide overbraid back into position, and use a new tie wraps to secure overbraid. b. c. Secure P1 mating connector to rear plate using nut plate and 2 screws. d. Secure cable ground strap to rear plate using 1 screw. e. Secure rear plate to panel rack using 4 screws. f. g. Secure panel rack using 6 screws. h. On the Lynx NGT-9000 use 3/32 Allen Hex Socket Screw Driver to rotate the panel retainer Insert panel in installation location and secure panel using 6 screws. counterclockwise to avoid interference with the bottom edge of the panel. Insert the Lynx NGT-9000 in panel allowing the alignment guides to settle the unit into place. Press the sides of the unit until the back side of the bezel is against the panel. i. j. k. Rotate the panel retainer clockwise to lock the Lynx NGT-9000 in place. The Panel Retainer torque limit is 5.0 inch-pounds. 3. Functional Check Procedure a. Cycle power to the Lynx NGT-9000 and system components. b. Ensure no failure messages are annunciated on the controller/display/PED and fail lamp is extinguished after GPS has acquired a signal. c. Use the installation checkout section to perform the select configuration options procedure or use the maintenance sections configuration restore is the original configuration (.bin) file can be retrieved from the original installer of the configuration module. d. Perform the checkout procedure provided in the installation checkout to verify unit is functioning correctly. Refer to the fault isolation section if errors are detected. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-48 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.6.5 Directional Antenna (NY156 and NY164) The Directional Antenna Calibration (installation checkout paragraph 3.10.2.8) must be performed anytime the Lynx NGT-9000 or Directional Antenna is removed from the aircraft. Specific details on the installation of the antenna can be found in the installation section. 1. Removal Procedure a. Remove 10-32 hardware (nut and bolts) Qty 4, O-ring, and adapter plate. b. Disconnect three antenna cables. 2. Installation Procedure a. Connect each of the three antenna cables. Check to ensure that each cable is connected to the correct antenna connector. Each connector/cable has a matching color band. b. Attach the antenna to the aircraft, with the special adapter plate and o-ring, using 10-32 hardware. Ensure correct direction of antenna. Refer to Figure 2-15 for details. Before installing the antenna on an aircraft remove the tape, which holds the O-RING gasket in place during shipment (refer to SL-206). If the O-ring is in a separate bag, remove and install it in the O-ring groove on the bottom of the antenna. For pressurized aircraft, use a sealant that meets the requirements of SAE AMS-S-8802 such as Flamemaster CS3204 class B. For non-pressurized aircraft, use a non-corrosive sealant that meets the physical requirements of MIL-A-46146 such as General Electric RTV162. 3. Functional Check Procedure a. Cycle power to the Lynx NGT-9000 and system components. b. Perform the Directional Antenna Calibration (installation checkout paragraph 3.10.2.8) prior to doing a functional check. c. Perform a functional check (paragraph 3.10, Installation Checkout) to verify unit is functioning correctly. Refer to the fault isolation section if errors are detected. 4.6.6 L-Band (UAT/1090) Antenna 1. Refer to the aircraft manufacturer's data and the antenna manufacturer's installation instructions to remove and replace the antenna(s). a. Perform a functional check (paragraph 3.10, Installation Checkout) to verify unit is functioning correctly. Refer to the fault isolation section if errors are detected. 4.6.7 GPS Antenna 1. Refer to the aircraft manufacturer's data and the antenna manufacturer's installation instructions to remove and replace the antenna(s). a. Perform a functional check (paragraph 3.10, Installation Checkout) to verify unit is functioning correctly. Refer to the fault isolation section if errors are detected. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-49 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4.7 DISPOSITION OF FAILED ITEMS 1. The Lynx NGT-9000 can only be repaired by a ACSS Certified Repair Station Center. 2. The configuration module, NY156, and NY164 cannot be repaired and must be replaced. 3. Contact ACSS Customer Service to obtain a Return Material Authorization (RMA). Shipping Instructions will be provided with the RMA. 4. Refer to the manufactures data for external displays, controllers, and antennas interfaced to the Lynx NGT-9000. If available, pack components in their original shipping container. If the original container is not available, pack them as follows:
CAUTION Do not use desiccant crystals when packaging electronic assemblies. Since the assembly must be packed tightly, crystals in bag form cannot be used. The use of loose crystals may cause unnecessary damage resulting in a cleaning problem. a. Ensure that conductive covers/caps are installed on the exposed terminals of connector, if applicable. b. LRU's that are marked as electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESDS) must be wrapped in static protective materials. c. Wrap with bubble pack. Secure bubble pack with reinforced tape. d. Place assembly in a cardboard box. e. Wrap any accessories in tissue and place in the box. Fill spaces with bubble pack. f. Place an explanation letter in the box with the following information. Purchase order number Your name, address, and telephone number Description of component including, when applicable, model and serial number A brief description of the difficulty g. Shut box, and seal with reinforced tape. h. Attach packing list to outside of box. 5. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Maintenance Page 4-50 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Appendix A Interface Signal Name & Cable Characteristics Input Power A.1 INTRODUCTION This appendix defines digital interface label information and electrical characteristics of all input and output signal names to the Lynx NGT-9000. Sufficient data is included to use a bus reader for the purpose of identifying signal input and output characteristics and perform an electrical load analysis for the aircraft. The input and output interfaces are sometimes configurable as noted in the following paragraphs. The interface characteristics contained in this appendix are fully compatible with ARINC specifications where noted. Connection information identifies the connector-pin and signal names as shown on the external interconnect wiring diagram in the installation section. A.2 INPUT AND OUTPUT INTERFACES A.2.1 The unit has two power inputs available for either +14 VDC or +28VDC operation. The inputs are not diode isolated and are intended to be tied to the same power input device in order to handle the required current. A.2.2 RF Suppression Bus The transmission asserts a positive voltage on the output to provide the suppression to other L-band equipment on the airplane. The suppression pulse output is DC coupled, and drives positive pulses not less than 18 Vdc or greater than 70 Vdc into system loads from 300 to 2000 Ohms with a shunt capacitance of up to 1850 pF. The signal meets the hardware characteristics as defined in ARINC 735B Attachment 8. The Suppression pulse (Discrete #2 out) is 100 s 5s, +28V dc when the unit is transmitting TAS/TCAS data. There are 2 other lengths of suppression pulses that will be seen when the transponder is operating (1 longer and 1 shorter than 100us) A.2.3 Audio Output The audio output is capable of supplying up to 40 milli Watts (RMS) at 1000 Hz into a 600-Ohm audio distribution system. This output is directly compatible with industry standard audio panels. A.2.4 Gillham Input (Altitude Input) The Gillham interface is optional. Only one altimeter input source (gray code, ARINC-429 or RS-232) may be connected. The Gillham interface consists of 11 discrete lines. These 11 discrete lines represent 11 binary digits representing the Gillham encoded pressure altitude. The Gillham code uses a modified Gray code algorithm to ensure that no more than one-bit changes between adjacent altitudes. The three lowest significant bits represent 100-foot increments. The eight highest significant bits represent 500-foot increments. The digits are labeled as follows beginning with the most significant bit to the least significant bit (D2, D4, A1, A2, A4, B1, B2, B4, C1, C2, and C4). 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual IDENT Pilot Selectable Flight ID (optional - enabled during installation) Set Operation Mode A.2.5 RS-232 Interface The RS-232 is a serial interface used to receive and/or transmit the following data. Note -An ARINC 429 interface is available. See section A.2.7 for this option. Control Panel (CP-2500 and other compatible control panels) Wi-Fi Device (PIM-9000) Altitude Data WX-500 Lightning Detection A.2.5.1 Control Panel Interface A Control Panel is required when installing a remote mount NGT-9000R. When configured the NGT-9000R outputs test and error messages, ownship pressure altitude, transponder modes, and traffic/TAWS alerts. The RS-232 Control Panel connects to the NGT-9000R via Rx1 & Tx1 (pins 61 & 62) and transmits the following information to the NGT-9000R:
VFR Code Select Mode A Squawk Code Activation of Self-Test Audio Acknowledge for TAS, TCAS, ATAS, or Class B TAWS functions Release 3.2 and later. Reply Rate feature (not used by the CP-2500) The RS-232 Control Panel receives the following information from the NGT-9000R:
A.2.5.2 WiFi Output (PIM-9000) The RS-232 WiFi interface is optional. When configured the NGT-9000 outputs the following information to a WiFi connection (PIM-9000). NGT-9000 connections are Rx2 & Tx2 (pins 63 & 64). FIS-B Weather Data ADS-B Traffic Data Ownship Data Fault Indications Fault Messages Pressure Altitude TAWS Warning Messages 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-2 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual A.2.5.3 Altitude Data The RS-232Altitude Data interface is optional. Only one altimeter input source (gray code, ARINC-429 or RS-232) should be connected. NGT-9000 connection is unidirectional RS-232 (Rx3, pin 60). 1. When the Trimble/Garmin/Icarus protocol option is used, the following characteristics are set:
Requires Altitude Encoder and Control Panel interface, Baud rate is set to 9600 bps, Data bits 8, Parity none. 2. When the Northstar protocol option is used, the following characteristics are set: Requires Altitude Encoder and Control Panel interface, Baud rate is set to 2400 bps, Data bits 8, Parity none. 3. When the UPS AT protocol option is used, the following characteristics are set: Requires Altitude Encoder and Control Panel interface, Baud rate is set to 1200 bps, Data bits 8, Parity none. 4. When the UPS AT Loran 618 protocol option is used, the following characteristics are set: Requires Altitude Encoder and Control Panel interface, Baud rate is set to 1200 bps, Data bits 7, Parity odd. 5. When the MAGELLAN protocol option is used, the following characteristics are set: Requires Altitude Encoder and Control Panel interface, Baud rate is set to 1200 bps, Data bits 8, Parity even. 6. When the SHADIN protocol option is used, the following characteristics are set: Requires Altitude Encoder and Control Panel interface, Baud rate is set to 9600 bps, Data bits 8, Parity odd. 7. When the ARNAV protocol option is used, the following characteristics are set: Requires Altitude Encoder interface, Baud rate is set to 9600 bps, Data bits 8, Parity odd. A.2.5.4 WX-500 Interface The RS-232 interface to the WX-500 is optional. The WX-500 provides range and bearing of lightning discharge points in relation to the aircraft. In addition, the NGT-9000 can also be configured to receive AHRS information from the WX-500 (using synchro heading). NGT-9000 connections are Rx1 & Tx1
(pins 61 & 62). When interfacing the NGT-9000 to the WX-500, the system must be wired so that the NGT-9000 is the master/sole controller for the WX-500. A.2.5.5 GPS Position Source The RS-232 interface can be used to output the GPS position information of the aircraft. NGT-9000 connections are Rx1 & Tx1 (pins 61 & 62). WAAS/GPS Output: Certified 5 Hz, RS-422/RS-232 and WiFi Class Beta 1 GPS output. Qualified for LNAV approaches only per TSO-C129d Table 1-1. (Configuration setting listed as L-3 Protocol 1). A.2.6 RS-422 Interface The RS-422 is a serial interface used to output weather and traffic data to a compatible display or interface with the WX-500 for lightning detection. The RS-422 standard used in this manual matches the ANSI Standard (i.e. the data lines on the RS-422 signals are labeled with an A for (-) negative (inverting), or B for (+) positive (non-inverting). RS-
422 can be configured with a Baud rate of 38400, or 57600, or 115200 using the MPC (MAT). A.2.6.1 RS-422 Interface to Display The RS-422 interface to a compatible display is optional. The NGT-9000 provides the following information: GPS Positon, maintenance flag, IDENT, seconds since 0000 UTC, UTC validation, and message counts. NGT-9000 connections are Tx2B & Tx2A (pins 52, & 53). 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-3 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual A.2.6.2 RS-422 Interface to WX-500 The RS-422 interface to the WX-500 is optional. The WX-500 provides range and bearing of lightning discharge points in relation to the aircraft. In addition, the NGT-9000 can also be configured to receive AHRS information from the WX-500 (using synchro heading). This interface requires two transmit and two receive connections with the WX-500. NGT-9000 connections are Rx2B, Rx2A, Tx2B, Tx2A (pins 50, 51, 52, & 53). When interfacing the NGT-9000 to the WX-500, the system must be wired so that the NGT-
9000 is the master/sole controller for the WX-500. A.2.6.3 GPS Position Source The RS-422 interface can be used to output the GPS position information of the aircraft. NGT-9000 connections are Tx2B & Tx2A (pins 52, & 53). A.2.7 ARINC 429 Input Four ARINC 429 Input receivers are available. The ARINC 429 input can be configured to receive data at low (12.0 to 14.5 kbps) or high (100 kbps). The ARINC Bus is dedicated to the functions listed below:
ARINC 429 Bus 1 used to input Pressure Altitude data. ARINC 429 Bus 2 used to input AHRS data. ARINC 429 Bus 3 is spare. Release 3.2 or later Control Panel #1 data. ARINC 429 Bus 4 is configurable. Release 3.2 or later Control Panel #2 data. A.2.7.1 ARINC 429 Input Labels 1. The following ARINC 429 labels are inputs from Pressure Altitude on Bus #1:
Label 203 Pressure Altitude Uncorrected (BNR) Label 204 Baro Corrected Altitude (BNR) Label 205 Mach (BNR) Label 206 Computed Airspeed (BNR) Label 210 True Airspeed (BNR) Label 212 Altitude Rate (BNR) Label 234 Baro Correction, mB (BCD) on Bus #2:
Label 314 True Heading Label 320 Magnetic Heading Label 325 Roll Angle (BNR) Label 335 Track Angle Rate 2. The following ARINC 429 labels are inputs from an Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) 3. The following ARINC 429 labels are inputs on bus #4 when configured for Combo Bus:
Label 101 Selected Heading Label 102 FMS Selected Altitude (SDI set to FMS) Label 102 MCP Selected Altitude (SDI set to MCP) Note 1: The Bus is configured for high speed (100 kbps). Note 2: Release 3.2 or later - The Bus may be configured for high or low speed (12.0 to 14.5 kbps). 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-4 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 4. NGT-9000R, Release 3.2 or later. The following ARINC 429 labels are inputs from Control Panel #1
(Front or Left) on Bus #3 [Pins J1-44 & 45] for use by the embedded transponder only and not the TAS/TCAS or TAWS function. Data speed is low:
Label 013 Display Control (DISC) Label 016 Transponder Control (DISC) Label 233 Flight ID 1 (DISC) Label 234 Flight ID 2 (DISC) Label 235 Flight ID 3 (DISC) Label 236 Flight ID 4 (DISC) NGT-9000R, Release 3.2 or later. The following ARINC 429 labels are inputs from Control Panel #2
(Aft or Right) on Bus #4 [Pins J1-46 & 47]. Data speed is low:
Label 013 Display Control (DISC) Label 016 Transponder Control (DISC) Label 233 Flight ID 1 (DISC) Label 234 Flight ID 2 (DISC) Label 235 Flight ID 3 (DISC) Label 236 Flight ID 4 (DISC) A.2.8 ARINC 429 Output The unit has one ARINC 429 Output that transmits data at high (100 kbps). The Lynx NGT-9000 have the option of interfacing to the Traffic display over the ARINC 429 bus using the standard traffic display
(STIF) format as defined in ARINC 735 and the Display Traffic Information File (DTIF) as described in ARINC 735B. The specific display format is configurable through the DCM. Release 3.2 or later the ARINC 429 Output can be configured to transmit information to a Control Panel. The ARINC 429 Output can only be configured for one of these functions not both. NOTE The Lynx NGT-9000 follows the same STIF display as the L3 SKY-
497 TAS and SKY899 TCAS system. Select that option (if available) in the STIF display configuration settings. A.2.8.1 ARINC 429 Output Labels 1. The following ARINC 429 labels are output to a Traffic Display (CDTI) on Bus #1:
Label 013 - TCAS Display Control (DSC) Label 015 - Altitude Select Limits (DSC) Label 016 - Mode S Control Panel Data (DSC) Label 103 - - Own Aircraft True Track Angle (BNR) Label 162 - Generic Discrete Word #1 (DSC) [Note 1]
Label 163 - Application Availability (DSC) Label 270 - Vertical Resolution Advisories (DSC) Label 274 - Selected Sensitivity Level (DSC) Label 350 - TCAS Fault Summary (DSC) Label 371 - GA Equipment ID (DSC) Label 377 - Equipment ID (DSC) Label 110 - Own Aircraft Latitude - Coarse (BNR) Label 111 - Own Aircraft Longitude - Coarse (BNR) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-5 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual A.2.8.1 Continued Label 120 - Own Aircraft Latitude - Fine (BNR) Label 121 - Own Aircraft Longitude - Fine (BNR) Label 203 Own Aircraft Barometric Altitude (Uncorrected) (BNR) Label 204 - Own Aircraft Altitude (Baro Corrected) (BNR) Label 310 - Own Aircraft Latitude - Coarse (BNR) Label 311 - Own Aircraft Longitude - Coarse (BNR) Label 312 - Own Aircraft Ground Speed (BNR) Label 313 - Own Aircraft True Track Angle (BNR) Label 314 - Own Aircraft True Heading (BNR) Label 320 - Own Aircraft Magnetic Heading (BNR) Standard TCAS Intruder File (when enabled) Display Traffic Information File (when enabled) Note - 1: Main function of label 162 is (TIS-B/ADS-R Coverage Active (1 = Receiving Station coverage, 0 = Not receiving Station coverage). Note - 2: The following labels are not transmitted when CDTI Output is 'TIF': 103, 162, 163, 371, 110, 111, 120, 121, 204, 310, 311, 312, 313, and 314. The labels are transmitted when CDTI Output is 'DTIF' or 'Both TIF and DTIF'. 2. NGT-9000R, Release 3.2 or later. The following ARINC 429 labels are Outputs [Pins J1-48 & 49] to Control Panel #1. Requires configuration setup option for ARINC dual display. Data speed is High:
Label 013 Display Control (DISC) Label 016 Transponder Control (DISC) Label 233 Flight ID 1 (DISC) Label 234 Flight ID 2 (DISC) Label 235 Flight ID 3(DISC) Label 236 Flight ID 4 (DISC) Label 276 Standby Status (DISC) Label 350 Maintenance, Transponder (DISC) Label 352 Discrete Input Status (DISC) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-6 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual A.2.9 Discrete Input The unit has six discrete inputs that are GND/Open. The GND position is typically (depending on configuration options) the active (ON) position. This discrete input provides 1.0 0.25 mA of current when the input is grounded. The input is in the ground state when input voltage is less than or equal to 3.5Vdc, or there is less than 10 Ohms impedance to ground. The input is in the open state if the input voltage is greater than or equal to 18.0Vdc, or there is greater than 100K Ohms impedance to ground. Discrete #1 (pin 27) is used to activate the IDENT pulse, which highlights the aircrafts symbol on the ATCs radar screen and is identified on the Lynx NGT-9000 or external display / control panel when active. Discrete #2 (pin 28) is used to mute all audio outputs coming from the Lynx NGT-9000. Audio mute can be connected to other CAWS alerting systems if required (i.e. TAWS) that needs to mute the traffic system for a higher priority audio annunciation. Discrete #3 (pin 29) is used to signal the Lynx NGT-9000 that the aircraft is on ground. The input can be connected to a squat switch, airspeed monitor, or a collective switch. The discrete can be set in the DCM settings to either ground on ground, open on ground, or not used. Discrete #4 (pin 30) is used to cancel the audio from a TAWS or Traffic Aural. This Audio Acknowledge discrete is used only when the optional TAWS, TAS, TCAS, or ATAS functionality is configured. Discrete #5 (pin 31) is reserved. Release 3.2 and later. Optional connection used to select ARINC 429 Control Panel #1 or #2. When set to Ground, Control Panel #1 is used. When set to Open, Control Panel #2 is used. Discrete #6 (pin 32) is used to place the units transponder in Standby Mode. This is an optional connection typically used when dual transponders are installed. Release 2.1 and later. Note - The remote standby discrete functionality is enabled in the DCM using the MPC on the Settings>Configuration>Misc. page. A.2.10 Discrete Output The unit has six discrete outputs are internally set to GND/Open. The GND (active) position illuminates the lamp. The ground logic state has an output voltage of < 3.0Vdc when sinking 250mA of current. The open logic state has an output impedance of > 100K ohms to ground for voltages applied to the output of 0.0 to 36.0Vdc. The outputs have the capability of driving a Type 313 lamp. The lamp must have an initial resistance at turn ON (cold) of 28 minimum and a steady state ON resistance of 280 minimum. The discretes are dedicated or reserved as stated below:
Discrete Output #1 (pin 21) is used to indicate that a terrain caution advisory is present. Discrete Output #2 (pin 22) is used to indicate that a terrain warning is present. Discrete Output #3 (pin 23) is used to indicate Traffic Alert (TA). Discrete Output #4 (pin 24) is reserved. Discrete Output #5 (pin 25) is connected to other CAWS alerting systems if required (i.e. TAS or TCAS) that need to mute the traffic system for a higher priority audio annunciation (i.e. TAWS). This output will be active when the Audio Mute Input (Discrete Input 2) is active. Discrete Output #6 (pin 26) is used to indicate that ADS-B out is not providing ADS-B output data. The lamp has multiple visual cues used to identify operational status. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-7 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual A.2.11 I2C Serial Bus (Detachable Configuration Module) The I2C serial bus is used to communicate with the Detachable Configuration Module to store the configuration options set up in the Installation Checkout section using the MPC (MAT). A.2.12 Antenna Connections The unit has 5 antenna connections labeled A1 thru A5. All models of the Lynx NGT-9000 are required to have GPS and Omnidirectional (UAT) cable connections (A5 & A3). Models with TAS/TCAS have three cables connecting to A1, A2, and A4. Models with Diversity only (no TAS/TCAS) have one cable connecting to A2. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-8 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual A.3 PIN DEFINITION SUMMARY Table A-1: Connector (P1) Pin Assignments
* Signal Functions:
I = Signal Input C = Common or Ground O = Signal Output S = Spare Pin B = Bidirectional Signal R = Reserved (Do Not Connect) P = Power Input Pin Function Name 1 2 3 4 5
+14/28VDC POWER IN 1
+14/28VDC POWER IN 2
+14/28VDC POWER RETURN 1
+14/28VDC POWER RETURN 2 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER A1 Type*
P P C C I 6 7 8 9 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER A2 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER A4 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER B1 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER B2 10 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER B4 11 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER C1 12 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER C2 13 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER C4 14 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER D2 15 GILLHAM ALTITUDE ENCODER D4 16 GROUND 17 18 19 20 21 DISC OUT 1 TAWS CAUTION 22 DISC OUT 2 TAWS WARNING 23 TRAFFIC ALERT INDICATOR 24 RESERVED I2C DATA LINE I2C CLOCK LINE 3.3V OUTPUT 3.3V RETURN I I I I I I I I I I C I I O C O O O O Pin Function Name 40 ARINC 429 1 INPUT A (PRES. ALT.) 41 ARINC 429 1 INPUT B (PRES. ALT.) 42 ARINC 429 2 INPUT A (AHRS) 43 ARINC 429 2 INPUT B (AHRS) 44 RESERVED /
(RELEASE 3.2 OR LATER) ARINC 429 3 INPUT A (CONTROL PANEL 1) 45 RESERVED /
(RELEASE 3.2 OR LATER) ARINC 429 3 INPUT B (CONTROL PANEL 1) 46 ARINC 429 4 INPUT A (CONFIG.) /
(RELEASE 3.2 OR LATER) ARINC 429 4 INPUT A (CONTROL PANEL 2) 47 ARINC 429 4 INPUT B (CONFIG.) /
(RELEASE 3.2 OR LATER) ARINC 429 4 INPUT B (CONTROL PANEL 2) 48 ARINC 429 OUTPUT A (CDTI DIS.) /
(RELEASE 3.2 OR LATER) ARINC 429 OUTPUT A (CONTROL PANEL) 49 ARINC 429 OUTPUT B (CDTI DIS.) /
(RELEASE 3.2 OR LATER) ARINC 429 OUTPUT B (CONTROL PANEL) 50 RS-422 INPUT #1 B (+) (CONFIG.) 51 RS-422 INPUT #1 A (-) (CONFIG.) 52 RS-422 OUTPUT #1 B (+) (CONFIG.) 53 RS-422 OUTPUT #1 A (-) (CONFIG.) 54 SPARE 55 SPARE 56 SPARE 57 SPARE 58 SPARE 59 SPARE 60 RS-232 RX3 (ALT. ENCODER) 61 RS-232 RX1 (CONFIG.) 62 RS-232 TX1 (CONFIG.) 63 RS-232 RX2 (WI-FI DEVICE) Type*
I I I I R I R I I I I I O O O O I I O O S S S S S S I I O I 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-9 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table A-1: Connector (P1) Pin Assignments
* Signal Functions:
I = Signal Input C = Common or Ground O = Signal Output S = Spare Pin B = Bidirectional Signal R = Reserved (Do Not Connect) P = Power Input Pin Function Name 25 DISC OUT 5 AUDIO MUTE OUT 26 ADS-B OUT FAIL INDICATOR 27 DISC IN 1 IDENT 28 DISC IN 2 AUDIO MUTE 29 DISC IN 3 SQUAT / AIR SPEED MONITOR Type*
O O I I I 30 DISC IN 4 AUDIO ACKNOWLEDGE 31 SPARE (DISC IN 5) /
(RELEASE 3.2 OR LATER) DISC IN 5 CONTROL PANEL SELECT 32 RESERVED /
(RELEASE 2.1 OR GREATER) DISC IN 6 STANDBY MODE 33 RF SUPPRESSION INPUT 34 SPARE 35 SPARE 36 SPARE 37 SPARE 38 AUDIO OUT 600 OHM H 39 AUDIO OUT 600 OHM L I S I R I I S S S S O C Pin Function Name 64 RS-232 TX2 (WI-FI DEVICE) 65 RS-232 (FACTORY ONLY) 66 RS-232 (FACTORY ONLY) 67 RS-232 (FACTORY ONLY) 68 RS-232 (FACTORY ONLY) 69 SPARE 70 SPARE 71 SPARE 72 SPARE 73 SPARE 74 SPARE 75 SPARE 76 TCAS PRETRIGGER TEST OUTPUT 77 XPDR PRETRIGGER TEST OUTPUT 78 ANT. TOP/BOTTOM TEST OUTPUT Type*
O R R R R S S S S S S S R R R 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-10 A.4 [J1 CONNECTOR]
PIN 1 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 2 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 3 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 4 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 5 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual PWR_14_28VDC_IN
+ 14/28 VDC Power IN 1 30.0 watts maximum average Aircraft 28V BUS. 22 AWG wire PWR_14_28VDC_IN
+ 14/28 VDC Power IN 2 30.0 watts maximum average Aircraft 28V BUS. 22 AWG wire Ground 14/28 V Power Return 1
--------
Aircraft 14 or 28V Return BUS 22 AWG wire Ground 14/28 V Power Return 2
--------
Aircraft 14 or 28V Return BUS 22 AWG wire ALT_IN_A1 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-11 PIN 6 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 7 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 8 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 9 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual ALT_IN_A2 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire ALT_IN_A4 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire ALT_IN_B1 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire ALT_IN_B2 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-12 PIN 10 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 11 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 12 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 13 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual ALT_IN_B4 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire ALT_IN_C1 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire ALT_IN_C2 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire ALT_IN_C4 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-13 PIN 14 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 15 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 16 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 17 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 18 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual ALT_IN_D2 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line Not Connected This input used for high altitude aircraft. ALT_IN_D4 Gillham Altitude Encoder
+30 V input max, < 1 mA sourced per line Frequency: 20 Hz, Source Z: > 10 k per line Max Capacitance: < 20 pF per line See paragraph A.2.4 24 AWG wire GROUND Signal Ground
---
Ground CM SDA SDA Serial Data See paragraph A.2.11 Detachable Configuration Module Yellow wire CM SCL SCL Serial Clock See paragraph A.2.11 Detachable Configuration Module Green wire 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-14 PIN 19 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 20 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 21 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 22 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 23 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual CM 3.3V SPWR Serial Power (3.3 Vdc Power), 50ma max See paragraph A.2.11 Detachable Configuration Module Red wire CM GND SGND Serial Ground See paragraph A.2.11 Detachable Configuration Module Black wire DISC_OUT1 (Discrete Output No. 1) TAWS Caution GND/Open (GND active) Ground State < 3.0Vdc when sinking 250mA. Open State has an impedance of >100K ohms to ground for voltages applied to the output of 0.0 to 36.0Vdc. Indicator Lamp 24 AWG wire Release 2. See paragraph A.2.10. DISC_OUT2 (Discrete Output No. 2) TAWS Warning GND/Open (GND active) Ground State < 3.0Vdc when sinking 250mA. Open State has an impedance of >100K ohms to ground for voltages applied to the output of 0.0 to 36.0Vdc. Indicator Lamp 24 AWG wire Release 2. See paragraph A.2.10. DISC_OUT3 (Discrete Output No. 3) Traffic Alert (TAS, TCAS, or ATAS) GND/Open (GND active) Ground State < 3.0Vdc when sinking 250mA. Open State has an impedance of >100K ohms to ground for voltages applied to the output of 0.0 to 36.0Vdc. Indicator Lamp 24 AWG wire See paragraph A.2.10. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-15 PIN 24 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 25 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 26 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 27 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual DISC_OUT4 (Discrete Output No. 4) Reserved GND/Open (GND active) Ground State < 3.0Vdc when sinking 250mA. Open State has an impedance of >100K ohms to ground for voltages applied to the output of 0.0 to 36.0Vdc. No Connection See paragraph A.2.10. DISC_OUT5 (Discrete Output No. 5) Audio Mute Command GND/Open (GND active) Ground State < 3.0Vdc when sinking 250mA. Open State has an impedance of >100K ohms to ground for voltages applied to the output of 0.0 to 36.0Vdc. CAWS System 24 AWG wire Release 2. See paragraph A.2.10. DISC_OUT6 (Discrete Output No. 6) ADS-B Fail Indicator GND/Open (GND active) Ground State < 3.0Vdc when sinking 250mA. Open State has an impedance of >100K ohms to ground for voltages applied to the output of 0.0 to 36.0Vdc. Indicator Lamp 24 AWG wire See paragraph A.2.10. DISC_IN1 (Discrete Input No. 1) IDENT GND/Open (GND active) The GND position is typically (depending on configuration options) the active (ON) position. Ground State 3.5Vdc, Open State 18Vdc Momentary Switch 24 AWG wire See paragraph A.2.9. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-16 PIN 28 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 29 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 30 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 31 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual DISC_IN2 (Discrete Input No. 2) Audio Mute GND/Open (GND active) Ground State 3.5Vdc, Open State 18Vdc 24 AWG wire When active all traffic alerts are suppressed. Connected to other CAWS alerting systems if required
(i.e. TAWS) that needs to mute the traffic system for a higher priority audio annunciation. See paragraph A.2.9. DISC_IN3 (Discrete Input No. 3) WOW (Squat / Air Speed Monitor input/ Collective Switch) DCM selectable for GND active or Open active. Ground State 3.5Vdc, Open State 18Vdc On/Off Switch 24 AWG wire See paragraph A.2.9. DISC_IN4 (Discrete Input No. 4) Audio Acknowledge GND/Open (GND active) Ground State 3.5Vdc, Open State 18Vdc Momentary Switch 24 AWG wire Only used when the optional TAWS, TAS, TCAS, or ATAS functionality is configured. See paragraph A.2.9. DISC_IN5 (Discrete Input No. 5) Spare Release 3.2 - Control Panel Select GND/Open (GND active) Ground State 3.5Vdc, Open State 18Vdc Release 3.2 GND = Control Panel 1, Open = Control Panel 2) No Connection Release 3.2 Configuration Option. Used on NGT-
9000R for dual ARINC 429 control panels. See paragraph A.2.9. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-17 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual DISC_IN6 (Discrete Input No. 6) Standby Mode GND/Open (GND active) Ground State 3.5Vdc, Open State 18Vdc Locking Switch 24 AWG wire Optional. Used to place the units transponder in Standby Mode. Available with Release 2.1. See paragraph A.2.9. SUPPR_BUS RF Suppression Output See paragraph A.2.2 Aircraft Suppression Bus 24 AWG twisted shielded wire Spare Spare pin
---
No Connection PIN 32 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 33 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 34 thru 37 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 38 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 39 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
AUDIO OUT Audio Out 600 Ohm H 40 milli Watts (RMS) at 1000 Hz into a 600 Ohm audio distribution system. Audio Panel 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.3 GROUND Audio Out 600 Ohm L Ground Audio Panel 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.3 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-18 PIN 40 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 41 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 42 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 43 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual RX1_429A (ARINC 429_1_IN A) Pressure Altitude Input ARINC 429 Configuration Option:
Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.0 to 14.5 kbps) High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps) 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.7. RX1_429B (ARINC 429_1_IN B) Pressure Altitude Input ARINC 429 Configuration Option:
Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.0 to 14.5 kbps) High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps) 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.7. RX2_429A (ARINC 429_2_IN A) AHRS Input ARINC 429 Configuration Option:
Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.0 to 14.5 kbps) High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps) Combo Bus 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.7. RX2_429B (ARINC 429_2_IN B) AHRS Input ARINC 429 Configuration Option:
Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.0 to 14.5 kbps) High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps) Combo Bus 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.7. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-19 PIN 44 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 45 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 46 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual RX3_429A (ARINC 429_3_IN A) Reserved Release 3.2 and later - ARINC 429 3 Input A (Control Panel 1 - Front or Left). Configuration Option:
Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.0 to 14.5 kbps) High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps) Release 3.2 Configuration Option. Used on NGT-
9000R for dual ARINC 429 Control Panel. Data speed is low 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.7. RX3_429B (ARINC 429_3_IN B) Reserved Release 3.2 and later - ARINC 429 3 Input B (Control Panel 1 - Front or Left). Configuration Option:
Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.0 to 14.5 kbps) High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps) Release 3.2 Configuration Option. Used on NGT-
9000R for dual ARINC 429 Control Panel. Data speed is low 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.7. RX4_429A (ARINC 429_4_IN A) Configurable - Combo Bus 429 #2 Release 3.2 and later - ARINC 429 4 Input A (Control Panel 2 Aft or Right) Configuration Option:
Release 3.2 and later: Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.0 to 14.5 kbps) only. High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps). Release 3.1 or earlier. Release 3.2 Configuration Option. Used on NGT-
9000R for dual ARINC 429 Control Panel 2. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.7. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-20 PIN 47 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 48 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 49 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 50 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual RX4_429B (ARINC 429_4_IN B) Configurable - Combo Bus 429 #2 Release 3.2 and later - ARINC 429 4 Input B (Control Panel 2 Aft or Right) Configuration Option:
Release 3.2 and later: Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.0 to 14.5 kbps) only. High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps). Release 3.1 or earlier. Release 3.2 Configuration Option. Used on NGT-
9000R for dual ARINC 429 Control Panel 2. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.7. TX_429A (ARINC 429_OUT A) ARINC 429 Output for CDTI display Release 3.2 and later - ARINC 429 Output A (Control Panel 1) High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps) L-3 Sky-497 STIF format (config option) Control Panel (Release 3.2 config option) Used on NGT-
9000R for dual ARINC 429 Control Panel. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.8 TX_429B (ARINC 429_OUT B) ARINC 429 Output for CDTI display Release 3.2 and later - ARINC 429 Output B (Control Panel 1) High Speed ARINC 429 (100 kbps) L-3 Sky-497 STIF format (config option) Control Panel (Release 3.2 config option) Used on NGT-
9000R for dual ARINC 429 Control Panel. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.8 RS422_RXB ( + ) (non-inverting) RS-422 Input # 1 Data bits 8, Parity none, Stop bit 1, Start bit 1, Data format is ASCII, Flow control is none. Baud Rate: (configuration option) 38400, 57600, or 115200. Depending on the equipment manufacturer Optional. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.6 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-21 PIN 51 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 52 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 53 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 54 thru PIN 59 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual RS422_RXA ( - ) (inverting) RS-422 Input # 1 Data bits 8, Parity none, Stop bit 1, Start bit 1, Data format is ASCII, Flow control is none. Baud Rate: (configuration option) 38400, 57600, or 115200. Depending on the equipment manufacturer Optional. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.6 RS422_TXB ( + ) (non-inverting) RS-422 Output # 1 Data bits 8, Parity none, Stop bit 1, Start bit 1, Data format is ASCII, Flow control is none. Baud Rate: (configuration option) 38400, 57600, or 115200. Depending on the equipment manufacturer Optional. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.6 RS422_TXA ( - ) (inverting) RS-422 Output # 1 Data bits 8, Parity none, Stop bit 1, Start bit 1, Data format is ASCII, Flow control is none. Baud Rate: (configuration option) 38400, 57600, or 115200. Depending on the equipment manufacturer Optional. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.6 Spare Spare pin
---
No Connection 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-22 PIN 60 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 61 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 62 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 63 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual RS232_RX3 Altitude Encoder RS-232 RX (Encoder Input) Data bits (configuration option) 7 or 8, Parity none, Stop bit 1, Start bit 1, Data format is ASCII, Flow control is none. Baud Rate: (configuration option) 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 12000, 19200, 28800, 38400, 57600, or 115200 bps. Depending on the equipment manufacturer and selected in the DCM. Optional. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.5.2 RS232_RX1 RS-232 Input #1 Data bits 8, Parity none, Stop bit 1, Start bit 1, Data format is ASCII, Flow control is none. Baud Rate: 1200 bps. CP-2500 or other serial RS-232 controller
(Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R only). 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.5.2 RS232_TX1 RS-232 Output #1 Data bits 8, Parity none, Stop bit 1, Start bit 1, Data format is ASCII, Flow control is none. Baud Rate: 1200 bps. CP-2500 or other serial RS-232 controller
(Remote Mount Lynx NGT-9000R only). 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.5.2 RS232_RX2 RS-232 Input #2 (Wi-Fi Device) Data bits 8, Parity none, Stop bit 1, Start bit 1, Data format is ASCII, Flow control is none. Baud Rate: 115200 bps. Optional. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.5.1 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-23 PIN 64 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 65 thru 68 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 69 thru PIN 75 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
PIN 76 thru PIN 78 Signal Name:
Signal Function:
Electrical Characteristics:
Connection:
Comments:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual RS232_TX2 RS-232 Output #2 (Wi-Fi Device) Data bits 8, Parity none, Stop bit 1, Start bit 1, Data format is ASCII, Flow control is none. Baud Rate: 115200 bps. Optional. 24 AWG twisted shielded pair wire See paragraph A.2.5.1 RESERVED RS-232 (Factory Only)
---
No Connection Spare Spare pin
---
No Connection RESERVED test output
---
No Connection FACTORY ONLY 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix A Page A-24 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Appendix B Environmental Qualification Form INTRODUCTION B.1 This appendix includes the environmental qualifications form required for the Lynx NGT-9000, Detachable Configuration Module, NY156, and NY164 Directional Antenna. B.2 LYNX NGT-9000 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
TYPE DESIGNATION:
Multilink Surveillance System Panel Mount NGT-9000D Release 1, 1.1 (HW) Multilink Surveillance System Remote Mount NGT-9000RD Release 1, 1.2 (HW) Release 1, 2, or 3 (SW) Release 1, 2, or 3 (SW) MODEL:
HARDWARE PART NO.:
MANUFACTURER:
ADDRESS:
NGT-9000, NGT-9000+, NGT-9000D, NGT-9000D+
9029000-20000 Aviation Communication and Surveillance Systems ACSS 19810 N. 7th Avenue Phoenix, AZ 85027-4741 NGT-9000R, NGT-9000R+, NGT-9000RD, NGT-9000RD+
9029000-40000 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION::
PART NUMBERS:
MANUFACTURER:
ADDRESS:
Detachable Configuration Module 9230-17003-01 Aviation Communication and Surveillance Systems ACSS 19810 N. 7th Avenue Phoenix, AZ 85027-4741 DESCRIPTION Low Temperature SECT. NO. 4.5.1 4.5.2 e d u t i t l A d n a e r u t a r e p m e T High Temperature 4.5.3 4.5.4 CAT. A1/F1 DESCRIPTION Panel Mount: -20 C Operating
-40 C Short Time Operating.
-55 C Ground Survival B2 Remote Mount: -45 C Operating
-45 C Short Time Operating.
-55 C Ground Survival A1/F1 Panel Mount: +55 C Operating
+70 C Short Time Operating
+85 C Ground Survival B2 Remote Mount: +70 C Operating
+70 C Short Time Operating
+85 C Ground Survival In-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.5 X Not Applicable, Not Tested. External Cooling Not Required Altitude 4.6.1 A1/F1 Tested to 55,000 ft. Maximum Operating Altitude Decompression 4.6.2 A1/F1 8,000 ft. to 55,000 ft. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix B Page B-1 DESCRIPTION Overpressure Temperature Variation Humidity SECT. NO. 4.6.3 5.3.1 6.3.1 Operational Shocks 7.2 Crash Safety 7.3 d n a s k c o h S l a n o i t a r e p O y t e f a S h s a r C Vibration Explosive Atmosphere Waterproofness Fluids Susceptibility Sand and Dust Fungus Resistance Salt Spray Magnetic Effect Power Input Voltage Spike 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual CAT. DESCRIPTION A1/F1
-15,000 ft. B A B B S R 5 C/min Non-controlled temperature, Equipment mounted internal in aircraft Standard Humidity Environment 3 shocks of 6g in both directions of the three orthogonal axes. One 20g Impulse shock in both directions of each orthogonal axis for a total of 6 shocks. Sustained Aircraft Type 5 (Helicopter and All Fixed-
Wing) Test Type R (Random Orientation) Panel Mount: Fixed Wing, Curve M, Sine Remote Mount: Assuming Fuse Mount: Cat S, Curve L Panel Mount: Robust Fixed Wing, Curves B & B1, Random Remote Mount: Curve C/C1 U2 Rotorcraft, Curve F and F1 X X X X X X Z Not Applicable, Not Tested. Not Applicable, Not Tested. Not Applicable, Not Tested. Not Applicable, Not Tested. Not Applicable, Not Tested. Not Applicable, Not Tested.
<0.3m for deflection of Dc. BXX 14V and 28V DC inputs A X Aircraft Power 28V (no Mod) or Aircraft Power 14V with HW Mod A (see SB9029000-3):
600 V/2 s from 50 source impedance Aircraft Power 14V (without HW Mod A): Not Applicable, Not Tested. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix B Page B-2 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual DESCRIPTION Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility Induced Signal Susceptibility SECT. NO. CAT. DESCRIPTION 18 19 Z Engine driven alternator / generator with battery. ZC Interference free operation RF Susceptibility
(Radiated and Conducted) 20 TT Conducted Susceptibility:
10KHz to 400MHz, 7.5mA CW & SW modulation Radiated Susceptibility:
100MHz to 8GHz, 5V/m CW & SW modulation Emission of RF Energy 21 M Interference free operation A3: Pin Injection Waveform Tests:
Waveform 3 600 VOC/24 ISC Waveform 4 300 VOC/60 ISC J3: Cable Bundle Single Stroke:
Waveform 1 300 VT/600IL Waveform 3 600 VT/120IL J3: Cable Bundle Multiple Stroke:
Waveform 1 First Stroke 300 VL/600 IL Sub Strokes 150 VL/150IT Waveform 3 First Stroke 600 VL/120 IL Sub Strokes 300 VL/60IL L3: Cable Bundle Multiple Burst:
Waveform 3: 360 VT/6IL Not Applicable, Not Tested. Not Applicable, Not Tested. 15 kv/330 /150pf Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility 22 A3J3L3 Lightning Direct Effects Icing Electro Static Discharge Fire, Flammability Other Tests 23 24 25 26 X X A X None 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix B Page B-3 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual B.3 NY156 & NY164 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM MANUFACTURER:
ADDRESS:
APPLICABLE SPEC. NO.:
REVISION & CHANGE NUMBER OF DO-160: C Sensor Systems, Inc. 8929 Fullbright Ave., Chatsworth, CA 91311 USA (818) 341-5366 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
MODEL:
L3 PART NUMBERS:
SENSOR SYSTEM PART NUMBERS:
Antenna NY156 805-10003-001 S72-1744 NY164 805-10890-001 S72-1746 SECTION CONDITIONS 4.0 Temperature and Altitude 4.5.1 Low Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 High Temperature 4.5.4 In-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.6.1 Altitude 4.6.2 Decompression 4.6.3 Overpressure 5.0 Temperature Variation 6.0 Humidity Operational Shock and Crash Safety 7.0 TEST DESCRIPTION Equipment tested to Categories F2.
-55 Degrees Celsius
+70 Degrees Celsius
- Not Applicable -
55,000 Feet
- Not Applicable -
- Not Applicable -
Equipment tested to Category A. Equipment tested to Category C. Operation and Crash Vibration Explosion Waterproofness Fluids Susceptibility Sand and Dust Fungus Salt Spray Magnetic Effect Power Input Voltage Spike Audio Frequency Susceptibility Induced Signal Susceptibility Radio Frequency Susceptibility Radio Frequency Emission Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility Lightning Direct Effects Icing Other Tests 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 Equipment tested to Category C, L, M, and Y. Category X - No test performed. Equipment tested to Category S. Equipment tested to Category F. Equipment tested to Category D. Equipment tested to Category F. Equipment tested to Category S. Category X - No test performed. Category X - No test performed. Category X - No test performed. Category X - No test performed. Category X - No test performed. Category X - No test performed. Category X - No test performed. Equipment tested to Category L. Equipment tested to Category 2A. Category X - No test performed. No test required 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix B Page B-4 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Appendix C Equipment Compatibility and Diagrams INTRODUCTION C.1 This information should be used in conjunction with the primary interconnect drawing in the installation section of this manual, as well as the display and equipment manufacturers installation instructions in the applicable installation manual. Refer to Section 1 Paragraph 1.11 for details on the equipment listed in this appendix. C.2 TRAFFIC DISPLAYS MANUFACTURER MODEL DATA FORMAT NOTES Aspen Avidyne Avidyne Bendix/King Garmin Garmin Garmin (5) Garmin (5) Garmin (5) Genesys EFD1000 PFD EFD1000 MFD EFD500 MFD See Figure C-1 IFD-4xx / 5xx See Figure C-6 EX5000 Figure C-9 KMD 550/850 (2) See Figure C-7 GMX 200 (1) With Traffic I/O See Figure C-2 MX 20 (1) With Traffic I/O See Figure C-2 GNS 430W/530W GNS 430/530 See Figure C-3 G500/600 See Figure C-4 GTN 650/750 See Figure C-5 IDU-450 IDU-680 See Figure C-8 RS-422 RS-232 RS-232 ARINC 429 ARINC 429 RS-422 ARINC 429 RS-422 ARINC 429 ARINC 429 ARINC 429 ARINC 429 RS-422 SW Version MAP SW 2.8.1 or later IOP SW2.0.5 or later 910-00001-XXX (except -004)
(Set RS-422 Baud Rate on MPC (MAT) for 115200) SW 10.2.0.0 (3) SW 10.2.x (4) SW 8.2 or later SW Version 02/02 SW Version 2.13 If Traffic I/O is installed, either the RS-422 or ARINC 429 may be used for display of traffic. SW Version 5.7 If Traffic I/O is installed, either the RS-422 or ARINC 429 may be used for display of traffic.
(Standard traffic only.) 5.0 GPS SW / Version 5.10
(Standard traffic only) GDU-620 Version 6.11 FPGA and I/O Version 2.1
(Standard traffic only) 4.0 GPS / SW Version 5.0 6.11 GPS / SW Version 5.0 EFIS Version 8.0F and later If Traffic I/O is installed, either the RS-422 or ARINC 429 may be used for display of traffic. Note:
(1)
(2) Requires either ATAS, TAS or TCAS enabled in order to be compatible.
(3) An Aspen display and the IFD-4xx / 5xx Software level 10.2.1 or higher can both be connected to the NGT-9000.
(4) The IFD-4xx / 5xx RS232 in setting of Capstone HS Trfc+Wx is 115.2 Kb rate compatible with the Aspen. Versions earlier than 10.2.1 support 38.4 Kb only. Wiring is RS-422 output from NGT-9000 to an RS-232 input on the IFD-
4xx/5xx.
(5) No weather is displayed on Garmin displays. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual C.3 WEATHER DISPLAYS MANUFACTURER MODEL DATA FORMAT NOTES Aspen Avidyne Avidyne Garmin Garmin Genesys EFD1000 PFD (1) EFD1000 MFD EFD500 MFD See Figure C-1 IFD-4xx / 5xx See Figure C-6 EX5000 Figure C-9 MX 20 See Figure C-2 GMX 200 See Figure C-2 IDU-450 / 680 See Figure C-8 RS-422 / RS-232 SW Version MAP SW 2.8.1 or later IOP SW2.0.5 or later 910-00001-XXX (except -004, used on Pt23 Class 3 aircraft)
(EFD1000 PFD only - displays graphical weather and does not display textural weather.) RS-232 SW 10.2.x (2) (3) RS-422 / RS-232 SW 8.2 or later RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 SW Version 5.7 SW Version 2.13 EFIS Version 8.x Notes:
(1) PFD only displays graphical weather and does not display textural weather.
(2) An Aspen display and the IFD-4xx / 5xx Software level 10.2.1 or higher can both be connected to the NGT-9000.
(3) The IFD-4xx / 5xx RS232 in setting of Capstone HS Trfc+Wx is 115.2 Kb rate compatible with the Aspen. Versions earlier than 10.2.1 support 38.4 Kb only. Wiring is RS-422 output from NGT-
9000 to an RS-232 input on the IFD-4xx/5xx. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-2 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure C-1: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Aspen EFD1000 & EFD500 Note The RS-422 (pin 52 & 53) must be set to a baud rate of 38,400. Figure C-2: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Garmin GMX200 and MX-20 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-3 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure C-3: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Garmin GNS 430 / 430W / 530 / 530W Figure C-4: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Garmin G500/600 Figure C-5: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Garmin GTN 650/750 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-4 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure C-6: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Avidyne IFD-4xx / 5xx Figure C-7: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Bendix/King KMD 550/850 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-5 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure C-8: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Genesys IDU-450 / IDU-680 Figure C-9: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for Avidyne EX5000 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-6 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual C.4 CONTROL PANEL MANUFACTURER ACSS ACSS ACSS ACSS ACSS Cobham Notes:
MODEL CP-2500
(9080-17250-01) See Figure C-10 CP-2500
(9080-17250-02) See Figure C-10 CP-2500
(9080-17250-02) See Figure C-10 (1) CP-2500
(9080-17250-12) See Figure C-10 (1) CP-2500
(9080-17250-12) See Figure C-10 RMS-555 See Figure C-12 DESCRIPTION 2 1/4-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 SW VERSION FW Rev 09. HW Rev 01 2 1/4-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 FW Rev 15 &
16. HW Rev 01 2 1/4-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 FW Rev 17 or greater. HW Rev 01 3 1/8-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 FW Rev 15 &
16 HW Rev 01 3 1/8-inch bezel Data Format RS-232 FW Rev 17 or greater. HW Rev 01 COMPATIBLE Compatible with NGT-9000R Release 1.1. Compatible with NGT-9000R Release 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1 & 3.2. Compatible with NGT-
9000R Release 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1 & 3.2. Compatible with NGT-
9000R Release 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1 & 3.2. Compatible with NGT-
9000R Release 2.0, 2.1, 3.0, 3.1 & 3.2. Data Format ARINC 429 Compatible with NGT-
9000R Release 3.2.
(1) See Figure C-11 for dual NGT-9000 interconnect wiring diagram.
(2) The remote standby discrete functionality is enabled in the DCM using the MPC on the Settings>Configuration>Misc. page. Figure C-10: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for CP-2500 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-7 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure C-11: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for CP-2500 with Dual NGT-9000 Figure C-12: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for RMS-555 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-8 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual C.5 GPS SPLITTER & COUPLER MANUFACTURER MODEL DESCRIPTION NOTES GPS Networking GPS Splitter Passive with one DC blocked. LDCBS1x2N LDCBS1x2T See Figure C-13 PD2ORG See Figure C-14 AeroAntenna Technology, Inc
(TNC)
(Type N) GPS Coupler Coupler that will utilize DC from either output source. NOTE When using an existing GPS antenna to a navigation system, the recommendation is to use the splitter. The original source navigation system is maintained by using the splitter and connecting the NGT-9000 to the DC blocked input, preventing the NGT-
9000 from powering the antenna. When sharing an antenna between two Lynx units, the GPS Coupler is recommended, so that the antenna remains powered should one of the dual install units fail. Type N connector shown Figure C-13: GPS Splitter Connection Diagram Figure C-14: GPS Coupler Connection Diagram 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-9 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual C.6 WX-500 (STORMSCOPE) MANUFACTURER MODEL DATA FORMAT NOTES L3 Aviation Products WX-500 P/N 805-11500-001 RS-232 See Figure C-15 Or RS-422 See Figure C-16 Stormscope Series II Weather Mapping System When interfacing the NGT-9000 to the WX-500, the system must be wired so that the NGT-
9000 is the master/sole controller for the WX-500. Figure C-15: Interconnect Wiring Diagrams for WX-500 (RS-232) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-10 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Figure C-16: Interconnect Wiring Diagrams for WX-500 (RS-422) 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-11 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual C.7 WIFI MODULE (PIM-9000) MANUFACTURER MODEL DATA FORMAT NOTES L3 Aviation Products PIM-9000 RS-232 P/N 9230-17005-01 See Figure C-17 The voltage input to the PIM-9000 is rated from 4.5VDC to 32VDC. Figure C-17: Interconnect Wiring Diagram for PIM-9000 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix C Page C-12 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Appendix D TSO and Failure Classification Information D.1 NON-TSO FUNCTIONS The Lynx NGT-9000 Release 1 and DCM Release 1 do not have any Non-TSO functions. The Lynx NGT-9000 Release 2 and DCM Release 2 do not have any Non-TSO functions. The Lynx NGT-9000 Release 3 and DCM Release 3 do not have any Non-TSO functions. D.2 PANEL MOUNT NGT-9000 NOTE 1. Unless otherwise specified Release 1 refers to Release 1.0 and any subsequent minor changes to Release 1.0. 2. Unless otherwise specified Release 2 refers to Release 2.0 and any subsequent minor changes to Release 2.0. 3. Unless otherwise specified Release 3 refers to Release 3.0 and any subsequent minor changes to Release 3.0. The NGT-9000D Release 1 / 2 / 3 and DCM Release 1 / 2 / 3 meet the requirements of the following TSOs listed in Table D-1. See Limitation Paragraph 14 in Section 1.14 regarding TSO-C157a. Table D-1: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000D HW PART NO /
SW PART NO /
TYPE DESIGNATION 9029000-20000 9020010-001 NGT-9000D 1.0 9029000-20000 /
9020010-002 /
NGT-9000D 1.1 DESCRIPTION Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. APPLICABLE TSO AND DEVIATIONS TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 CLASS, COMMENTS Level 2 dens Class 1 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195a Deviation Note 2, 8 Class B1, B5, C1, C5 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 Level 2 dens Class 1 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195a Deviation Note 2, 8 Class B1, B5, C1, C5 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-1 HW PART NO /
SW PART NO /
TYPE DESIGNATION 9029000-20000 /
9020010-003 /
NGT-9000D 1.2 9029000-20000 /
9020010-004 /
NGT-9000D 2.0 9029000-20000 /
9020010-005 /
NGT-9000D 2.1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table D-1: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000D DESCRIPTION Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) Functionality APPLICABLE TSO AND DEVIATIONS TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 CLASS, COMMENTS Level 2 dens Class 1 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195a Deviation Note 2, 8 Class B1, B5, C1, C5 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 Level 2 dens Class 1
(diversity configuration Class Beta 1(GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,9 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 Class B1, B5, B7, C1, C5, C7 Level 2 dens Class 1
(diversity configuration Class Beta 1(GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,9 Class B1, B5, B7, C1, C5, C7 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-2 HW PART NO /
SW PART NO /
TYPE DESIGNATION 9029000-20000 /
9020010-006 /
NGT-9000D 3.0 9029000-20000 /
9020010-007 /
NGT-9000D 3.1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table D-1: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000D DESCRIPTION Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) Functionality Supports TCAS Functionality. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) Functionality Supports TCAS Functionality. APPLICABLE TSO AND DEVIATIONS TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 CLASS, COMMENTS Level 2 dens Class 1
(diversity configuration TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 Class Beta 1(GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A Class B TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2 Class A1S (receive TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 only) Class 2 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,9 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 Class B1, B5, B7, C1, C5, C7 Level 2 dens Class 1
(diversity configuration Class Beta 1(GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A Class B TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,9 Class B1, B5, B7, C1, C5, C7 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-3 HW PART NO /
SW PART NO /
TYPE DESIGNATION 9029000-20000 /
9020010-008 /
NGT-9000D 3.2 9029000-20000 /
9020010-009 /
NGT-9000D 3.2.1 9029000-20000 /
9020010-010 /
NGT-9000D 3.2.2 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table D-1: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000D DESCRIPTION Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) Functionality Supports TCAS Functionality. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) Functionality Supports TCAS Functionality. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic
(RS-422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-
422) displays. Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports Terrain Display Only (No Alerts) Functionality Supports TCAS Functionality. APPLICABLE TSO AND DEVIATIONS TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 CLASS, COMMENTS Level 2 dens Class 1
(diversity configuration Class Beta 1(GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,9 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 Class B1, B5, B7, C1, C5, C7 Level 2 dens Class 1
(diversity configuration Class Beta 1(GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,9 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 4, 6, 10 TSO-C113a Deviation Note 2 TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 5 Class B1, B5, B7, C1, C5, C7 Level 2 dens Class 1
(diversity configuration Class Beta 1(GPS SBAS Output) TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 5 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 4, 5, 10 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,9 Class B1, B5, B7, C1, C5, C7 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-4 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Deviation Notes:
Deviation 1: TSO-C145c, TSO-C147. Require the use of DO-160E for environmental qualification testing; DO-
160G was used instead. Deviation 2: TSO-C113a, TSO-C118a, TSO-C145c, TSO-C147, TSO-C151c, TSO-C154c, TSO-C157a, TSO-
C166b, TSO-C195a, TSO-C195b Per the guidance in FAA Order 8150.1c, the units are marked with the primary TSO along with a reference to the Installation Manual for the other TSO information (other applicable TSOs, deviations, etc.). Deviation 3: TSO-C118a, TSO-C147. Due to the RF power requirement and inherent non-linearity in RF transmitters, the harmonics of the transmitter exceed the RF radiated emissions limit in DO-160G. ACSS deviates from DO-160G Section 21 Category M Radiated RF Emissions in the following frequency bands when the transmitter is active:
Deviation 4: TSO-C112d, TSO-166b. The Lynx NGT-9000 has an RF transmitter, which is used to generate both the 1030MHz and 1090MHz waveforms for Mode S Transponder, ADS-B Out, and TAS functions. Due to the RF power requirement and inherent non-linearitys in RF transmitters, the harmonics of the transmitter exceed the RF radiated emissions limit in DO-160G. ACSS deviates from DO-160G Section 21 Category M Radiated RF Emissions in the following frequency bands when the transmitter is active:
Deviation 5: TSO-C145c, TSO-C147, TSO-C154c, TSO-C166b. The Lynx NGT-9000 utilizes electronic part marking for the software part number, which is stored in non-volatile memory. 2180MHz 7MHz (2nd Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 19.3dB 3270MHz 23MHz (3rd Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 22.0dB 4360MHz 23MHz (4th Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 24.4dB 5450MHz 23MHz (5th Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 21.4dB 2060MHz 5MHz (2nd Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as15.6dB 3090MHz 5MHz (3rd Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 16.7dB 4120MHz 20MHz (4th Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 22.7dB 5150MHz 5MHz (5th Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 12.2dB Deviation 6: TSO- C112d. The NGT-9000 does not perform Comm-A (broadcast or addressed) or Comm-B Air-
Initiated ADLP (Airborne Data Link Processor) link operations. The NGT-9000 meets the certification of Level 2 transponders except for the support of the above listed ADLP functions. Deviation 7: TSO-C147. The use of traffic symbology as defined in DO-317A is equivalent level of safety to the symbols define in TSO-C147. ACSS submits that the use of the 0.1 inch character size for the TAS characters
(relative altitude tag) and use of 0.163 inch traffic symbols provides an equivalent level of safety to the TSO-C147 specified character and symbol sizes. Deviation 8: TSO-C195a. The ACSS ATCRBS and ADS-B traffic in a track-up orientation when heading source is unavailable. ACSS believes that removing the ADS-B traffic or ATCRBS traffic from the display when the heading input is not available would significantly reduce the value of the CDTIs support in the pilots see and avoid responsibilities. DO-317A ASA AIRB application display TIS-B traffic, with a NACv of 0, as a non-directional track similar to EVAcq. This removes the contradiction between requirements and is in-line with updates in the next revision of the MOPS
(i.e., DO-317B). DO-317A ASA AIRB application will send TIS-B traffic display data by reporting the most recent non-zero NACv reading confirmed over a 60 second interval. The EVAcq and AIRB functions are set to unavailable when ownship position is beyond 85 degrees North or South latitude. The result is a display of Traffic Unavailable on Panel mount units and an indication of Standby for remote displays. However, for NGT-9000 installations, where TAS is enabled, the range/bearing based TAS targets are displayed. Deviation 9: TSO-C195b. The ACSS ATCRBS and ADS-B traffic in a track-up orientation when heading source is unavailable. ACSS believes that removing the ADS-B traffic or ATCRBS traffic from the display when the heading input is not available would significantly reduce the value of the CDTIs support in the pilots see and avoid responsibilities. DO-317B ASA AIRB application display TIS-B traffic by reporting the most recent non-zero NACv reading confirmed over a 60-second interval. The EVAcq and AIRB functions are set to unavailable when ownship position is beyond 85 degrees North or South latitude. The result is a display of Traffic Unavailable on Panel mount units and an indication of Standby for 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-5 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Deviation Notes:
remote displays. However, for NGT-9000 installations, where TAS is enabled, the range/bearing based TAS targets are displayed. Deviation 10: TSO-C112d, TSO-C166b. For diversity configurations, only where the top mounted TAS antenna is operating as an augmentation to a fully qualified bottom blade antenna. In this given configuration, the NGT-
9000D+ uses the top directional antenna with reduced 1090MHz gain of minus 5dB as compared to a matched quarter wave stub. Deviation 11: TSO-C118a. (In-band Acceptance) Given a valid transponder reply signal in the absence of interference or overloads, the minimum trigger level (MTL) is defined as the input power level that results in a 90%
ratio of decoded to receive replies. The MTL over the frequency range of 1,087 to 1,093 MHz shall be no greater than -70 dBm. Deviation 12: TSO-C118a. (Transmitter RF Power Output) When transmitting at full (un-attenuated) output power, the peak RF output power delivered to a quarter wave stub antenna will have a minimum RF power of 50 dBm. Deviation 13: TSO-C118a. (GPS Altitude Derived Height Above Geoid) Above Ground Level (AGL) height will be calculated by subtracting local terrain elevation provided by the terrain database from the GPS altitude provided by the internal GPS receiver. Deviation 14: TSO-C118a. (Aural Alert for Rotorcraft installations) Aural annunciations will not be suppressed at any altitude while ownship is in air. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-6 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual D.3 REMOTE MOUNT LYNX NGT-9000R NOTE 1. Unless otherwise specified Release 1 refers to Release 1.0 and any subsequent minor changes to Release 1.0. 2. Unless otherwise specified Release 2 refers to Release 2.0 and any subsequent minor changes to Release 2.0. 3. Unless otherwise specified Release 3 refers to Release 3.0 and any subsequent minor changes to Release 3.0. The NGT-9000RD Release 1 / 2 / 3 and DCM Release 1 / 2 / 3 meet the requirements of the TSOs listed in Table D-2. Table D-2: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000RD HW PART NO /
SW PART NO /
TYPE DESIGNATION 9029000-40000 /
9020010-002 /
NGT-9000RD 1.0 9029000-40000 /
9020010-003 /
NGT-9000RD 1.1 DESCRIPTION Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic (RS-
422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-422) displays. Interfaces with control panel (CP-2500 via RS-
232). Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT, Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic (RS-
422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-422) displays. Interfaces with control panel (CP-2500 via RS-
232). APPLICABLE TSO AND DEVIATIONS TSO-C112d Deviation Note 3, 5, 8 CLASS, COMMENTS Level 2 dens Class 1 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 4 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) Class A Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 incomplete TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2, 4 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 3, 4, 8 Class A2 TSO-C195a Deviation Note 2, 4, 6 Class C1 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 3, 5, 8 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 4 Level 2 dens Class 1 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) Class A Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 incomplete TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2, 4 TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 3, 4, 8 Class A2 TSO-C195a Deviation Note 2, 4, 6 Class C1 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-7 HW PART NO /
SW PART NO /
TYPE DESIGNATION 9029000-40000 /
9020010-004 /
NGT-9000RD 2.0 9029000-40000 /
9020010-005 /
NGT-9000RD 2.1 9029000-40000 /
9020010-006 /
NGT-9000RD 3.0 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table D-2: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000RD DESCRIPTION Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic (RS-
422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-422) displays. Interfaces with control panel (CP-2500 via RS-
232). Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic (RS-
422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-422) displays. Interfaces with control panel (CP-2500 via RS-
232). Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic (RS-
422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-422) displays. Interfaces with control panel (CP-2500 via RS-
232). Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports TCAS Functionality. APPLICABLE TSO AND DEVIATIONS TSO-C112d Deviation Note 3, 5, 8 CLASS, COMMENTS Level 2 dens Class 1 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2, 9 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 4 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2, 4 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 incomplete TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 3, 4, 8 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,4, 7 Class C1, C5, C7 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 3, 5, 8 Level 2 dens Class 1 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2, 9 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 4 Class A1S (receive only) TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2, 4 Class 2 incomplete TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 3, 4, 8 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,4, 7 Class C1, C5, C7 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 3, 5, 8 Level 2 dens Class 1 TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 10, 11, 12, 13 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2, 9 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 4 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2, 4 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 incomplete TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 3, 4, 8 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,4, 7 Class C1, C5, C7 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 3, 5, 8 Level 2 dens Class 1 TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 10, 11, 12, 13 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) Appendix D Page D-8 9029000-40000 /
9020010-007 /
NGT-9000RD 3.1 Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) HW PART NO /
SW PART NO /
TYPE DESIGNATION 9029000-40000 /
9020010-008 /
NGT-9000RD 3.2 9029000-40000 /
9020010-009 /
NGT-9000RD 3.2.1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table D-2: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000RD DESCRIPTION Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic (RS-
422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-422) displays. Interfaces with control panel (CP-2500 via RS-
232). Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports TCAS Functionality. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic (RS-
422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-422) displays. Interfaces with control panel (CP-2500 via RS-
232) or (other LRUs via ARINC 429). Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports TCAS Functionality. Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic (RS-
422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-422) displays. Interfaces with control panel (CP-2500 via RS-
232) or (other LRUs via ARINC 429). Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports TCAS Functionality. APPLICABLE TSO AND DEVIATIONS TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 CLASS, COMMENTS Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2, 9 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 4 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2, 4 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 incomplete TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 3, 4, 8 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,4, 7 Class C1, C5, C7 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 3, 5, 8 Level 2 dens Class 1 TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 10, 11, 12, 13 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2, 9 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 4 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2, 4 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 incomplete TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 3, 4, 8 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,4, 7 Class C1, C5, C7 TSO-C112d Deviation Note 3, 5, 8 Level 2 dens Class 1 TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 10, 11, 12, 13 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2, 9 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 4 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2, 4 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 incomplete TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 3, 4, 8 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,4, 7 Class C1, C5, C7 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-9 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table D-2: Applicable TSO and Deviations for NGT-9000RD DESCRIPTION Supports GPS, WiFi, and ADS-B In via 1090ES and ADS-B Out via 1090ES and UAT. Specific models support TAS and Diversity and TAS/Diversity. Interfaces with traffic (RS-
422 and ARINC 429) and weather (RS-422) displays. Interfaces with control panel (CP-2500 via RS-
232) or (other LRUs via ARINC 429). Supports ATAS and Class B TAWS functionality. Supports TCAS Functionality. APPLICABLE TSO AND DEVIATIONS TSO-C112d Deviation Note 3, 5, 8 CLASS, COMMENTS Level 2 dens Class 1 TSO-C118a Deviation Note 2, 3, 10, 11, 12, 13 TSO-C145c Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 TSO-C147 Deviation Note 1, 2, 4 Class Beta 1 (GPS SBAS Output) Class A TSO-C151c Deviation Note 2, 9 Class B TSO-C154c Deviation Note 2, 4 TSO-C157a Deviation Note 2, 4 Class A1S (receive only) Class 2 incomplete TSO-C166b Deviation Note 2, 3, 4, 8 Class A2 TSO-C195b Deviation Note 2,4, 7 Class C1, C5, C7 HW PART NO /
SW PART NO /
TYPE DESIGNATION 9029000-40000 /
9020010-010 /
NGT-9000RD 3.2.2 Deviation Notes:
Deviation 1: TSO-C145c, TSO-C147. DO-160G was used instead of earlier versions. Deviation 2: TSO-C118a, TSO-C145c, TSO-C151c, TSO-C147, TSO-C154c, TSO-C157a, TSO-C166b, TSO-
C195a, TSO-C195b Per the guidance in FAA Order 8150.1c, the units are marked with the primary TSO along with a reference to the Installation Manual for the other TSO information (other applicable TSOs, deviations, etc.). Deviation 3: TSO-C112d, TSO-C166b. The Lynx NGT-9000 has an RF transmitter, which is used to generate both the 1030MHz and 1090MHz waveforms for Mode S Transponder, ADS-B Out, and TAS functions. Due to the RF power requirement and inherent non-linearitys in RF transmitters, the harmonics of the transmitter exceed the RF radiated emissions limit in DO-160G. ACSS deviates from DO160G Section 21 Category M Radiated RF Emissions in the following frequency bands when the transmitter is active:
TSO-C112d TSO-C166b 2180MHz 7MHz (2nd Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 19.3dB 3270MHz 23MHz (3rd Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 22.0dB 4360MHz 23MHz (4th Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 24.4dB 5450MHz 23MHz (5th Transmitter harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 21.4d 2180 MHz 78 MHz (2nd Transmitter Harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 23 dB 3270 MHz 23 MHz (3rd Transmitter Harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 13 dB 4360 MHz 23 MHz (4th Transmitter Harmonic) Exceeds Cat M by as much as 14 dB Deviation 4: TSO-C145c, TSO-C147, TSO-C154c, TSO-157a, TSO-C166b, TSO-195a, TSO-195b. The Lynx NGT-
9000 utilizes a Maintenance Computer (i.e., a special tool) as its primary support tool required for installation and debug effort. All installations will require that the Maintenance Computer be used to verify the software part number that is stored electronically in the unit thereby ensuring the part has been installed in compliance to the type design data. All software updates will also require that the Maintenance Computer be used to verify the software part number that is stored electronically in the unit thereby ensuring the part is in compliance to the type design data. Deviation 5: TSO- C112d. The NGT-9000 does not perform Comm-A (broadcast or addressed) or Comm-B Air-
Initiated ADLP (Airborne Data Link Processor) link operations. The NGT-9000 meets the certification of Level 2 transponders except for the support of the above listed ADLP functions. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-10 Deviation Notes:
Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Deviation 6: TSO-C195a. When a heading source is unavailable, ATCRBS and ADS-B traffic are respectively oriented in a heading and track-up orientation. ACSS believes that removing the ADS-B traffic or ATCRBS traffic from the data sent to the display when the heading input is not available would significantly reduce the value of the CDTIs support in the pilots see and avoid responsibilities. DO-317A ASA AIRB application will send TIS-B traffic display data, with a NACv of 0, as a non-directional track similar to EVAcq. This is in-line with updates in the next revision of the MOPS (i.e., DO-317B). DO-317A ASA AIRB application will send TIS-B traffic display data by reporting the most recent non-zero NACv reading confirmed over a 60 second interval. The EVAcq and AIRB functions are set to unavailable when ownship position is beyond 85 degrees North or South latitude. The result is an indication of Standby for remote displays. However, for NGT-9000 installations, where TAS is enabled, the range/bearing based TAS targets are sent to the display. Deviation 7: TSO-C195b. The ACSS ATCRBS and ADS-B traffic in a track-up orientation when heading source is unavailable. ACSS believes that removing the ADS-B traffic or ATCRBS traffic from the display when the heading input is not available would significantly reduce the value of the CDTIs support in the pilots see and avoid responsibilities. DO-317B ASA AIRB application will send TIS-B traffic display data by reporting the most recent non-zero NACv reading confirmed over a 60 second interval. The EVAcq and AIRB functions are set to unavailable when ownship position is beyond 85 degrees North or South latitude. The result is a display of Traffic Unavailable on Panel mount units and an indication of Standby for remote displays. However, for NGT-9000 installations, where TAS is enabled, the range/bearing based TAS targets are displayed. Deviation 8: TSO-C112d, TSO-C166b. For diversity configurations only where the top mounted TAS antenna is operating as an augmentation to a fully qualified bottom blade antenna. In this given configuration, the NGT-
9000RD+ uses the top directional antenna with reduced 1090MHz gain of minus 5dB as compared to a matched quarter wave stub. Deviation 9: TSO-C151c. Class B equipment are not required to include a terrain display. For installers desiring a terrain display, the Remote mount NGT-9000R does not include a terrain display. If a terrain display is required, the Panel mount NGT-9000 provides a display. Deviation 10: TSO-C118a. (In-band Acceptance) Given a valid transponder reply signal in the absence of interference or overloads, the minimum trigger level (MTL) is defined as the input power level that results in a 90%
ratio of decoded to receive replies. The MTL over the frequency range of 1,087 to 1,093 MHz shall be no greater than -70 dBm. Deviation 11: TSO-C118a. (Transmitter RF Power Output) When transmitting at full (un-attenuated) output power, the peak RF output power delivered to a quarter wave stub antenna will have a minimum RF power of 50 dBm. Deviation 12: TSO-C118a. (GPS Altitude Derived Height Above Geoid) Above Ground Level (AGL) height will be calculated by subtracting local terrain elevation provided by the terrain database from the GPS altitude provided by the internal GPS receiver. Deviation 13: TSO-C118a. (Aural Alert for Rotorcraft installations) Aural annunciations will not be suppressed at any altitude while ownship is in air. 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-11 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual D.4 FAILURE CLASSIFICATION Table D-3 summarizes the potential hazards associated with the Lynx NGT-9000 functions and the associated failure condition severity classifications per AC 23.1309-1E. Hazards with classifications less than Major are not listed in this table. Table D-3: Failure Classification Hazard Classification Failure Condition Functional Description TAS Traffic Advisory TCAS Traffic Advisory ATAS Traffic Alert Mode S Transponder Response to SSR and TCAS interrogations ADS-B Output Major AC 120-55C, 12.b.(1) TSO-C118a 3.b (1) AC 20-172B, 2-8.d. TSO-C166b, 3.b TSO-C154c, 3.b. TSO-C195b, 3.b Major TSO-C112d 3.b. Major AC 20-165B, Appendix 1, cc TSO-C166b, 3.b TSO-C154c, 3.b. Enhanced Visual Acquisition (EVAcq) Basic Airborne Traffic Situational Awareness
(AIRB) Major AC 20-172A, 2-7.d. TSO-C166b, 3.b TSO-C154c, 3.b. TSO-C195a, 3.b Class B TAWS Mode 1 False Warning Alert AC 23-18 7.d(2)(b) Class B TAWS Mode 1 Un-annunciated loss of both Aural and Visual Alert AC 23-18 7.d(2)(c) Relative position of traffic associated with Traffic Advisory is incorrectly indicating
(either visually or aurally or both). Per operational procedures, crew will not deviate from assigned clearance based only on TA information. Confusion of crew to locate traffic associated with advisory. Significant increase in workload on crew. Incorrect ATAS alerts given to the flight crew. Incorrect visual cues are displayed, and/or misleading aural alerts provided. Crew confusion with traffic situation. Flight crew uses visual cues and ATC traffic advisories or instructions to avoid traffic. Significant increase in crew workload. Incorrect reply to an SSR or TCAS interrogation. Significant reduction in safety margins or functional capabilities Incorrect position or velocity data reported to ground surveillance system providing aircraft separation services. Significant reduction in safety margins. Traffic is incorrectly displayed relative to own ship position on the CDTI or displayed traffic information is incorrect. Crew confusion with traffic situation. Flight crew uses visual cues and ATC traffic advisories or instructions to avoid traffic. Significant increase in crew workload. False warning alert due to undetected or latent failures. Crew confusion with terrain situation. Crew initiates corrective maneuver immediately Significant increase in crew workload Failure of the function to provide the required alerting functions. Crew uses visual clues and any other available information to avoid terrain. Increased risk of CFIT. Significant increase in crew workload 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-12 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Table D-3: Failure Classification Functional Description Class B TAWS Mode 3 Incorrect TAWS Caution Alert Hazard Classification AC 23-18 7.d(2)(c) Un-annunciated loss of all FLTA Terrain or Obstacle alerts (RTC and/or ITI) AC 23-18 7.d(2)(c) False FLTA Terrain or Obstacle Warning Alert AC 23-18 7.d(2)(b) Class B TAWS (all modes) Un-annunciated loss of all Alerts AC 23-18 7.d(2)(a) Failure Condition False Caution alert due to undetected or latent failures. Crew confusion with terrain situation. Crew initiates corrective maneuver immediately Significant increase in crew workload Failure of the function to provide all warning alert messages (Aural, Visual, and Terrain Display). Crew uses visual cues and any other available information to avoid terrain. Increased risk of CFIT. Significant increase in crew workload False Warning alert due to undetected or latent failures. Crew confusion with terrain situation. Crew initiates corrective maneuver immediately Significant increase in crew workload Failure of the function to provide the required alerting functions. Crew uses visual clues and any other available information to avoid terrain. Increased risk of CFIT. Significant increase in crew workload 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-13 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual This page intentionally blank 0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix D Page D-14 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual Appendix E LYNX Event Questionnaire E.1 GENERAL If a unit is to be returned to ACSS due to faulty operation, photocopy or print this form to fill out the information requested by each question to give ACSS personnel a better understanding of the situation and the issue(s) encountered. Include this questionnaire along with the other documentation associated with the return. 1. With whom did you speak in ACSS Customer Support?
2. What is the unit serial number?
3. Is this a new installation or one previously installed more than 1 month ago? Please include install date, if known. 4. Does the unit pass the System Test?
5. What failed? What is the fault message displayed (Panel Mount) or external symptom observed
(Remote Mount)?
0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix E Page E-1 Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual 6. Did this issue just become apparent after the unit operated in good standing for a period of time?
If so, for how long?
7. Is this problem intermittent or continuous? If intermittent, what was the time of occurrence (in UTC)?
8. Did this issue occur while in-air or on ground?
9. Did this issue occur in a certain location? Specify altitude, location relative to an aircraft, and location relative to other traffic. 10. What are the last three digits of the OPS software part number as seen at power-on (Panel Mount only)?
11. Any other information related to this event that may be helpful to ACSS?
0040-17001-01 (Revision W) Appendix E Page E-2
1 | Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 841.95 KiB |
NGT-9000 Internal Pictures Proprietary Notice This document and the information disclosed herein are proprietary data of Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems, LLC. Neither this document nor the information contained herein shall be reproduced, used, or disclosed to others without the written authorization of Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems, LLC. Notice Freedom of Information Act (5 USC 552) and Disclosure of Confidential Information Generally (18 USC 1905) This document is being furnished in confidence by Aviation Communication &
Surveillance Systems, LLC. The information disclosed herein falls within exemption (b)
(4) of 5 USC 552 and the prohibitions of 18 USC 1905. Export Notice This technology is controlled under the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and may not be exported to a Foreign Person, either in the U.S. or abroad, without proper authorization by the U.S. Department of Commerce. Copyright 2019 Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems, LLC. All Rights Reserved. NGT-9000 Internal Pictures 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Internal Pictures This document contains internal photographs of the NGT-9000 product family. Figure 1: NGT-9000D+ Top View with Top Cover Removed ACSS Proprietary Use or disclosure of the information on this sheet is subject to the proprietary and export notices on the title page. Page 1 NGT-9000 Internal Pictures Figure 2: NGT-9000D+ Side View With Top Cover Removed Figure 3: NGT-9000D+ with GPS-UAT CCA Removed ACSS Proprietary Use or disclosure of the information on this sheet is subject to the proprietary and export notices on the title page. Page 2 NGT-9000 Internal Pictures Figure 4: GPS-UAT CCA Top Side, common to both the NGT-9000D+ and NGT-9000RD+
Figure 5: GPS-UAT CCA Bottom Side, common to both the NGT-9000D+ and NGT-9000RD+
ACSS Proprietary Use or disclosure of the information on this sheet is subject to the proprietary and export notices on the title page. Page 3 NGT-9000 Internal Pictures Figure 6: NGT-9000D+ with GPS-UAT CCA and Main CCA Removed Figure 7: NGT-9000 Main CCA Top Side, common to both the NGT-9000D+ and NGT-9000RD+
ACSS Proprietary Use or disclosure of the information on this sheet is subject to the proprietary and export notices on the title page. Page 4 NGT-9000 Internal Pictures Figure 8: NGT-9000 Main CCA Bottom Side, common to both the NGT-9000D+ and NGT-9000RD+
END OF DOCUMENT ACSS Proprietary Use or disclosure of the information on this sheet is subject to the proprietary and export notices on the title page. Page 5
1 | External Photos | External Photos | 345.26 KiB |
NGT-9000 External Pictures Proprietary Notice This document and the information disclosed herein are proprietary data of Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems, LLC. Neither this document nor the information contained herein shall be reproduced, used, or disclosed to others without the written authorization of Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems, LLC. Notice Freedom of Information Act (5 USC 552) and Disclosure of Confidential Information Generally (18 USC 1905) This document is being furnished in confidence by Aviation Communication &
Surveillance Systems, LLC. The information disclosed herein falls within exemption (b)
(4) of 5 USC 552 and the prohibitions of 18 USC 1905. Export Notice This technology is controlled under the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and may not be exported to a Foreign Person, either in the U.S. or abroad, without proper authorization by the U.S. Department of Commerce. Copyright 2019 Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems, LLC. All Rights Reserved. NGT-9000 External Pictures 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 External Pictures This document contains external photographs of the NGT-9000 product family. Figure 1: NGT-9000D+ Front/Top View Figure 1-2: NGT-9000D+ Rear View ACSS Proprietary Use or disclosure of the information on this sheet is subject to the proprietary and export notices on the title page. Page 1 NGT-9000 External Pictures Figure 1-3: NGT-9000RD+ Front/Side View Figure 1-4: NGT-9000RD+ Rear View ACSS Proprietary Use or disclosure of the information on this sheet is subject to the proprietary and export notices on the title page. Page 2 NGT-9000 External Pictures Figure 1-5: NGT-9000RD+ Side View END OF DOCUMENT ACSS Proprietary Use or disclosure of the information on this sheet is subject to the proprietary and export notices on the title page. Page 3
1 | Labels and Locations | ID Label/Location Info | 379.73 KiB |
12 11 10 9 7 6 5 8 EXPORT NOTICE PROPRIETARY NOTICE NOTICE H THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED HEREIN ARE PROPRIETARY DATA OF AVIATION COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE REPRODUCED, USED, OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF AVIATION FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT (5 USC 552) AND DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION GENERALLY (18 USC 1905) THIS DOCUMENT IS BEING FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE BY AVIATION COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED HEREIN FALLS WITHIN EXEMPTION (b) (4) OF 5 USC 552 AND THE PROHIBITIONS OF 18 USC 1905. THIS TECHNOLOGY IS CONTROLLED UNDER THE EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS (EAR) AND MAY NOT BE EXPORTED TO A FOREIGN PERSON, EITHER IN THE U.S. OR ABROAD, WITHOUT THE PROPER AUTHORIZATION BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. 4 015922 016104 016284 016744 017094 017148 017230 017758 018265 018906 A B C D E F G H J ECRNO. REV ZONE 3 2 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION INITIALRELEASE ADDEDNOTE5. UPDATEDTITLE. WASSH1OF1. THISSHEETNOTAFFECTED.SEESHEET2. THISSHEETNOTAFFECTED.SEESHEET2. THISSHEETNOTAFFECTED.SEESHEET2. UPDATEDITEM2. PLAFFECTEDONLY. ADDHDWRMODCANDLABELCHANGE,SEESHEETS2AND3. 1 DATE 030315 051515 072915 122215 050316 051816 062416 031717 090418 081919 4 3 2 3 1 H G F E D C NOTES:
3 4 1.THISASSEMBLYINCLUDESCOMPONENTSWHICHARESUBJECT TODAMAGEBYELECTROSTATICCHARGES;THEREFORE,ALL COMPONENTSSHALLBEHANDLEDINACCORDANCEWITH GUIDELINESFORELECTROSTATICDISCHARGEDAMAGE. CAUTION ELECTROSTATICSENSITIVEEQUIPMENT SPECIALHANDLINGREQUIRED 2.TESTPERITEM702. ENTERAPPLICABLESERIALNUMBERANDDATEOFMANUFACTUREONLABEL,ITEM2,ANDINSTALL APPROXIMATELYASSHOWN,PERITEM701. REFERENCEITEM3FORINSTRUCTIONSTOPRINTAFW/SWLABELANDINSTALLAPPROXIMATELYAS SHOWNPERITEM701. 5.INSTALLATIONKITSAREIDENTIFIEDINTHEINSTALLATIONMANUAL,DOCUMENTNUMBER00401700101. 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 3 INTERPRET DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES PER ASME Y14.5-2009 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS TITLE:
ARE IN INCHES TOLERANCES:
ANGLES 2 PL DEC 3 PL DEC N/A N/A N/A THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION Aviation Communication &
Surveillance Systems 19810 North 7th Avenue Phoenix, Arizona 85027-4400 B AnL3Harris&ThalesCompany NGT9000RD ENDITEMASSEMBLY DRAWING NO. CAGE CODE:
902900040000J 14 SHEET OF REV A 1WYD3 2 1 902900040000 NEXTASSY 902900040000 ENDITEM APPLICATION 4 G F E D C B A H G F E D C B A 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 ECRNO. REV ZONE 4 016744 017094 017148 017230 018906 C D E F J 3 2 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION ADDEDTHISSHEET. ADDEDHDWRMODB. HDWRMODBREVWASTHRUL.MINREVWASM. HDWRMODBREVWASTHRUM.MINREVWASN. HDWRMODCADDEDFORFCCIDCHANGE/PAUPDATE. 1 DATE 122215 050316 051816 062416 081919 LYNXNGT9000MODIFICATIONSTATUSTABLE AFFECTEDASSEMBLY PARTNUMBER REV MINREV MODIFICATION NUMBER HDWRMOD S/WMOD REMARKS 9020020001 THRUR REPLACED100mWRESISTORSWITH250mWANTISURGE RESISTORSINTHESURGEPROTECTIONCIRCUITRY. 92001750001 THRUN NOTCHFOILTAPEONJ9COAXCONNECTOROVERCALPORT. 9020020003 9002040004 THRUF G UDPATEDPOWERAMPLIFIERANDFCCIDENTIFIER T P N/A N/A N/A A B C H G F E D C B 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AnL3Harris&ThalesCompany USE OR DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON THE FIRST SHEET OF THIS DOCUMENT DRAWING NO. 902900040000J REV A CAGE CODE: 1WYD3 SHEET 2 PARTS LIST PART TABULATION QTY REQD UNIT OF MEAS 1 1 1 X X X EA EA EA AR AR AR FIND NO 1 2 3 4 701 702 9200-17500-01 9002040-004 9002041 9002044-003 M4061949 8002500-051 PRODUCT ENGINEER CONTRACT NO. FSCM NO. REVISION LETTER ACSS DESIGN CHECKER END ITEM DRAWING NO. 1WYD3 SPECIAL DESIGNATION NEXT ASSY LIST TITLE SHEET 9029000-40000 PL9029000-40000 9029000-40000 NGT-9000RD END ITEM ASSEMBLY J 3 ACSS PART OR PART NUMBER IDENTIFYING NUMBER NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION REFERENCE DESIGNATORS CODES TRANSPONDER REMOTE MOUNT WITH DIVERSITY LABEL, END ITEM LABEL, COMPOSITE FW/SW BOOTLOADER MASTER MEDIA MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION TEST SPECIFICATION 5 5 SPECIAL SYMBOLS FIND (ITEM) NUMBERS 1 TO 999 X NO SPECIFIC QTY REQD (QTY TABLE)
ORIGINAL CONFIGURATION (QTY TABLE) MATERIAL CODE (NOT A DWG) _ NOT APPLICABLE
- ASSY OR DETAIL ITEMS
- AW/PS CRITICAL ITEMS
- SPECIAL CONFIGURATION CONTROL ITEMS NOTE: SEE BASIC DRAWING FOR PROPRIETARY OR DATA RIGHTS NOTATION.
- REF DOCUMENTS, BULK SUNDRIES OR ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTES (ALTERNATE ITEMS)
- EMP/RADIATION HARD ITEMS 1 SELECT AT ASSEMBLY
(FIRST SELECT ITEM) 4 BULK OR SUNDRY ITEM 8 SELECT PER AO OR MI 5 REFERENCE DOCUMENT V VENDOR (SUPPLIER) ITEM-
2 SUBSEQUENT SELECT (ITEMS) 7 MACHINED CASTING DWG SPEC SOURCE DWG 3 ASSEMBLY
* CUSTOMER-FURNISHED ITEM CODE LEGEND (FOR ACSS REFERENCE ONLY) PRODUCT ENGINEER CONTRACT NO. FSCM NO. REVISION LETTER ACSS DESIGN CHECKER END ITEM DRAWING NO. 1WYD3 SPECIAL DESIGNATION NEXT ASSY LIST TITLE SHEET 9029000-40000 PL9029000-40000 9029000-40000 NGT-9000RD END ITEM ASSEMBLY J 4 DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS APPROVAL PARTS LIST REVISION RECORD REV LTR
A B C D E F G H J INITIAL RELEASE. PER ECR 015922. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 016104. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 016284. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 016744. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 017094. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 017148. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 017230. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 017758. ITEM 4 WAS 9002044-002. PER ECR 018265. ITEM 2 WAS 9002040-002. PER ECR 018906. DATE 03/03/15 5/15/2015 7/29/2015 12/22/2015 5/3/2016 5/18/2016 6/24/2016 3/17/2017 9/4/2018 8/19/2019 SPECIAL SYMBOLS FIND (ITEM) NUMBERS 1 TO 999 X NO SPECIFIC QTY REQD (QTY TABLE)
ORIGINAL CONFIGURATION (QTY TABLE) MATERIAL CODE (NOT A DWG) _ NOT APPLICABLE
- ASSY OR DETAIL ITEMS
- AW/PS CRITICAL ITEMS
- SPECIAL CONFIGURATION CONTROL ITEMS NOTE: SEE BASIC DRAWING FOR PROPRIETARY OR DATA RIGHTS NOTATION.
- REF DOCUMENTS, BULK SUNDRIES OR ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTES (ALTERNATE ITEMS)
- EMP/RADIATION HARD ITEMS 1 SELECT AT ASSEMBLY
(FIRST SELECT ITEM) 4 BULK OR SUNDRY ITEM 8 SELECT PER AO OR MI 5 REFERENCE DOCUMENT V VENDOR (SUPPLIER) ITEM-
2 SUBSEQUENT SELECT (ITEMS) 7 MACHINED CASTING DWG SPEC SOURCE DWG 3 ASSEMBLY
* CUSTOMER-FURNISHED ITEM CODE LEGEND (FOR ACSS REFERENCE ONLY) 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 PROPRIETARY NOTICE NOTICE H THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED HEREIN ARE PROPRIETARY DATA OF AVIATION COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE REPRODUCED, USED, OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF AVIATION FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT (5 USC 552) AND DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION GENERALLY (18 USC 1905) THIS DOCUMENT IS BEING FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE BY AVIATION COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED HEREIN FALLS WITHIN EXEMPTION (b) (4) OF 5 USC 552 AND THE PROHIBITIONS OF 18 USC 1905. THIS TECHNOLOGY IS CONTROLLED UNDER THE EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS (EAR) AND MAY NOT BE EXPORTED TO A FOREIGN PERSON, EITHER IN THE U.S. OR ABROAD, WITHOUT THE PROPER AUTHORIZATION BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. 8 EXPORT NOTICE 2 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION ECRNO. REV ZONE INITIALRELEASE UPDATEDNOTE3. 015755 015801 016027 016104 016109 016744 017094 017148 017230 017758 018265 018906 A B C D E F G H J UPDATEDLABELPICTORIAL.ADDEDNOTE5.UPDATEDDNOTE3. WASSH1OF1. THISSHEETNOTAFFECTED.SEESHEET2. THISSHEETNOTAFFECTED.SEESHEET2. THISSHEETNOTAFFECTED.SEESHEET2. UPDATEDITEM2. PLAFFECTEDONLY. ADDHDWRMODCANDLABELCHANGE,SEESHEETS2AND3. 1 DATE 010715 011615 051515 122215 050316 051816 062416 031717 090418 081919 4 3 2 3 G F E D C B A 1 THISASSEMBLYINCLUDESCOMPONENTSWHICHARESUBJECT CAUTION TODAMAGEBYELECTROSTATICCHARGES;THEREFORE,ALL COMPONENTSSHALLBEHANDLEDINACCORDANCEWITH ELECTROSTATICSENSITIVEEQUIPMENT SPECIALHANDLINGREQUIRED GUIDELINESFORELECTROSTATICDISCHARGEDAMAGE. 2. TESTPERITEM702. ENTERAPPLICABLESERIALNUMBERANDDATEOFMANUFACTUREOFLABEL,ITEM2,ANDINSTALL APPROXIMATELYASSHOWN,PERITEM701. REFERENCEITEM3FORINSTRUCTIONSTOPRINTAFW/SWLABELANDINSTALLAPPROXIMATELYAS SHOWN,PERITEM701. 5. INSTALLATIONKITSAREIDENTIFIEDINTHEINSTALLATIONMANUAL,DOCUMENTNUMBER00401700101. NOTES:
1. 3 4 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 3 Aviation Communication &
Surveillance Systems 19810 North 7th Avenue Phoenix, Arizona 85027-4400 B INTERPRET DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES PER ASME Y14.5-2009 TOLERANCES:
ANGLES 2 PL DEC 3 PL DEC N/A N/A N/A THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION AnL3Harris&ThalesCompany UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS TITLE:
ARE IN INCHES NGT9000D ENDITEMASSEMBLY DRAWING NO. CAGE CODE:
902900020000 J 4 SHEET OF 1 REV A 1WYD3 2 1 9029000-20000 NEXT ASSY 9029000-20000 END ITEM APPLICATION 4 H G F E D C H G F E D C B A 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 ECRNO. REV ZONE 4 016744 017094 017148 017230 018906 C D E F J 3 2 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION ADDEDTHISSHEET. ADDEDHDWRMODB. HDWRMODBREVWASTHRUAA.MINREVWASAB. HDWRMODBREVWASTHRUAB.MINREVWASAC. HDWRMODCADDEDFORFCCIDCHANGE/PAUPDATE. 1 DATE 122215 050316 051816 062416 081919 LYNXNGT9000MODIFICATIONSTATUSTABLE AFFECTEDASSEMBLY PARTNUMBER REV MINREV MODIFICATION NUMBER HDWRMOD S/WMOD REMARKS 9020020001 THRUR T 92001700001 THRUAC AD 9020020003 9002040003 THRUF G N/A N/A N/A A B C REPLACED100mWRESISTORSWITH250mW ANTISURGERESISTORSINTHESURGE PROTECTIONCIRCUITRY. NOTCHFOILTAPEONJ9COAXCONNECTOR OVERCALPORT. UPDATEDFINALPOWERAMPLIFIERANDFCC IDENTIFIER H G F E D C B 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AnL3Harris&ThalesCompany USE OR DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON THE FIRST SHEET OF THIS DOCUMENT DRAWING NO. 902900020000J REV A CAGE CODE: 1WYD3 SHEET 2 PARTS LIST PART TABULATION QTY REQD UNIT OF MEAS 1 1 1 X X X EA EA EA AR AR AR FIND NO 1 2 3 4 701 702 9200-17000-01 9002040-003 9002041 9002044-003 M4061949 8002500-051 PRODUCT ENGINEER CONTRACT NO. ACSS DESIGN CHECKER END ITEM SPECIAL DESIGNATION NEXT ASSY 9029000-20000 FSCM NO. 1WYD3 DRAWING NO. PL9029000-20000 LIST TITLE 9029000-20000 NGT-9000D END ITEM ASSEMBLY REVISION LETTER J 3 SHEET ACSS PART OR PART NUMBER IDENTIFYING NUMBER NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION REFERENCE DESIGNATORS CODES TRANSPONDER PANEL WITH DIVERSITY LABEL, END ITEM LABEL, COMPOSITE FW/SW BOOTLOADER MASTER MEDIA MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION TEST SPECIFICATION 5 5 SPECIAL SYMBOLS FIND (ITEM) NUMBERS 1 TO 999 X NO SPECIFIC QTY REQD (QTY TABLE)
ORIGINAL CONFIGURATION (QTY TABLE) MATERIAL CODE (NOT A DWG) _ NOT APPLICABLE
- ASSY OR DETAIL ITEMS
- AW/PS CRITICAL ITEMS
- SPECIAL CONFIGURATION CONTROL ITEMS NOTE: SEE BASIC DRAWING FOR PROPRIETARY OR DATA RIGHTS NOTATION.
- REF DOCUMENTS, BULK SUNDRIES OR ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTES (ALTERNATE ITEMS)
- EMP/RADIATION HARD ITEMS 1 SELECT AT ASSEMBLY
(FIRST SELECT ITEM) 4 BULK OR SUNDRY ITEM 8 SELECT PER AO OR MI 5 REFERENCE DOCUMENT V VENDOR (SUPPLIER) ITEM-
2 SUBSEQUENT SELECT (ITEMS) 7 MACHINED CASTING DWG SPEC SOURCE DWG 3 ASSEMBLY
* CUSTOMER-FURNISHED ITEM CODE LEGEND (FOR ACSS REFERENCE ONLY) PARTS LIST REVISION RECORD REV LTR PRODUCT ENGINEER CONTRACT NO. ACSS DESIGN CHECKER END ITEM SPECIAL DESIGNATION NEXT ASSY 9029000-20000 FSCM NO. 1WYD3 DRAWING NO. PL9029000-20000 LIST TITLE 9029000-20000 NGT-9000D END ITEM ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS REVISION LETTER J 4 SHEET APPROVAL
A B C D E F G H J INITIAL RELEASE. PER ECR 015755. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 015801. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 016027, 016104, AND 016109. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 016744. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 017094. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 017148. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 017230. PL NOT AFFECTED. PER ECR 017758. ITEM 4 WAS 9002044-001. PER ECR018265. ITEM 2 WAS 9002040-001. PER ECR 018906. DATE 01/07/15 1/16/2015 5/15/2015 12/22/2015 5/3/2016 5/18/2016 6/24/2016 3/17/2017 9/4/2018 8/19/2019 SPECIAL SYMBOLS FIND (ITEM) NUMBERS 1 TO 999 X NO SPECIFIC QTY REQD (QTY TABLE)
ORIGINAL CONFIGURATION (QTY TABLE) MATERIAL CODE (NOT A DWG) _ NOT APPLICABLE
- ASSY OR DETAIL ITEMS
- AW/PS CRITICAL ITEMS
- SPECIAL CONFIGURATION CONTROL ITEMS NOTE: SEE BASIC DRAWING FOR PROPRIETARY OR DATA RIGHTS NOTATION.
- REF DOCUMENTS, BULK SUNDRIES OR ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTES (ALTERNATE ITEMS)
- EMP/RADIATION HARD ITEMS 1 SELECT AT ASSEMBLY
(FIRST SELECT ITEM) 4 BULK OR SUNDRY ITEM 8 SELECT PER AO OR MI 5 REFERENCE DOCUMENT V VENDOR (SUPPLIER) ITEM-
2 SUBSEQUENT SELECT (ITEMS) 7 MACHINED CASTING DWG SPEC SOURCE DWG 3 ASSEMBLY
* CUSTOMER-FURNISHED ITEM CODE LEGEND (FOR ACSS REFERENCE ONLY) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 PROPRIETARY NOTICE NOTICE EXPORT NOTICE H THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED HEREIN ARE PROPRIETARY DATA OF AVIATION COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE REPRODUCED, USED, OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF AVIATION FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT (5 USC 552) AND DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION GENERALLY (18 USC 1905) THIS DOCUMENT IS BEING FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE BY AVIATION COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED HEREIN FALLS WITHIN EXEMPTION (b) (4) OF 5 USC 552 AND THE PROHIBITIONS OF 18 USC 1905. THIS TECHNOLOGY IS CONTROLLED UNDER THE EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS (EAR) AND MAY NOT BE EXPORTED TO A FOREIGN PERSON, EITHER IN THE U.S. OR ABROAD, WITHOUT THE PROPER AUTHORIZATION BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. ECRNO. REV ZONE 018906 INITIALRELEASE REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE 082019 H G F E D C B A 3.00.05 2.00.05 1 2 6 3 5 G F E D C SERIALNO:THEAPPLICABLEARTICLESHALLBEMARKEDWITHAUNIQUESERIALNUMBER. ENTERDATEOFMANUFACTUREINLOCATIONSHOWNINFORMATMMYYYY. ENTERQRCODEINLOCATIONSHOWN. 4.MATERIAL:BRADYLABEL,WHITEPOLYESTER(B483)ADHESIVEBACKED,OREQUIVALENT. 5 WRAPPEDTEXTISPERMISSIBLE. 6 TOCLAIM"MADEINTHEUSA",FINALACCEPTANCEMUSTBEPERFORMEDINTHEUNITEDSTATES. NOTES:
1 2 3 8 7 6 5 4 Aviation Communication &
Surveillance Systems 19810 North 7th Avenue Phoenix, Arizona 85027-4400 B AnL3Harris&ThalesCompany UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS TITLE:
ARE IN INCHES INTERPRET DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES PER ASME Y14.5-2009 TOLERANCES:
ANGLES 2 PL DEC 3 PL DEC N/A N/A N/A THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION NGT9000RD ENDITEMLABEL 902900040000 902900040000 NEXT ASSY END ITEM APPLICATION 3 DRAWING NO. CAGE CODE:
1WYD3 9002040004 1 SHEET 1 OF REV A 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 PROPRIETARY NOTICE NOTICE EXPORT NOTICE H THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED HEREIN ARE PROPRIETARY DATA OF AVIATION COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE REPRODUCED, USED, OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF AVIATION FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT (5 USC 552) AND DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION GENERALLY (18 USC 1905) THIS DOCUMENT IS BEING FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE BY AVIATION COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED HEREIN FALLS WITHIN EXEMPTION (b) (4) OF 5 USC 552 AND THE PROHIBITIONS OF 18 USC 1905. THIS TECHNOLOGY IS CONTROLLED UNDER THE EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS (EAR) AND MAY NOT BE EXPORTED TO A FOREIGN PERSON, EITHER IN THE U.S. OR ABROAD, WITHOUT THE PROPER AUTHORIZATION BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE COMMUNICATION & SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS, LLC. ECRNO. REV ZONE 018906 INITIALRELEASE REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE 082019 H G F E D C B A 3.00.05 2.00.05 1 2 6 3 5 G F E D C SERIALNO:THEAPPLICABLEARTICLESHALLBEMARKEDWITHAUNIQUESERIALNUMBER. ENTERDATEOFMANUFACTUREINLOCATIONSHOWNINFORMATMMYYYY. ENTERQRCODEINLOCATIONSHOWN. 4.MATERIAL:BRADYLABEL,WHITEPOLYESTER(B483)ADHESIVEBACKED,OREQUIVALENT. 5 WRAPPEDTEXTISPERMISSIBLE. 6 TOCLAIM"MADEINTHEUSA",FINALACCEPTANCEMUSTBEPERFORMEDINTHEUNITEDSTATES. NOTES:
1 2 3 8 7 6 5 4 Aviation Communication &
Surveillance Systems 19810 North 7th Avenue Phoenix, Arizona 85027-4400 B AnL3Harris&ThalesCompany UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DIMENSIONS TITLE:
ARE IN INCHES INTERPRET DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES PER ASME Y14.5-2009 TOLERANCES:
ANGLES 2 PL DEC 3 PL DEC N/A N/A N/A THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION NGT9000D ENDITEMLABEL 902900020000 902900020000 NEXT ASSY END ITEM APPLICATION 3 DRAWING NO. CAGE CODE:
1WYD3 9002040003 1 SHEET 1 OF REV A 2 1
1 | Agent Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 33.01 KiB |
AC An L3 & Thales Company Subject: Letter of Agent Authorization 05 August 2019 Federal Communications Commission Authorization & Evaluation Division 7345 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems 19810 North 7 Avenue Phoenix, AZ 85027-4741 Phone: (623) 445- 7000 Fax: (623) 445-7006 To Whom It May Concern:
We, the undersigned, hereby authorize Compliance Testing, LLC to act on the behalf of ACSS in all matters relating to application for equipment authorization, including the signing of all documents relating to these matters. We also hereby certify that no party to the application authorized hereunder is subject to the denial of benefits, including FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C.853(a) Sincerely, John Soukup ACSS Certification Engineer AL2018.013-001
1 | FAA Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 41.24 KiB |
800 Independence Ave., S. W. Washington, D. C. 20591 U.S, Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration SEP 2 7 2019 Mr. Andy Leimer Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Dear Mr. Leimer:
The Federal Aviation Administration, Spectrum Engineering Services Group received the ACSS Multi Link Transponder Part number 9029000-20000 (Model NGT-9000D+) and 9029000-40000 (Model NGT-9000RD+) notification letter of its filing with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). The application is for certification of the ACSS Multi Link Transponder with FCC ID: 2ACTZMSS9019. We have completed the review process of the information submitted by ACSS and concluded that we have no objection to the FCC granting certification for this equipment. If you require any additional information, please contact Mr. Michael Weiler, Acting Group Manager, Spectrum Engineering Services Group, at (202) 267-0685 and Mr. Jae Shin, Electronics Engineer, Spectrum Planning and International Team, at (202) 267-7365 or via e-mail jae.w.shin@faa.gov. Sincerely, uirecior Operations Support cc:
Alicia Langlais e-mail: Alicia.Langlais@L3Elarris.com
1 | Long Term Confidentiality Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 72.35 KiB |
acss An L3Harris & Thales Company Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems 19810 North 7" Avenue Phoenix, AZ 85027-4400 RE: Long-Term Confidentiality Request for ACSS Multi Link Transponder part number 9029000-20000 (Model NGT-
9000D) and 9029000-40000 (Model NGT-9000RD), FCC ID #: 2ACTZMSS9019 ACSSFRN: 0004999231 To Whom It May Concern, This letter serves as an official request for confidentiality under 0.457(d) and 0.459 of CFR 47. We have requested that the following documents required to be submitted with this application be permanently withheld from public review. e NGT-9000D End Item Assembly Drawing with Parts List, Drawing No. 9029000-20000, Rev J e NGT-9000RD End Item Assembly Drawing with Parts List, Drawing No. 9029000-40000, Rev J Transponder Panel Mount with Diversity with Parts List, Drawing No. 9200-17000-01, Rev AH Transponder Remote Mount with Diversity, Drawing No. 9200-17500-01, Rev R Transponder Remote Mount with Diversity Parts List, Drawing No. PL9200-17500-01, Rev R Circuit Card Assembly NGT-9000D, Drawing No. 9020020-003, Rev G Circuit Card Assembly NGT-9000D Schematics, Drawing No. SCH9020020-003 Rev G Circuit Card Assembly GPS UAT NGT-9000, Drawing No. 9029010-002, Rev E Circuit Card Assembly GPS UAT NGT-9000 Parts List, Drawing No. PL9029010-002, Rev E Circuit Card Assembly GPS UAT NGT-9000 Schematics, Drawing No. SCH9029010-002 Rev E TCAS | Antenna $72-1744 Specifications, Drawing No. $72-1744, Rev Lynx Hardware Change Impact Analysis for Power Amplifier & RF Switch Updates, Document No. 8210332-001, AN NGT-9000 Theory of Operations These documents contain detailed system and equipment descriptions and related information about the product, which ACSS considers to be proprietary, confidential, and a custom design and otherwise, would not release to the general er \6|- Io) 4 3 October 2019 Federal Communications Commission Authorization & Evaluation Division 7345 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 public. Since this design is a basis from which future technological products will evolve, ACSS feels that this information would be of benefit to its competitors, and that the disclosure of the information in these documents would give our competitors an unfair advantage in the market. Please contact me if there is any information you may need. Page 2 of 2 Sincerely, John Soukup Certification Engineer Aircraft Integration and Certification Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems Email: John.Soukup@L3Harris.com Phone: 623-445-6716
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2019-10-14 | 1089 ~ 1091 | TNB - Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter | Change in Identification |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 | Effective |
2019-10-14
|
||||
1 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Aviation Communications and Surveillance Systems (ACSS), LLC.
|
||||
1 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0004999231
|
||||
1 | Physical Address |
19810 North 7th Avenue
|
||||
1 |
Phoenix
|
|||||
1 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 | TCB Application Email Address |
j******@compliancetesting.com
|
||||
1 | TCB Scope |
B3: Maritime & Aviation Radio Services equipment in 47 CFR parts 80 & 87
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 | Grantee Code |
2ACTZ
|
||||
1 | Equipment Product Code |
MSS9019
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 | Name |
P******** D****** H******
|
||||
1 | Title |
Technical Staff Engineer
|
||||
1 | Telephone Number |
623.4********
|
||||
1 | Fax Number |
623.4********
|
||||
1 |
p******@L-3com.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 | Firm Name |
Aviation Communications and Surveillance Systems
|
||||
1 | Name |
M****** S******
|
||||
1 | Physical Address |
19810 North 7th Ave
|
||||
1 |
Phoenix, 85027
|
|||||
1 |
United States
|
|||||
1 | Telephone Number |
62344********
|
||||
1 |
M******@L3Harris.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
1 | Firm Name |
Aviation Communications and Surveillance Systems
|
||||
1 | Name |
A******** L******
|
||||
1 | Physical Address |
19810 North 7th Ave
|
||||
1 |
Phoenix, 85027
|
|||||
1 |
United States
|
|||||
1 | Telephone Number |
62344********
|
||||
1 |
A******@L3Harris.com
|
|||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 | Equipment Class | TNB - Licensed Non-Broadcast Station Transmitter | ||||
1 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Multi Link Transponder | ||||
1 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | Yes | ||||
1 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 | Purpose / Application is for | Change in Identification | ||||
1 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 | Firm Name |
Compliance Testing, LLC
|
||||
1 | Name |
M**** S******
|
||||
1 | Telephone Number |
480-9********
|
||||
1 | Fax Number |
480 9********
|
||||
1 |
m******@compliancetesting.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 87 | 1089 | 1091 | 500 | 20 ppm | 14M0M1D | AM3715 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 87 | 1029.9 | 1030.1 | 500 | 20 ppm | 18M0V1D | AM3715 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC